[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023080116A1 - Reflection film, windshield glass, head-up display system, and transport machine having said head-up display system - Google Patents

Reflection film, windshield glass, head-up display system, and transport machine having said head-up display system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023080116A1
WO2023080116A1 PCT/JP2022/040749 JP2022040749W WO2023080116A1 WO 2023080116 A1 WO2023080116 A1 WO 2023080116A1 JP 2022040749 W JP2022040749 W JP 2022040749W WO 2023080116 A1 WO2023080116 A1 WO 2023080116A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
selective reflection
liquid crystal
light
reflective film
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2022/040749
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
昭裕 安西
真 内村
啓吾 植木
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Fujifilm Corp
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of WO2023080116A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023080116A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K35/00Instruments specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement of instruments in or on vehicles
    • B60K35/20Output arrangements, i.e. from vehicle to user, associated with vehicle functions or specially adapted therefor
    • B60K35/21Output arrangements, i.e. from vehicle to user, associated with vehicle functions or specially adapted therefor using visual output, e.g. blinking lights or matrix displays
    • B60K35/23Head-up displays [HUD]
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K35/00Instruments specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement of instruments in or on vehicles
    • B60K35/60Instruments characterised by their location or relative disposition in or on vehicles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/26Reflecting filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/28Interference filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B21/00Projectors or projection-type viewers; Accessories therefor
    • G03B21/54Accessories
    • G03B21/56Projection screens
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60KARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PROPULSION UNITS OR OF TRANSMISSIONS IN VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF PLURAL DIVERSE PRIME-MOVERS IN VEHICLES; AUXILIARY DRIVES FOR VEHICLES; INSTRUMENTATION OR DASHBOARDS FOR VEHICLES; ARRANGEMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH COOLING, AIR INTAKE, GAS EXHAUST OR FUEL SUPPLY OF PROPULSION UNITS IN VEHICLES
    • B60K37/00Dashboards

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a reflective film, windshield glass, a head-up display system, and a transport machine having this head-up display system.
  • a head-up display (HUD) system projects an image onto the windshield glass of a vehicle, etc., and provides driving support information such as route guidance, driving speed, and warnings to the driver through the windshield glass.
  • driving support information such as route guidance, driving speed, and warnings to the driver through the windshield glass.
  • the basic configuration of the HUD is generally as follows. First, projected light from a projector incorporated in the dashboard is imaged as an intermediate image on the surface of an intermediate image screen (diffusion plate).
  • This intermediate image is magnified by a concave mirror (magnifying glass), transmitted through a transmission window provided on the dashboard, reflected by a windshield glass with a built-in half mirror, and guided to the driver.
  • a driver or the like recognizes this intermediate image ahead of the windshield glass as a so-called virtual image. That is, the driver or the like can perceive the driving support information as if it were floating on the road.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a windshield glass including a projection image display portion, wherein the projection image display portion includes a circularly polarized light reflecting layer and a ⁇ /2 retardation layer, and the circularly polarized light reflecting layer reflects cholesteric liquid crystal. 4 or more layers, one of the 4 or more cholesteric liquid crystal layers is a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having a selective reflection central wavelength of 350 nm or more and less than 490 nm, and the selective reflection of the 4 or more cholesteric liquid crystal layers is Windshield glasses are described whose central wavelengths are different from one another. According to Patent Document 1, it is possible to provide a windshield glass that has a transparent appearance when viewed from the direction perpendicular to the windshield glass and that does not lose its beauty even under external light. there is
  • the imager light source in combination with the selective reflection layer, the imager light can be selectively and efficiently reflected, and as a result, the image brightness ( (clearness of displayed image) can be improved, and furthermore, high transparency can be maintained with respect to appearance color.
  • the image brightness (clearness of displayed image)
  • the blue shift of the reflection band occurs. It has been found that the color tone changes slightly depending on the viewing angle.
  • the present invention has at least three selective reflection layers corresponding to each region of blue light (B), green light (G), and red light (R) to support full-color display of the HUD system, while maintaining the appearance color.
  • a reflective film that can sufficiently enhance the transparency of taste (can effectively suppress the expression of color) a windshield glass and a head-up display system using this reflective film, and these windshield glasses or
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a transport aircraft with a head-up display system.
  • the selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60° is a selective reflection layer (I) having the following (a), a selective reflection layer (II) having the following (b), and a selective reflection having the following (c). having at least a layer (III) and A reflective film containing at least one fluorescent dye having an emission peak in the visible light region separated by 5 nm or more from any of the selective reflection center wavelengths of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III).
  • the reflective film according to [1] having a layer (FL) containing the fluorescent dye and not functioning as a selective reflection layer. [3] The reflective film according to [2], wherein the layer (FL) is not arranged between two selective reflection layers. [4]
  • the selective reflection layer (III) contains the fluorescent dye, or A selective reflection layer other than the selective reflection layer (III) is arranged on one side of the selective reflection layer (III), and a layer (FL ), the reflective film according to [1].
  • the reflective film of the present invention has at least three selective reflective layers corresponding to each region of RGB, and can sufficiently improve the transparency of the appearance color while supporting the full-color display of the HUD. Therefore, the windshield glass, the head-up display system, and the transportation machine using the reflective film of the present invention are excellent in the transparency of the appearance color regardless of the viewing angle.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing one configuration example of a windshield glass having a linearly polarized light reflecting film containing a cholesteric liquid crystal layer, which is used in the head-up display system of the present invention.
  • 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one configuration example of a windshield glass having a linearly polarized light reflecting film made of a dielectric multilayer film, which is used in the head-up display system of the present invention;
  • FIG. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the relationship of the refractive indices in the linearly polarized light reflective film when the windshield glass of FIG. 3 is viewed from the front.
  • ⁇ 1 is a numerical value ⁇ 1 to a numerical value ⁇ 1
  • the range of ⁇ 1 is a range including the numerical value ⁇ 1 and the numerical value ⁇ 1.
  • angles such as “specific numerical angles”, “parallel”, “perpendicular” and “perpendicular” are generally accepted in the relevant technical field unless otherwise specified. including error bars. For example, it means being within a range of less than ⁇ 10° of the exact angle, and the error from the exact angle is preferably 7° or less, more preferably 5° or less.
  • “same” includes the error range generally allowed in the relevant technical field, and “entire surface” and the like also include the error range generally allowed in the relevant technical field.
  • the term "sense" for circularly polarized light means whether it is right-handed circularly polarized light or left-handed circularly polarized light.
  • the sense of circular polarization is right circular polarization if the tip of the electric field vector rotates clockwise as time increases, and left if it rotates counterclockwise when viewed as if the light were traveling toward you. Defined as being circularly polarized.
  • the term "sense” is sometimes used for the twist direction of the cholesteric liquid crystal spiral.
  • the helix direction (sense) of the cholesteric liquid crystal is right, it reflects right-handed circularly polarized light and transmits left-handed circularly polarized light.
  • the sense is left, it reflects left-handed circularly polarized light and transmits right-handed circularly polarized light.
  • the term "light” means visible light and natural light (non-polarized light) or excitation light, unless otherwise specified.
  • visible light is light with a wavelength that can be seen by the human eye, and usually indicates light in the wavelength range of 380 to 780 nm.
  • Invisible light is light in the wavelength range below 380 nm or in the wavelength range above 780 nm.
  • light in the wavelength range of 420 to 490 nm is blue (B) light
  • light in the wavelength range of 495 to 570 nm is green (G) light.
  • 600 nm or more and less than 700 nm is red (R) light.
  • infrared ray indicates a wavelength region of more than 780 nm and 2000 nm or less among invisible light.
  • the "incidence angle n°” refers to the angle formed between the normal line of the windshield glass and the projected image light emitted from the projector (see FIG. 1), or the angle formed between the normal line and the excitation light. means Note that the above “n” is 0 or a positive real number.
  • visible light transmittance shall be A light source visible light transmittance defined in JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards) R 3212:2015 (automobile safety glass test method). That is, with a spectrophotometer using A light source, the transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 to 780 nm is measured, and obtained from the wavelength distribution and wavelength interval of the CIE (International Commission on Illumination) light adaptation standard relative luminosity It is the transmittance obtained by multiplying the transmittance at each wavelength by the weighting factor obtained and taking a weighted average. Further, when simply referring to "reflected light” or “transmitted light", it is used in the sense of including scattered light and diffracted light.
  • CIE International Commission on Illumination
  • p-polarized light means polarized light that oscillates in a direction parallel to the plane of incidence of light.
  • the plane of incidence means the plane that is perpendicular to the reflective surface (such as the surface of the windshield glass) and that contains the incident light beam and the reflected light beam.
  • the plane of oscillation of the electric field vector is parallel to the plane of incidence.
  • s-polarized light means polarized light that oscillates in a direction perpendicular to the plane of incidence of light.
  • the plane of oscillation of the electric field vector is perpendicular to the plane of incidence.
  • the front retardation is a value measured using AxoScan manufactured by Axometrics.
  • the measurement wavelength is 550 nm.
  • the front retardation can also be measured by KOBRA21ADH or WR (manufactured by Oji Keisoku Kiki Co., Ltd.) by allowing light of a wavelength within the visible light wavelength range to enter in the normal direction of the film.
  • the wavelength selection filter can be manually replaced, or the measured value can be converted by a program or the like for measurement.
  • the birefringence ( ⁇ n) of a liquid crystal compound is described on p. It is a value measured according to the method described in 214. Specifically, ⁇ n at 60° C. can be obtained by injecting a liquid crystal compound into a wedge-shaped cell, irradiating the cell with light having a wavelength of 550 nm, and measuring the refraction angle of the transmitted light.
  • optical isotropy in the "optically isotropic layer” means not exhibiting birefringence.
  • optical anisotropy in the "optically anisotropic layer” means exhibiting birefringence .
  • refractive index n o2 in the direction perpendicular to the in-plane slow axis direction (the in-plane fast axis direction) have a relationship of n e1 >n o2 .
  • projection image means an image based on the projection of light from the projector used.
  • the projected image is visually recognized by the observer as a virtual image that appears above the reflective film of the windshield glass.
  • screen image means an image displayed on a rendering device of a projector or rendered by a rendering device, such as on an intermediate image screen.
  • An image is a real image as opposed to a virtual image. Both the image and the projected image may be a monochromatic image, a multicolor image of two or more colors, or a full color image.
  • liquid crystal compound is used to include those that no longer exhibit liquid crystallinity due to a curing reaction or the like.
  • (meth)acrylate is used to mean either acrylate or methacrylate, or both.
  • the HUD system of the present invention is typically used by being mounted on vehicles such as automobiles and trains, aircraft, and transport machines such as ships.
  • HUD system head-up display system
  • the HUD system of the present invention is a HUD system that includes a windshield glass having a reflective film and a projector that irradiates the windshield glass with p-polarized projection image light.
  • the reflective film includes a selective reflection layer (I) having a selective reflection central wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60 ° specified below (a) and a selective reflection layer (b) specified below. and a selective reflection layer (III) defined as (c) below, At least one fluorescent dye having an emission peak in the visible region separated by 5 nm or more from any of the selective reflection center wavelengths of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) is included.
  • the selective reflection center wavelengths of the selective reflection layer (I), the selective reflection layer (II), and the selective reflection layer (III) with respect to light with an incident angle of 60° are ⁇ B , ⁇ G , and ⁇ R , respectively.
  • ⁇ B is preferably in the wavelength range of 430 to 470 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 440 to 460 nm.
  • ⁇ G is preferably in the wavelength range of 500-550 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 510-540 nm.
  • ⁇ R is preferably in the wavelength range of 600-650 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 610-640 nm.
  • the visible light region in which the emission peak wavelength of the fluorescent dye exists means a wavelength region of 380 to 780 nm.
  • the reflective film is a selective reflection layer (I ) to (III), and an emission peak separated by 5 nm or more from each of the selective reflection center wavelengths ⁇ B , ⁇ G , and ⁇ R of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) in the visible light region
  • the color tone in the visible light region other than ⁇ B , ⁇ G , and ⁇ R is compensated. Therefore, it is possible to adjust the balance of the light intensity in the visible region of the light after being reflected by the reflective film, to make the reflected color neutral, and to sufficiently improve the transparency of the appearance color.
  • the HUD system of the present invention adjusts the transparency of the appearance color to the same level or higher than that of the conventional technology even for light with an incident angle of 5° or an angle around it. be able to.
  • the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) having the selective reflection center wavelengths ⁇ B , ⁇ G , and ⁇ R in specific wavelength regions for light with an incident angle of 60° are equivalent to light with an incident angle of 5°
  • the selective reflection center wavelengths for are in the following wavelength ranges, respectively.
  • the selective reflection center for light with an incident angle of 60° which will be described later.
  • a layer (UV layer) having a wavelength in the wavelength range of 300 nm or more and less than 400 nm also has a selective reflection central wavelength for light with an incident angle of 5° in the wavelength range of 335 nm or more and less than 445 nm.
  • a fluorescent dye having emission peaks in the visible light region separated by 5 nm or more from any of ⁇ B , ⁇ G , and ⁇ R can be It is also possible to adjust so that the emission peak wavelength is separated by 5 nm or more from any of the selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 5°.
  • the reflective film of the present invention the relationship between the emission peak of the fluorescent dye and the selective central wavelength of the selective reflection layer can be obtained at an angle of at least 60° or thereabouts, and further at the incident angle of 5°.
  • FIG. 1 shows an example of the HUD system of the present invention.
  • a HUD system 20 of the present invention shown in FIG. 1 includes a windshield glass 24 and a projector 22 .
  • the projector 22 emits p-polarized projection light
  • the reflective film 10 in the windshield glass 24 reflects the p-polarized light to display an image.
  • the retardation layer 16 first enters from the second glass plate 28 side. It converts p-polarized projected light into circularly polarized light.
  • the selective reflection layer 11 (cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12 ) selectively reflects this circularly polarized light and reenters the retardation layer 16 .
  • the retardation layer 16 converts circularly polarized light into p-polarized light.
  • the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A thereby reflects the incident p-polarized projection light as the p-polarized light.
  • the retardation layer 16 converts the incident p-polarized light into circularly polarized light in the rotating direction that the selective reflection layer 11 reflects. is set to convert to That is, when the selective reflection layer 11 selectively reflects right-handed circularly polarized light, the retardation layer 16 is set to convert incident p-polarized light into right-handed circularly polarized light. Conversely, when the selective reflection layer 11 selectively reflects left-handed circularly polarized light, the retardation layer 16 is set to convert incident p-polarized light into left-handed circularly polarized light.
  • the projector 22 preferably irradiates the second glass plate 28 in the windshield glass 24 with p-polarized projection light.
  • the projection light that the projector 22 irradiates onto the windshield glass 24 p-polarized light the reflection of the projection light from the first glass plate 30 and the second glass plate 28 of the windshield glass 24 is greatly reduced. Inconveniences such as the observation of double images can be suppressed.
  • the projector 22 irradiates the windshield glass 24 with p-polarized projection light at Brewster's angle. This eliminates the reflection of the projection light on the first glass plate 30 and the second glass plate 28, making it possible to display a clearer image.
  • the windshield glass 24 is windshield glass having a second glass plate 28, a reflective film 10 including a selective reflection layer, and a first glass plate 30 in this order.
  • Windshield glass means window glass and windshield glass for vehicles such as cars and trains, airplanes, ships, motorcycles, and vehicles in general such as playground equipment.
  • the windshield glass is preferably used as a windshield, a windshield, etc. in front of the traveling direction of the vehicle.
  • the windshield glass 24A shown in FIG. 2 has a first glass plate 30, an intermediate film 36, a linearly polarized reflecting film 10A, a heat seal layer 38, and a second glass plate 28 in this order.
  • the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A is arranged such that the polarization conversion layer 14 is on the first glass plate 30 side and the retardation layer 16 (transparent substrate 18) is on the second glass plate 28 side.
  • the windshield glass 24B shown in FIG. 3 has a first glass plate 30, an intermediate film 36, a linearly polarized reflecting film 10B, an intermediate film 36, and a second glass plate 28 in this order.
  • the second glass plate 28 and the first glass plate 30 When the windshield glass is used in a vehicle, curved glass is often used as the second glass plate 28 and the first glass plate 30 . In that case, if the second glass plate 28 is on the inside of the vehicle and the first glass plate 30 is on the outside of the vehicle, the second glass plate 28 is arranged with the convex side facing the first glass plate 30, and the first The second glass plate 30 is arranged with the concave side facing the second glass plate 28 .
  • the retardation layer 16 is arranged between the selective reflection layer 11 and the second glass plate 28 .
  • the visible light transmittance of the windshield glass is preferably 70% or more, more preferably over 70%, even more preferably 75% or more, and particularly preferably 80% or more, from the viewpoint of legal regulations.
  • the above-mentioned visible light transmittance is preferably satisfied at any position of the windshield glass, and it is particularly preferable that the above-mentioned visible light transmittance is satisfied at the position where the reflective film exists.
  • the reflective film can increase the visible light transmittance, and the above-mentioned visible light transmittance is satisfied regardless of the glass generally used for windshield glass. can do.
  • the windshield glass may be, for example, planar or three-dimensional with a curved surface such as a concave surface or a convex surface.
  • a curved surface such as a concave surface or a convex surface.
  • the reflective film may be provided at the projected image display portion (projected image reflection portion) of the windshield glass. Further, in the windshield glass, the reflective film may be provided between the glass panes of the windshield glass in the structure of laminated glass, or may be provided on the outer surface of the glass plate of the windshield glass. .
  • the reflective film including the selective reflection layer used in the present invention is provided on the outer surface of the glass plate of the windshield glass, the reflective film may be provided inside the vehicle (on the incident side of the projected image) or outside. However, it is preferably provided inside. It should be noted that the reflective film containing the selective reflective layer used in the present invention has lower scratch resistance than the glass plate. Therefore, in the HUD system of the present invention, the windshield glass has a laminated glass structure, and in order to protect the reflective film, the reflective film consists of two sheets of glass (a first glass plate and a second glass plate) that constitute the laminated glass. It is a configuration provided between plates).
  • the reflective film is a member for displaying a projected image by reflecting the projected image. Therefore, the reflective film may be provided at a position where a projection image projected from a projector or the like can be visually displayed. That is, the reflective film including the selective reflective layer used in the present invention functions as a combiner of the HUD system.
  • the combiner can visually display the image projected from the projector, and when the combiner is observed from the incident surface side of the projected image, the incident surface of the projected light such as scenery is opposite to the incident surface. It means an optical member that can simultaneously observe information on the surface side. That is, the combiner has a function as an optical path combiner that superimposes external light and projected image light for display.
  • the reflective film may be provided on the entire surface of the windshield glass, or may be provided on a part of the windshield glass in the surface direction, but it is preferably provided on a part of the windshield glass.
  • the reflective film may be provided at any position on the windshield glass. is preferably provided as shown.
  • the position of the reflective film on the windshield may be determined based on the relationship between the position of the driver's seat in the vehicle in which the HUD system is installed and the position of the projector.
  • the reflective film may be planar without curved surfaces, but may have curved surfaces.
  • the reflective film may have a concave or convex shape as a whole, and may display the projected image by enlarging or reducing it.
  • the selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60° is the selective reflection layer (I) having the above specification (a) and the selection having the above specification (b).
  • the windshield glass used in the HUD system of the present invention has the selective reflection layers (I) to (III). That is, the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) include three wavelengths ⁇ B , ⁇ G and ⁇ R as selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60°.
  • the selective reflection central wavelengths of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) and the half widths of the reflection peaks having the selective reflection central wavelengths are obtained as follows.
  • the reflectance in the selective reflection band is A maximum peak of is seen.
  • the value of the wavelength on the short wavelength side is ⁇ l (nm)
  • the value of the wavelength on the long wavelength side is ⁇ l (nm).
  • the selective reflection central wavelength ⁇ and its half width ⁇ can be expressed by the following equations.
  • the selective reflection central wavelength obtained as described above is the centroid position of the reflection peak of the circularly polarized reflection spectrum measured at a desired incident angle with respect to the normal direction of the selective reflection layer. It approximately matches a certain wavelength. It should be noted that the reflection spectrum of the selective reflection layer is measured in the state of the windshield glass including the selective reflection layer.
  • the natural light reflectance RB at ⁇ B of the selective reflection layer (I), the natural light reflectance RG at ⁇ G of the selective reflection layer (II), and the natural light reflectance RR at ⁇ R of the selective reflection layer (III) are , the relationship RB > RG ⁇ RR is preferably satisfied from the viewpoint of making the reflected color closer to white at an incident angle of light of 60° and further improving the transparency of the appearance color.
  • the natural light reflectances RB and RG of the selective reflection layers (I) and (II) are determined from the viewpoint of making the reflected color closer to white at an incident angle of 5° and further improving the transparency of the appearance color. , R B /R G ⁇ 1.10.
  • the upper limit of RB / RG is not particularly limited, but 1.30 or less is practical. Also, R G /R R is not particularly limited, but is practically 0.90 to 1.10, preferably 1.00 to 1.10. In the present invention, the natural light reflectance at the selective reflection central wavelength of the selective reflection layer is determined by the method described in Examples below.
  • in-vehicle head-up display systems are required to have a transparent exterior color even when viewed from various angles in terms of transmittance and design that exceed legal requirements.
  • it has been considered to lower the reflectance in order to maintain the legal transmittance of 70% or more and make the appearance color closer to transparent (white).
  • the reflectance is lowered too much, the brightness of the displayed image (projected image) is lowered, resulting in poor visibility.
  • the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) are used from the viewpoint of efficiently reflecting the imager light and increasing the brightness of the image (clearness of the displayed image) while maintaining a high transmittance.
  • All of the half widths of the selective reflection center wavelengths ⁇ B , ⁇ G and ⁇ R for light with an incident angle of 60° are 100 nm or less, and the above natural light reflectances RB , RG and RR are Both are preferably 25% or more.
  • natural light Transmittance can be 70% or more (80% or more when clear glass is sandwiched).
  • the natural light reflectance RB at ⁇ B , the natural light reflectance RG at ⁇ G , and the natural light reflectance RR at ⁇ R are all , preferably 25 to 60%, more preferably 30 to 50%.
  • the half width of the selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ B for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 40 nm. .
  • the half width of the selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ G for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 10 to 100 nm, and 15 to 55 nm. is more preferred.
  • the half width of the selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ R for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 10 to 100 nm, and 15 to 55 nm. is more preferred.
  • the reflective film of the present invention is a layer having a selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ UV for light with an incident angle of 60° in a wavelength range of 300 nm or more and less than 400 nm (also simply referred to as a “UV layer”.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV is preferred.
  • the selective reflection central wavelength ⁇ UV of the UV layer for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 330 to 395 nm, more preferably 350 to 390 nm.
  • the natural light reflectance R UV at the selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ UV is preferably 25 to 60%, more preferably 30 to 50%.
  • the half width of the selective reflection central wavelength ⁇ UV for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 40 nm.
  • the natural light reflectance and half-value width at the selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 5° in the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) and the UV layer are the selective reflection center for the light with an incident angle of 60°.
  • the value is approximately the same as the natural light reflectance and the half width at the wavelength.
  • each of the selective reflection center wavelengths ⁇ B , ⁇ G , and ⁇ R for light with an incident angle of 60° in the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) is separated by 5 nm or more.
  • a fluorescent dye having an emission peak in the visible light region (hereinafter also simply referred to as a "fluorescent dye”) may be contained in any layer constituting the reflective film.
  • a selective reflection layer such as the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) may contain a fluorescent dye. FL”) may be provided.
  • a form in which the selective reflection layer contains the fluorescent pigments and a form in which the fluorescent pigment layer FL is provided may be used in combination.
  • the selective reflection layer positioned closest to the surface contains a fluorescent dye, and/or the selective reflection layer is positioned on one surface of the laminated selective reflection layers.
  • a fluorescent pigment layer FL is provided in the laminated selective reflection layer, and the fluorescent pigment is contained in the selective reflection layer located on the outermost side of the vehicle among the laminated selective reflection layers, and / or the laminated selective reflection layer It is more preferable to provide the fluorescent dye layer FL on the surface located on the vehicle outer side among the surfaces.
  • the fluorescent dye the description of the fluorescent dye described in the linear light reflecting film 10A described later can be applied, and it is preferable to contain the first fluorescent dye described later. When two or more fluorescent dyes are contained, it is more preferable to contain the second fluorescent dye described later in addition to the first fluorescent dye described later.
  • Reflective films containing the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) include, for example, a linearly polarized light reflecting film containing a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having a function of reflecting circularly polarized light, an optically anisotropic layer and an optically isotropic layer.
  • a preferred example is a linearly polarized light reflecting film comprising a selective reflection layer (hereinafter also referred to as a “dielectric multilayer film”) having a function of reflecting linearly polarized light.
  • the linearly polarized light reflecting film and the linearly polarized light reflecting film are based on the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A in the windshield glass 24A shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the windshield glass 24 used in the present invention.
  • the linearly polarized light reflective film 10A included in the windshield glass 24 includes the polarization conversion layer 14, the selective reflection layer 11, the position It has a retardation layer 16 and a transparent substrate 18 in this order.
  • the selective reflection layer 11 includes three cholesteric liquid crystal layers (12R, 12G, 12B).
  • the three cholesteric liquid crystal layers have different central wavelengths of selective reflection for light with an incident angle of 60°, and each cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12B (selective reflection layer (I )), a cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G (selective reflection layer (II)) having ⁇ G for light with an incident angle of 60°, and a cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R (selective reflection layer (III)).
  • each cholesteric liquid crystal layer is in direct contact with any other cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • the selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60° is 300 nm or more and less than 400 nm.
  • Inclusion of a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having ⁇ UV (hereinafter referred to as cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV) is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing reflected color.
  • the present invention includes a form in which any one of the three cholesteric liquid crystal layers (12R, 12G, 12B) contains a fluorescent dye. More preferably, the layer 12R contains a fluorescent dye (hereinafter referred to as the first fluorescent dye).
  • the first fluorescent dye emits light when excited by excitation light such as sunlight or UV light. As this excitation light, light that is absorbed by the first fluorescent dye, in other words, light with a wavelength shorter than the wavelength of the absorption edge on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum of the first fluorescent dye is used.
  • the first fluorescent dye contained in the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R is a quantum dot. The quantum dots are excited by excitation light and emit light.
  • the first fluorescent dye is typically a quantum dot, but is not limited thereto, and may be a quantum rod, for example, compounds described in JP-A-2016-061833.
  • the first fluorescent dye may be a compound contained in a europium compound, a stilbene compound, or a quinoline compound. Specific examples of such compounds include, for example, JP-A-2019-143025 (paragraph [0010] to [0012]).
  • the first fluorescent dye is preferably a quantum dot.
  • the said quantum dot means the quantum dot which has an emission peak wavelength in the range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm.
  • the emission peak wavelength of the first fluorescent dye (quantum dot) is present in the visible light region, and the selective reflection center wavelengths ⁇ R and ⁇ G of light with an incident angle of 60° on the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12R, 12B, and 12G.
  • ⁇ B is not particularly limited as long as the distance is 5 nm or more.
  • the distance is preferably 10 nm or more, and more preferably 30 nm or more.
  • the emission peak wavelength of the first fluorescent dye is 5 nm or more with respect to any of the selective reflection central wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 5° on the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12R, 12B, and 12G. It is preferably separated, more preferably 10 nm or more, and more preferably 30 nm or more. These are the same for the cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV described above.
  • the emission peak wavelength is the wavelength at which the intensity of the emission spectrum becomes maximum (emission peak, emission maximum).
  • a quantum dot is a particle of a predetermined size (several nanometers to several tens of nanometers) that is composed of crystals of a semiconductor material and has a quantum confinement effect, and is excited by incident excitation light to emit fluorescence.
  • the average particle size of the quantum dots is about several nanometers to several tens of nanometers as described above, and is set to an average particle size corresponding to the target emission color. For example, when obtaining blue light, it is preferable to set the average particle size of the quantum dots within the range of 1.0 to 3.0 nm.
  • the particle sizes (diameters) of arbitrary 10 quantum dots are measured by observation with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and the values are arithmetically averaged.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the major axis is taken as the particle diameter.
  • the aspect ratio (major axis/minor axis) of the quantum dots is not particularly limited, it is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably in the range of 1.0 to 1.7.
  • the aspect ratio of the quantum dots is obtained by measuring the length and breadth of at least 10 or more quantum dots by observation with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), determining the aspect ratios, and arithmetically averaging them.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the major axis of the quantum dot is the longest line segment that intersects the quantum dot in a two-dimensional image of the quantum dot obtained by microscopic (for example, transmission electron microscope) observation.
  • the minor axis refers to the longest line segment perpendicular to the major axis and crossing the quantum dots.
  • Materials constituting the quantum dots are not particularly limited as long as the quantum dots emit light of a desired wavelength, and are usually composed of semiconductors such as II-VI semiconductors, III-V semiconductors, IV-VI semiconductors, Alternatively, a combination of these may be mentioned. More specifically, CdS, CdSe, CdTe, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnSeS, ZnTe, ZnO, GaAs, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, HgS, HgSe, HgTe, InAs, InP, InSb, AlAs, AlP, AlSb, CuS, Cu2S , Cu2Se , CuInS, CuInS2 , CuInSe2 , Cu2 (ZnSn) S4 , Cu2 (InGa) S4 , TiO2 alloys thereof, and mixtures thereof.
  • semiconductors such as II-VI semiconductors, III-V semiconductors, IV-VI semiconductors, Alternatively, a combination of these may
  • the quantum dots are preferably selected from CdS, CdSe, ZnS, ZnSe, InP, CuS and CuInS.
  • the quantum dots may be monocomponent quantum dots or core/shell quantum dots with a core of a first semiconductor and a shell of a second semiconductor.
  • a core/multiple shell type quantum dot may also be used, and a quantum dot having a core/shell structure with a graded composition of the shell may also be used.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R of the present invention contains a fluorescent dye different from the first fluorescent dye (hereinafter referred to as a second fluorescent dye). It is preferable from the viewpoint of further increasing the transparency of.
  • the second fluorochrome is excited by excitation light such as sunlight or UV light to emit light.
  • excitation light light absorbed by the second fluorescent dye, in other words, light having a wavelength shorter than the wavelength of the absorption edge on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum of the second fluorescent dye is used.
  • the second fluorochrome is a quantum dot.
  • the quantum dots are excited by excitation light and emit light.
  • the quantum dot as the second fluorescent dye means a quantum dot having an emission peak wavelength outside the range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm (for example, within the range of 550 nm or more and 650 nm or less).
  • the emission peak wavelength of the second fluorescent dye is 5 nm or more apart from each of the selective reflection center wavelengths ⁇ R , ⁇ G , and ⁇ B of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12R, 12B, and 12G. Although it is not particularly limited as long as it is, for example, it is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 30 nm or more. Further, as described above, the emission peak wavelength of the second fluorescent dye (quantum dot) is 5 nm or more for any of the central wavelengths of selective reflection of light with an incident angle of 5° on the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12R, 12B, and 12G. It is preferably separated, more preferably 10 nm or more, and even more preferably 25 nm or more. These are the same for the cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV described above.
  • the material constituting the quantum dots, which are the second fluorescent dye the same materials as those constituting the quantum dots, which are the first fluorescent dye, are appropriately selected.
  • the average particle diameter of the quantum dots, which are the second fluorescent dye is about several nanometers to several tens of nanometers as described above, and is set to an average particle diameter corresponding to the target emission color. For example, when it is desired to obtain green light, it is preferable to set the average particle size of the quantum dots within the range of 1.5 to 10 nm.
  • the aspect ratio of the quantum dots, which are the second fluorescent dye the same aspect ratio as that of the quantum dots, which are the first fluorescent dye, is adopted.
  • the selective reflection layer may not contain a fluorescent dye, and a layer that does not function as a selective reflection layer may be provided as the layer containing the fluorescent dye.
  • a mode in which a fluorescent dye is contained in the selective reflection layer and a mode in which a layer containing the fluorescent dye and not functioning as a selective reflection layer (hereinafter referred to as a fluorescent dye layer FL) is provided may be used in combination. good.
  • a fluorescent dye layer FL may be provided as a layer other than the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12B, 12G and 12R (not shown), and on the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R (the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12 and the polarization conversion layer 14).
  • the reflective film of the present invention is supplemented with a color corresponding to a wavelength range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm, preferably ⁇ B and ⁇ The hue of the wavelength range between G is compensated. Further, when the first fluorescent dye having an emission wavelength peak of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm and the second fluorescent dye having a light wavelength peak of 550 nm or more and 650 nm or less are included, the reflective film of the present invention has a wavelength of 450 nm.
  • the second fluorescent dye compensates the color tone corresponding to the wavelength range of 550 nm or more and 650 nm or less, preferably between ⁇ G and ⁇ R
  • the color of the wavelength range of is compensated for. Therefore, it is possible to adjust the balance of the light intensity in the visible light region of the light reflected from the windshield glass so that the reflected color becomes more neutral, and the transparency of the appearance color can be further improved. can.
  • the fluorochrome layer FL contains the above-described first fluorochrome.
  • the fluorescent dye layer FL is a light-emitting layer that emits light when excited by excitation light such as sunlight or UV light, and is a layer that does not function as a selective reflection layer.
  • the fluorescent dye layer FL contains the quantum dots described above, and the quantum dots are excited by excitation light to emit light.
  • the content of the quantum dots in the fluorescent dye layer FL is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, and 0.05 to 1% by mass is more preferred.
  • the fluorescent dye layer FL may contain components other than the quantum dots, and preferably contains a polymer as a binder.
  • the type of polymer is not particularly limited, and known polymers can be used. Examples include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, and polyacrylic resins such as polymethyl methacrylate. resins, polyurethane resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, epoxy resins, silicone resins, and the like.
  • the thickness of the fluorescent dye layer FL is not particularly limited, it is preferably from 5 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably from 30 to 200 ⁇ m, from the standpoint of better light emission characteristics and color reproducibility.
  • the above thickness is an average thickness, and is a value obtained by measuring the thickness at arbitrary 10 points of the fluorescent dye layer FL and arithmetically averaging them.
  • the method for producing the fluorescent dye layer FL is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
  • a fluorescent dye layer-forming composition containing quantum dots and a polymer is coated on a predetermined substrate, If necessary, a method of applying a drying treatment, or a coating film is formed by applying a curable composition containing quantum dots and a polymerizable monomer on a predetermined substrate, and the coating film is cured (light irradiation treatment and/or heat treatment).
  • the fluorescent dye layer FL instead of the substrate, may be directly provided on the selective reflection layer.
  • Known coating methods include curtain coating, dip coating, spin coating, print coating, spray coating, slot coating, roll coating, slide coating, blade coating, gravure coating, and wire bar coating. and a coating method.
  • the polymerizable monomer used in the curable composition is preferably a radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • Preferred are (meth)acrylate compounds such as functional or polyfunctional (meth)acrylate monomers, polymers thereof, prepolymers, and the like.
  • the curable composition may further contain a polymerization initiator (eg, a radical initiator).
  • a polymerization initiator eg, a radical initiator
  • the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 mol % or more, more preferably 0.5 to 2 mol %, of the total mass of the polymerizable monomers contained in the curable composition.
  • the curable composition may further contain other components (for example, solvent).
  • the reflective film of the present invention with the fluorescent pigment layer FL, the same effect as when the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (preferably the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R) contains the fluorescent pigment can be obtained. That is, it is possible to adjust the balance of the light intensity in the visible light region of the light reflected from the windshield glass, and to make the reflected color neutral.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer is a layer in which a liquid crystal compound is fixed in the orientation state of the helical structure of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase, and reflects light of the selective reflection center wavelength according to the pitch of the helical structure, and reflects light of other wavelengths. permeates a wide range of light.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer exhibits selective reflectivity for either left or right circularly polarized light at a specific wavelength.
  • the reflected wavelength and reflectance can be adjusted by the selective reflection center wavelength, thickness (helical pitch number), etc. of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • each cholesteric liquid crystal layer is preferably in direct contact with any other cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R having ⁇ R for light with an incident angle of 60° and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G having ⁇ G for light with an incident angle of 60° are in contact with each other,
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G having ⁇ G for light with an incident angle of 60° and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12B having ⁇ B for light with an incident angle of 60° are in contact with each other.
  • the film thickness between the layers becomes thicker, making it difficult to obtain the effect of interference of light reflected by each cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • the wavelength band width can be narrowed by the effect of interference of light reflected by each cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • the film thickness of each cholesteric liquid crystal layer is thinner than the wavelength of light (380 nm to 780 nm of visible light), the effect of interference becomes more pronounced.
  • each cholesteric liquid crystal layer is not limited to a configuration in which they are in direct contact, and may be configured to be laminated via an adhesive layer or the like.
  • each cholesteric liquid crystal layer has at least one selective reflection central wavelength among the three wavelengths ⁇ B , ⁇ G and ⁇ R as the selective reflection central wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60°.
  • at least one of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers may have two or more selective reflection central wavelengths.
  • a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having two or more selective reflection center wavelengths is achieved by a helical structure in which the helical pitch varies in the thickness direction.
  • the selective reflection layer 11 has three layers of cholesteric liquid crystal layers with different selective reflection central wavelengths, but the selective reflection layer 11 is not limited to this. It may have a liquid crystal layer.
  • the total thickness of the selective reflection layer 11 is preferably 0.5 to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 15 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of exhibiting high transmittance while exhibiting sufficient natural light reflectance by the selective reflection layer 11 .
  • the reflective film preferably reflects linearly polarized light.
  • the projected image light is preferably p-polarized, that is, linearly polarized, in order to suppress reflection on the windshield glass surface.
  • the selective reflection layer made of a cholesteric liquid crystal layer reflects circularly polarized light. Therefore, the linearly polarized light reflective film preferably has a layer for converting linearly polarized light incident on the reflective film into circularly polarized light.
  • the layer that converts the polarization state of light includes a polarization conversion layer and a retardation layer.
  • the polarization conversion layer exhibits optical rotation and birefringence with respect to visible light, and converts the polarization state of incident light.
  • the polarization conversion layer is composed of a layer in which a birefringent material such as a liquid crystal compound is oriented with a twist amount of 360° or less.
  • the phase difference layer changes the state of incident polarized light by adding a phase difference (optical path difference) to two orthogonal polarized light components.
  • the retardation layer is a layer in which birefringent materials such as liquid crystal compounds are aligned in the same direction, and does not have optical rotation.
  • the reflective film By configuring the reflective film to have a polarization conversion layer or a retardation layer on the light incident side of the selective reflective layer, the linearly polarized light incident on the reflective film is converted into circularly polarized light, and the selective reflective layer becomes circular.
  • the polarized light can be reflected, and the reflected circularly polarized light can be converted into linearly polarized light by the polarization conversion layer or the retardation layer and emitted.
  • the reflective film 10A has the polarization conversion layer 14 on one surface side of the selective reflection layer 11, the retardation layer 16 on the other surface side,
  • the polarization conversion layer 14 is arranged on the side of the first glass plate 30, which is the outside of the vehicle, and the retardation layer 16 is arranged on the side of the second glass plate 28, which is the inside of the vehicle.
  • the retardation layer 16 has a function of converting projected p-polarized light (linearly polarized light) into circularly polarized light reflected by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer of the selective reflection layer 11 .
  • the polarization conversion layer 14 has a function of optically compensating for light incident from outside the windshield glass. For example, the s-polarized light incident from the outside of the windshield glass changes its polarization state when passing through the retardation layer 16, and the p-polarized component is mixed. Since polarized sunglasses cut s-polarized light, this p-polarized component is transmitted through polarized sunglasses.
  • the function of the polarized sunglasses to cut the glare of the reflected light, which is mainly composed of s-polarized light, is impaired, which poses a problem that hinders driving.
  • a structure having the polarization conversion layer 14 and performing optical compensation with the polarization conversion layer 14 suitability for polarized sunglasses can be improved.
  • the polarization conversion layer 14 is on the side of the first glass plate 30 on the outside of the vehicle, and the retardation layer 16 is on the side of the second glass plate 28 on the inside of the vehicle.
  • the reflective film 10A may be arranged such that the polarization conversion layer 14 is on the side of the second glass plate 28, which is the inside of the vehicle, and the retardation layer 16 is on the side of the first glass plate 30, which is the outside of the vehicle.
  • the polarization conversion layer 14 has the function of converting projected p-polarized light (linearly polarized light) into circularly polarized light reflected by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer of the selective reflection layer 11 .
  • the retardation layer 16 has a function of optically compensating for light incident from the outside of the windshield glass, and the optical compensation by the retardation layer 16 can improve suitability for polarized sunglasses.
  • the reflective film may have a structure having polarization conversion layers on both sides of the selective reflection layer 11, or may have a structure having retardation layers on both sides.
  • the polarization conversion layer or retardation layer disposed on the vehicle interior has a function of converting the projected p-polarized light (linearly polarized light) into circularly polarized light reflected by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer of the selective reflection layer 11. do it.
  • the polarization conversion layer or the retardation layer disposed on the vehicle exterior side may be configured to have a function of optically compensating for light incident from the outside of the windshield glass. The polarization conversion layer and the retardation layer will be detailed later.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the polarization conversion layer, the retardation layer, and the transparent substrate, which are the constituent elements of the linearly polarized light reflective film, will be described in detail below.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer means a layer in which the cholesteric liquid crystal phase is fixed.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer may be any layer as long as the alignment of the liquid crystal compound in the cholesteric liquid crystal phase is maintained.
  • a cholesteric liquid crystal layer is typically formed by aligning a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a cholesteric liquid crystal phase, and then polymerizing and curing by ultraviolet irradiation, heating, or the like to form a layer having no fluidity, and at the same time, Any layer may be used as long as it is changed to a state in which the orientation is not changed by an external field or external force.
  • the optical properties of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase are maintained in the layer, and the liquid crystal compound in the layer may no longer exhibit liquid crystallinity.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be polymerized by a curing reaction and no longer have liquid crystallinity.
  • a cholesteric liquid crystal phase selectively reflects either right-handed circularly polarized light or left-handed circularly polarized light and transmits the other sense circularly polarized light.
  • Many films formed from a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound are conventionally known as films containing a layer in which a cholesteric liquid crystal phase exhibiting selective reflection of circularly polarized light is fixed. You can refer to the technology.
  • the selective reflection center wavelength can be adjusted by adjusting the n value and/or the P value.
  • the pitch P of the helical structure (1 helical pitch) is, in other words, the length of the helical axis direction corresponding to one turn of the helical structure. is the length in the direction of the helical axis that rotates 360°.
  • the helical axis direction of a normal cholesteric liquid crystal layer coincides with the thickness direction of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • the reflectance on the surface of the glass plate on the projection light incident side can be reduced.
  • the light obliquely enters the cholesteric liquid crystal layer forming the selective reflection layer 11 of the reflection film 10 as well.
  • light incident at an angle of 45° to 70° with respect to the normal line of the reflective film 10 in air with a refractive index of 1 passes through the cholesteric liquid crystal layer with a refractive index of about 1.61 at an angle of about 26° to 36°.
  • the reflected wavelength shifts to the short wavelength side.
  • a light ray passes at an angle of ⁇ 2 with respect to the normal direction of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (spiral axis direction of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer).
  • a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having a selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ in the range of 650 to 780 nm can reflect projection light in the range of 520 to 695 nm when ⁇ 2 is 26° to 36°. Since such a wavelength range is a wavelength range with high luminosity, it has a high degree of contribution to the luminance of a projected image, and as a result, a projected image with high luminance can be realized.
  • the helical pitch of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase depends on the type of chiral agent used together with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and its concentration, so the desired pitch can be obtained by adjusting these.
  • the method of measuring the sense and pitch of the helix the method described in "Introduction to Liquid Crystal Chemistry Experiments", edited by the Japanese Liquid Crystal Society, published by Sigma Publishing, 2007, page 46, and "Liquid Crystal Handbook", Liquid Crystal Handbook Editing Committee, Maruzen, page 196 is used. be able to.
  • each cholesteric liquid crystal layer a cholesteric liquid crystal layer with either right or left helix sense is used.
  • the sense of circularly polarized light reflected by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer matches the sense of the helix.
  • the helical sense of each cholesteric liquid crystal layer may be the same or different. However, it is preferred that the multiple cholesteric liquid crystal layers all have the same sense of helix.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layers exhibiting selective reflection in the same or overlapping wavelength ranges should not include cholesteric liquid crystal layers with different helical senses. is preferred. This is to prevent the transmittance in a specific wavelength range from dropping below 50%, for example.
  • a separately prepared cholesteric liquid crystal layer may be laminated using an adhesive or the like, or the previous cholesteric liquid crystal layer formed by a method described later may be laminated.
  • a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound or the like may be applied directly to the surface of the layer, and the alignment and fixing steps may be repeated, but the latter is preferred.
  • the thickness of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer is preferably 0.2-10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.3-8 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.4-5 ⁇ m.
  • a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a chiral agent (optically active compound) may be used as a material for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer. If necessary, the above liquid crystal composition mixed with a surfactant, a polymerization initiator, etc. and dissolved in a solvent, etc. is applied to the support, the alignment layer, the underlying cholesteric liquid crystal layer, etc., and cholesteric alignment is performed. After aging, the liquid crystal composition can be fixed by curing to form a cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be a rod-like liquid crystal compound or a discotic liquid crystal compound, but is preferably a rod-like liquid crystal compound.
  • An example of the rod-like polymerizable liquid crystal compound forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer is a rod-like nematic liquid crystal compound.
  • Rod-shaped nematic liquid crystal compounds include azomethines, azoxys, cyanobiphenyls, cyanophenyl esters, benzoic acid esters, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid phenyl esters, cyanophenylcyclohexanes, cyano-substituted phenylpyrimidines, and alkoxy-substituted phenylpyrimidines.
  • phenyldioxanes, tolanes, and alkenylcyclohexylbenzonitriles are preferably used.
  • low-molecular-weight liquid crystal compounds but also high-molecular liquid-crystal compounds can be used.
  • a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is obtained by introducing a polymerizable group into a liquid crystal compound.
  • polymerizable groups include unsaturated polymerizable groups, epoxy groups, and aziridinyl groups, with unsaturated polymerizable groups being preferred, and ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable groups being particularly preferred.
  • Polymerizable groups can be introduced into molecules of liquid crystal compounds by various methods.
  • the number of polymerizable groups possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, in one molecule. Examples of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are described in Makromol. Chem. , 190, 2255 (1989); Advanced Materials 5, 107 (1993); U.S. Pat. No.
  • the amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound added in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 80 to 99.9% by mass, and preferably 85 to 99.5% by mass, based on the solid content mass (mass excluding the solvent) of the liquid crystal composition. % is more preferable, and 90 to 99% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer may have a low ⁇ n.
  • a low ⁇ n cholesteric liquid crystal layer can be formed using a low ⁇ n polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the low ⁇ n polymerizable liquid crystal compound will be specifically described below.
  • a narrow-band selective reflection layer can be obtained by forming a cholesteric liquid crystal phase using a low ⁇ n polymerizable liquid crystal compound and fixing it to a film.
  • low ⁇ n polymerizable liquid crystal compounds include compounds described in WO2015/115390, WO2015/147243, WO2016/035873, JP-A-2015-163596, and JP-A-2016-053149.
  • the description of WO2016/047648 can also be referred to for the liquid crystal composition that provides a selective reflection layer with a small half-value width.
  • the liquid crystal compound is also preferably a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I) described in WO2016/047648.
  • A represents an optionally substituted phenylene group or an optionally substituted trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group
  • m represents a linking group selected from the group consisting of represents an integer of 3 to 12
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms one or more of -CH 2 - are -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N(
  • the phenylene group in formula (I) is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • the phenylene group and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group may have 1 to 4 substituents. When having two or more substituents, the two or more substituents may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-10, even more preferably 1-6.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, and neopentyl. 1,1-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, linear or branched heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl or dodecyl radicals.
  • alkyl groups also applies to alkoxy groups containing alkyl groups.
  • specific examples of the alkylene group when referred to as an alkylene group include a divalent group obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom in each of the examples of the above-mentioned alkyl groups, and the like.
  • Halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 5 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less.
  • Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl groups.
  • X 3 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, or -N(Sp 4 -Q 4 )-, or represents a nitrogen atom forming a ring structure together with Q 3 and Sp 3 show.
  • a linking group selected from the group consisting of substituted groups is shown.
  • the substitution position is not particularly limited. Among these, a tetrahydrofuranyl group is preferred, and a 2-tetrahydrofuranyl group is particularly preferred.
  • m ⁇ 1 Ls may be the same or different.
  • a linking group selected from the group consisting of substituted groups is shown.
  • Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the above formulas Q-1 to Q-5, provided that Q 1 and Q 2 Either one represents a polymerizable group.
  • a polymerizable group an acryloyl group (formula Q-1) or a methacryloyl group (formula Q-2) is preferred.
  • m represents an integer of 3-12.
  • m is preferably an integer of 3 to 9, more preferably an integer of 3 to 7, and even more preferably an integer of 3 to 5.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by formula (I) has at least one optionally substituted phenylene group as A and an optionally substituted trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group. It is preferable to include at least one.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by formula (I) preferably contains 1 to 4 trans-1,4-cyclohexylene groups which may have a substituent as A, and preferably contains 1 to 3 groups. is more preferred, and 2 or 3 is even more preferred.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (I) preferably contains one or more phenylene groups which may have a substituent as A, more preferably contains 1 to 4 groups, 1 to It is more preferable to contain 3, and it is particularly preferable to contain 2 or 3.
  • polymerizable compound represented by formula (I) include, in addition to the compounds described in paragraphs 0051 to 0058 of WO2016/047648, JP-A-2013-112631, JP-A-2010-070543, Japanese Patent No. 4725516, WO2015/115390, WO2015/147243, WO2016/035873, JP-A-2015-163596, and compounds described in JP-A-2016-053149.
  • a chiral agent has a function of inducing a helical structure of a cholesteric liquid crystal phase.
  • the chiral compound may be selected according to the purpose, since the helical sense or helical pitch induced by the compound differs.
  • the chiral agent is not particularly limited, and commonly used compounds can be used. Examples of chiral agents include Liquid Crystal Device Handbook (Chapter 3, Section 4-3, Chiral Agents for TN and STN, p. Examples include compounds described in JP-A-2002-302487, JP-A-2002-080478, JP-A-2002-080851, JP-A-2010-181852, and JP-A-2014-034581.
  • a chiral agent generally contains an asymmetric carbon atom, but an axially chiral compound or planar asymmetric compound that does not contain an asymmetric carbon atom can also be used as a chiral agent.
  • axially or planarly chiral compounds include binaphthyl, helicene, paracyclophane, and derivatives thereof.
  • the chiral agent may have a polymerizable group. When both the chiral agent and the liquid crystal compound have a polymerizable group, a repeating unit derived from the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a repeating unit derived from the chiral agent are formed by the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable chiral agent and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable chiral agent is preferably the same type of group as the polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Therefore, the polymerizable group of the chiral agent is also preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group, an epoxy group or an aziridinyl group, more preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group, and an ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group. Especially preferred. Also, the chiral agent may be a liquid crystal compound.
  • isosorbide derivatives As the chiral agent, isosorbide derivatives, isomannide derivatives, binaphthyl derivatives, and the like can be preferably used.
  • isosorbide derivative a commercially available product such as LC756 manufactured by BASF may be used.
  • the content of the chiral agent in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0.01 to 200 mol %, more preferably 1 to 30 mol % of the amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the content of the chiral agent in the liquid crystal composition intends the concentration (% by mass) of the chiral agent with respect to the total solid content in the composition.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer of the selective reflection layer of the linearly polarized light reflection film may have two or more selective reflection central wavelengths.
  • a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having two or more selective reflection central wavelengths is achieved by changing the pitch of the helical structure in the thickness direction.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer, in which the pitch of the helical structure changes in the thickness direction is formed by using a chiral agent whose helical twisting power (HTP) changes when irradiated with light. It can be produced by changing the irradiation amount of light in the direction.
  • HTP helical twisting power
  • Chiral agents whose HTP is changed by light irradiation include those that undergo re-isomerization, dimerization, isomerization and dimerization, etc. by light irradiation.
  • the photoisomerizable group is preferably an isomerization site of a compound exhibiting photochromic properties, an azo group, an azoxy group, or a cinnamoyl group.
  • Specific compounds include JP-A-2002-080478, JP-A-2002-080851, JP-A-2002-179668, JP-A-2002-179669, JP-A-2002-179670, JP-A-2002- 179681, JP-A-2002-179682, JP-A-2002-338575, JP-A-2002-338668, JP-A-2003-313189, and compounds described in JP-A-2003-313292, etc. can be used.
  • the liquid crystal composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator to be used is preferably a photopolymerization initiator capable of initiating the polymerization reaction by ultraviolet irradiation.
  • photoinitiators include ⁇ -carbonyl compounds (described in US Pat. Nos. 2,367,661 and 2,367,670), acyloin ethers (described in US Pat. No. 2,448,828), ⁇ -hydrocarbons substituted aromatic acyloin compounds (described in US Pat. No. 2,722,512), polynuclear quinone compounds (described in US Pat. Nos.
  • an acylphosphine oxide compound or an oxime compound As the polymerization initiator, it is also preferable to use an acylphosphine oxide compound or an oxime compound.
  • acylphosphine oxide compound for example, a commercially available IRGACURE810 (compound name: bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenylphosphine oxide) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. can be used.
  • oxime compounds include IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE OXE02 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tenryu Electric New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkles NCI-831, and Adeka Arkles NCI-930.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass, based on the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the liquid crystal composition may optionally contain a cross-linking agent in order to improve film strength and durability after curing.
  • a cross-linking agent one that is cured by ultraviolet rays, heat, humidity, or the like can be preferably used.
  • the cross-linking agent is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • cross-linking agents include polyfunctional acrylate compounds such as trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate; epoxy compounds such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether; aziridine compounds such as bishydroxymethylbutanol-tris[3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], 4,4-bis(ethyleneiminocarbonylamino)diphenylmethane; isocyanate compounds such as hexamethylene diisocyanate and biuret type isocyanate; polyoxazoline compounds having chains; alkoxysilane compounds such as vinyltrimethoxysilane and N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane; In addition, a commonly used catalyst can be used depending on the reactivity of the cross-linking agent, and productivity can be improved in addition to improvement in film strength
  • the content of the cross-linking agent is preferably 3 to 20% by mass, more preferably 5 to 15% by mass.
  • An alignment control agent may be added to the liquid crystal composition to contribute to a stable or rapid planar alignment of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • alignment control agents include fluorine (meth)acrylate polymers described in paragraphs [0018] to [0043] of JP-A-2007-272185, paragraphs [0031] to [0031] of JP-A-2012-203237. 0034] and the like, compounds represented by formulas (I) to (IV), and compounds described in JP-A-2013-113913.
  • the alignment control agent one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the amount of the alignment control agent added in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.02 to 1% based on the total mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. % by weight is particularly preferred.
  • the liquid crystal composition may contain at least one selected from various additives such as a surfactant for adjusting the surface tension of the coating film to make the thickness uniform, and a polymerizable monomer.
  • the liquid crystal composition may further contain polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, colorants, metal oxide fine particles, etc. to the extent that the optical performance is not reduced. can be added at
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer comprises a liquid crystal composition obtained by dissolving a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a polymerization initiator, a chiral agent added as necessary, a surfactant, etc. in a solvent, a transparent substrate, a retardation layer, an alignment layer. Alternatively, it is coated on the cholesteric liquid crystal layer or the like prepared previously, dried to obtain a coating film, and the coating film is irradiated with actinic rays to polymerize the cholesteric liquid crystal composition, and the cholesteric regularity is fixed.
  • cholesteric liquid crystal layer can be formed.
  • a laminated film composed of a plurality of cholesteric liquid crystal layers can be formed by repeating the above-described manufacturing process of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • the solvent used for preparing the liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but organic solvents are preferably used.
  • the organic solvent is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. Examples include ketones, alkyl halides, amides, sulfoxides, heterocyclic compounds, hydrocarbons, esters and ethers and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. Among these, ketones are particularly preferred in consideration of the load on the environment.
  • the method of applying the liquid crystal composition to the transparent substrate, the alignment layer, the underlying cholesteric liquid crystal layer, and the like is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • coating methods include wire bar coating, curtain coating, extrusion coating, direct gravure coating, reverse gravure coating, die coating, spin coating, dip coating, spray coating, and slide coating. law, etc. It can also be carried out by transferring a liquid crystal composition separately coated on a support.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are aligned by heating the applied liquid crystal composition.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 200° C. or lower, more preferably 130° C. or lower.
  • the liquid crystal composition can be cured.
  • Polymerization may be either thermal polymerization or photopolymerization using light irradiation, but photopolymerization is preferred. It is preferable to use ultraviolet rays for light irradiation.
  • the irradiation energy is preferably 20 mJ/cm 2 to 50 J/cm 2 , more preferably 100 to 1,500 mJ/cm 2 .
  • light irradiation may be performed under heating conditions or under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the irradiation ultraviolet wavelength is preferably 350 to 430 nm.
  • the polymerization reaction rate is preferably as high as 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more.
  • the polymerization reaction rate can be determined by measuring the consumption rate of the polymerizable functional groups by infrared absorption spectrum measurement.
  • the polarization conversion layer 14 is a layer in which the helical orientation structure of the liquid crystal compound is fixed, and the pitch number x of the helical orientation structure and the film thickness y (unit ⁇ m) of the polarization conversion layer satisfy the following relational expressions (a) to (c ) are preferably satisfied.
  • Expression (c) One pitch of the helical structure of the liquid crystal compound corresponds to one turn of the helical structure of the liquid crystal compound. That is, the pitch number is 1 when the director of the helically aligned liquid crystal compound (long axis direction in the case of rod-like liquid crystal) is rotated by 360°.
  • the polarization conversion layer When the polarization conversion layer has a helical structure of a liquid crystal compound, it exhibits optical rotation and birefringence with respect to visible light whose wavelength is shorter than the reflection peak wavelength in the infrared region. Therefore, polarization in the visible range can be controlled.
  • the polarization conversion layer By setting the pitch number x of the helically oriented structure of the polarization conversion layer and the film thickness y of the polarization conversion layer within the above ranges, the polarization conversion layer has a function of optically compensating for visible light, or a straight line incident on the reflective film. A function of converting polarized light (p-polarized light) into circularly polarized light can be imparted.
  • the polarization conversion layer exhibits optical rotation and birefringence with respect to visible light due to the liquid crystal compound having a helical structure that satisfies the relational expressions (a) to (c).
  • the pitch P of the helical structure of the polarization conversion layer is set to a length corresponding to the pitch P of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer whose selective reflection center wavelength is in the infrared region with a long wavelength, for visible light with a short wavelength, It exhibits high optical rotation and birefringence.
  • the relational expression (a) is "0.1 ⁇ x ⁇ 1.0". If the pitch number x of the helical structure is less than 0.1, problems such as insufficient optical rotation and birefringence will occur. On the other hand, if the pitch number x of the helical structure exceeds 1.0, the optical rotatory power and birefringence are excessive, resulting in problems such as failure to obtain desired elliptically polarized light.
  • the relational expression (b) is "0.5 ⁇ y ⁇ 3.0". If the thickness y of the polarization conversion layer is less than 0.5 ⁇ m, the film thickness is too thin, resulting in problems such as insufficient optical rotation and birefringence. If the thickness y of the polarization conversion layer exceeds 3.0 ⁇ m, the optical rotation and birefringence are excessive, resulting in problems such as failure to obtain desired circularly polarized light and poor orientation, which is undesirable for manufacturing.
  • the relational expression (c) is "3000 ⁇ (1560 ⁇ y)/x ⁇ 50000". If “(1560 ⁇ y)/x” is less than 3000, the optical rotatory power is excessive and the desired polarized light cannot be obtained. If “(1560 ⁇ y)/x” exceeds 50000, the optical rotatory power is insufficient, resulting in problems such as failure to obtain desired polarized light.
  • the pitch number x of the helical structure of the polarization conversion layer is more preferably 0.1 to 0.8, and the film thickness y is more preferably 0.6 ⁇ m to 2.6 ⁇ m. Further, "(1560 ⁇ y)/x" is more preferably 5000 to 13000.
  • the polarization conversion layer preferably has a long spiral structure pitch P and a small pitch number x.
  • the polarization conversion layer preferably has a spiral pitch P equal to the pitch P of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer whose selective reflection central wavelength is in the long wavelength infrared region, and the number of pitches x is small.
  • the polarization conversion layer preferably has a spiral pitch P equal to the pitch P of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer having a selective reflection center wavelength of 3000 to 10000 nm, and a small number of pitches x.
  • the central wavelength of selective reflection corresponding to the pitch P is much longer than that of visible light, so that the above-described optical rotation and birefringence with respect to visible light are more favorably exhibited.
  • Such a polarization conversion layer can be basically formed in the same manner as a commonly used cholesteric liquid crystal layer.
  • the liquid crystal compound to be used should be such that the pitch number x of the helical structure and the film thickness y [ ⁇ m] in the polarization conversion layer satisfy all of the relational expressions (a) to (c). , the chiral agent to be used, the amount of the chiral agent added, the film thickness, etc. must be adjusted.
  • the layer in which the helical alignment structure (helical structure) of the liquid crystal compound is fixed is a so-called cholesteric liquid crystal layer, and means a layer in which the cholesteric liquid crystal phase is fixed.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer may be any layer as long as the orientation of the liquid crystal compound in the cholesteric liquid crystal phase is maintained.
  • a cholesteric liquid crystal layer is typically formed by aligning a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a cholesteric liquid crystal phase, and then polymerizing and curing by ultraviolet irradiation, heating, or the like to form a layer having no fluidity, and at the same time, Any layer may be used as long as it is changed to a state in which the orientation is not changed by an external field or external force.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer it is sufficient that the optical properties of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase are maintained in the layer, and the liquid crystal compound in the layer may no longer exhibit liquid crystallinity.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be polymerized by a curing reaction and no longer have liquid crystallinity.
  • the helical pitch of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase depends on the type of chiral agent used together with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the concentration thereof added, a desired pitch can be obtained by adjusting these.
  • the cholesteric liquid crystal layer used as the polarization conversion layer has a helical pitch adjusted so that the central wavelength of selective reflection is in the long wavelength infrared region.
  • the method of forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer as the polarization conversion layer is basically the same as the method of forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer described above.
  • the phase difference layer changes the state of incident polarized light by adding a phase difference (optical path difference) to two orthogonal polarized light components.
  • the front retardation of the retardation layer may be a retardation that can be optically compensated.
  • the retardation layer preferably has a front retardation of 50 nm to 160 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the angle of the slow axis is 10° to 50°. Alternatively, it is preferably -50° to -10°.
  • the front retardation of the retardation layer is preferably configured to give ⁇ / 4, and the front retardation is 3 ⁇ / 4 may be provided. Also, the angle of the slow axis may be arranged so as to change the incident linearly polarized light into circularly polarized light.
  • the retardation layer preferably has a front retardation of 100 to 450 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm, more preferably 120 to 200 nm or 300 to 400 nm.
  • the direction of the slow axis of the retardation layer is the direction of incidence of projection light for displaying a projected image when the reflective film 10 is used in a head-up display system, and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer constituting the selective reflection layer. is preferably determined according to the sense of the helix of
  • the retardation layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.
  • the retardation layer include a stretched polycarbonate film, a stretched norbornene-based polymer film, an oriented transparent film containing inorganic particles having birefringence such as strontium carbonate, and an inorganic dielectric material on a support. , a film obtained by uniaxially aligning a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and fixing its orientation, and a film obtained by uniaxially orienting a liquid crystal compound and fixing its orientation.
  • a film in which a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is uniaxially oriented and oriented and fixed is preferably exemplified as the retardation layer.
  • a retardation layer is formed, for example, by applying a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound to the surface of a transparent substrate, a temporary support, or an alignment layer, where the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition is added to the liquid crystal. After being formed into a nematic orientation in a state, it can be fixed by curing. Formation of the retardation layer in this case can be carried out in the same manner as the formation of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer described above, except that the chiral agent is not added to the liquid crystal composition.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 50 to 120.degree. C., more preferably 60 to 100.degree.
  • the retardation layer is formed by coating a composition containing a polymer liquid crystal compound on the surface of a transparent base material, a temporary support, an alignment layer, or the like, forming a nematic alignment in a liquid crystal state, and then fixing this alignment by cooling. It may be a layer obtained by reducing the
  • the thickness of the retardation layer is not limited, it is preferably 0.2 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 150 ⁇ m, even more preferably 1.0 to 80 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the retardation layer formed from the liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.2 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 5.0 ⁇ m, even more preferably 0.7 to 2.0 ⁇ m. .
  • the slow axis is set by tilting, for example, at an angle ⁇ with respect to an axis in an arbitrary direction of the retardation layer.
  • the direction of the slow axis can be set, for example, by rubbing the alignment film that is the lower layer of the retardation layer.
  • the linearly polarized light reflective film may have layers other than the selective reflection layer, the polarization conversion layer, the fluorescent dye layer FL, and the retardation layer.
  • the linearly polarized light reflective film may have a transparent substrate, an adhesive layer, and the like.
  • the linearly polarized light reflective film 10A has a transparent substrate 18 arranged on the side of the retardation layer 16 opposite to the selective reflection layer 11 .
  • the transparent substrate 18 supports the retardation layer 16 , the selective reflection layer 11 (cholesteric liquid crystal layer), and the polarization conversion layer 14 .
  • the transparent substrate 18 may be used as a support for forming the retardation layer 16, the selective reflection layer 11 (cholesteric liquid crystal layer), and the polarization conversion layer 14.
  • the above-mentioned linearly polarized light reflective film may be in the form of a thin film, a sheet, or the like.
  • the linearly polarized light reflective film may be in the form of a roll or the like as a thin film before being used for the windshield glass.
  • Both the transparent substrate (support) and the adhesive layer are preferably transparent in the visible light region. Moreover, it is preferable that both the transparent substrate and the adhesive layer have low birefringence.
  • the low birefringence means that the front retardation is 10 nm or less in the wavelength region where the selective reflection layer included in the windshield glass used in the present invention exhibits reflection. This front retardation is preferably 5 nm or less.
  • the support, the adhesive layer, etc. have a small difference in refractive index from the average refractive index (in-plane average refractive index) of the selective reflection layer.
  • the transparent substrate can also be used as a substrate when forming a selective reflection layer.
  • the transparent substrate used for forming the selective reflection layer may be a temporary support that is peeled off after the formation of the selective reflection layer. Therefore, the finished reflective film and windshield glass may not contain a transparent substrate.
  • the transparent substrate is preferably transparent in the visible light region.
  • transparent substrates include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polycarbonates, acrylic resins, epoxy resins, polyurethanes, polyamides, polyolefins, cellulose derivatives, and plastic films such as silicones.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • acrylic resins acrylic resins
  • epoxy resins epoxy resins
  • polyurethanes polyamides
  • polyolefins polyolefins
  • cellulose derivatives cellulose derivatives
  • plastic films such as silicones.
  • plastic films such as silicones.
  • glass may be used in addition to the plastic film described above.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate may be about 5.0 to 1000 ⁇ m, preferably 10 to 250 ⁇ m, more preferably 15 to 90 ⁇ m.
  • the transparent base material 18 when the transparent base material 18 is arranged on the side of the second glass plate 28, that is, on the inside of the vehicle, the transparent base material 18 may contain an ultraviolet absorber. preferable. By including an ultraviolet absorber in the transparent base material 18, deterioration of the reflective film (selective reflection layer) due to ultraviolet rays can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the windshield glass used in the present invention. It consists of a selective reflection layer (dielectric multilayer film) in which (13Ra, 13Ga, 13Ba) and optically isotropic layers (13Rb, 13Gb, 13Ba) are alternately laminated.
  • the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10B includes a first laminated portion 13R (R layer) in which an optically anisotropic layer 13Ra and an optically isotropic layer 13Rb are alternately laminated, an optically anisotropic layer 13Ga and an optical layer 13Rb.
  • the dielectric multilayer film includes the above three wavelengths ⁇ B , ⁇ G and ⁇ R as selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60°.
  • any one of the dielectric multilayer films constituting the dielectric multilayer film may contain a fluorescent dye.
  • a layer (fluorescent dye layer FL) may be provided.
  • the form in which the fluorescent dye is contained in any one of the dielectric multilayer films constituting the dielectric multilayer film and the form in which the fluorescent dye layer FL is provided are used in combination.
  • a fluorescent dye layer FL is provided so as to contain a fluorescent dye in the dielectric multilayer film positioned on the outermost surface side of the dielectric multilayer film and/or to be positioned on one of the surfaces of the dielectric multilayer film.
  • the dielectric multilayer film located on the outermost side of the vehicle contains a fluorescent dye, and/or the surface of the dielectric multilayer film located on the vehicle exterior side, It is more preferable to provide a fluorescent dye layer FL.
  • the above-described fluorescent dye layer FL (not shown) is provided.
  • the thicknesses of the optically anisotropic layers and the optically isotropic layers of the first laminated section 13R, the second laminated section 13G and the third laminated section 13B are different from each other. Also, the number of layers, the refractive index, and the like may be different.
  • the refractive index n e1 in the slow axis direction of the optically anisotropic layer exceeds the refractive index n o2 of the optically isotropic layer (that is, n e1 >n o2 ), and the optical The refractive index no1 in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis of the anisotropic layer is substantially the same as the refractive index no2 of the optically isotropic layer.
  • a plurality of optically anisotropic layers are laminated such that the slow axes thereof are parallel to each other. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4, in one direction (vertical direction in FIG.
  • a layer having a high refractive index (n e1 ) and a layer having a low refractive index (n o2 ) are laminated.
  • layers having the same refractive index are laminated.
  • a film in which layers with a low refractive index (low refractive index layers) and layers with a high refractive index (high refractive index layers) are alternately laminated has a structural structure between many low refractive index layers and high refractive index layers. Interference is known to reflect certain wavelengths of light. Therefore, the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10B shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 reflects linearly polarized light in the vertical direction in FIG. 4 and transmits linearly polarized light in the horizontal direction.
  • the dielectric multilayer film used in the HUD system of the present invention includes the above three wavelengths ⁇ B , ⁇ G and ⁇ R as selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60°.
  • the fluorescent dye layer FL (not shown) described above is provided on the first laminated portion 13R.
  • the selective reflection central wavelength and the reflectance can be adjusted by adjusting the refractive index difference between the low refractive index layer and the high refractive index layer, the thickness, the number of layers, and the like.
  • the first lamination part 13R realizes reflection with ⁇ R for light with an incident angle of 60°
  • the second lamination part 13G realizes reflection with ⁇ R for light with an incidence angle of 60°.
  • Reflection with ⁇ G is realized
  • reflection with ⁇ B for light with an incident angle of 60° is realized by the third lamination portion 13B.
  • the reflection peak having the selective reflection central wavelength determined by the above-described method has a maximum value with a difference of 2% or more from the adjacent minimum value, and a half value width of 10 to 10. Let the peak be at 200 nm.
  • the half width of the reflection peak having each selective reflection center wavelength depends on the difference between the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the optically anisotropic layer and the refractive index of the optically isotropic layer, and the refractive index difference is The larger the value, the larger the half width.
  • the half width of the reflection peak having each selective reflection center wavelength is adjusted to improve the brightness of the displayed image while increasing the transmittance, and reducing the influence of interference with adjacent reflection peaks.
  • the difference between the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the optically anisotropic layer and the refractive index of the optically isotropic layer is preferably 0.03 to 0.20, more preferably 0.05 to 0.14. and more preferably 0.05 to 0.10.
  • the dielectric multilayer film is composed of a light reflecting layer having ⁇ B , a light reflecting layer having ⁇ G , and a light reflecting layer having ⁇ R as a selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60°, These light reflecting layers are preferably in contact with each other.
  • the first laminated portion 13R having ⁇ R for light with an incident angle of 60° and the second laminated portion 13G having ⁇ G for light with an incident angle of 60° are in contact with each other.
  • the second laminated portion 13G having ⁇ G for light with an incident angle of 60° and the third laminated portion 13B having ⁇ B for light with an incident angle of 60° are in contact with each other.
  • the first lamination portion 13R, the second lamination portion 13G, and the third lamination portion 13B are light reflection layers that constitute dielectric multilayer films (selective reflection layers) used in the HUD system of the present invention.
  • an optical system having a selective reflection center wavelength of 300 nm or more and less than 400 nm for light with an incident angle of 60° It is also preferable to include a selective reflection layer (hereinafter referred to as a light reflection layer UV) formed by laminating an anisotropic layer and an optically isotropic layer from the viewpoint of suppressing reflected color.
  • a selective reflection layer hereinafter referred to as a light reflection layer UV
  • the windshield glass is configured to include a circularly polarized light reflecting layer and a retardation layer, which will be described later, as described above, it is confirmed when the windshield glass is observed under external light. It is possible to suppress the tint (especially the yellow tint in the reflected tint for light with an incident angle of 5°).
  • the film thickness between the layers becomes thicker, making it difficult to obtain the effect of interference of the light reflected by each light reflecting layer.
  • the half width of the reflection peak having each selective reflection center wavelength can be narrowed by the effect of interference of light reflected by each light reflecting layer. can be done.
  • the above-mentioned linearly polarized light reflective film may be in the form of a thin film, a sheet, or the like.
  • the linearly polarized light reflective film may be in the form of a roll or the like as a thin film before being used for windshield glass.
  • Materials and methods for manufacturing the dielectric multilayer film can be those described in, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-506837.
  • a wide variety of materials can be used to form dielectric multilayer films when processed under conditions selected to obtain refractive index relationships.
  • the first material has a different refractive index than the second material in the chosen direction.
  • This refractive index difference can be achieved in a variety of ways, including stretching, extrusion, or coating during film formation or after film formation.
  • it is preferred that the two materials have similar rheological properties (eg, melt viscosity) so that they can be coextruded.
  • Materials particularly suitable for use in the dielectric multilayer film include PEN (polyethylene naphthalate) and PET (polyethylene terephthalate) as materials for the optically anisotropic layer, and (isotropic polymethyl methacrylate), PEN, PET and PMMA (polymethyl methacrylate resin).
  • the linearly polarized light reflecting film (dielectric multilayer film) used in the HUD system of the present invention has three wavelengths of ⁇ B , ⁇ G and ⁇ R as the selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60°.
  • the laminated parts are bonded together to produce a linearly polarized light reflecting film (dielectric multilayer film).
  • the thickness before processing may be adjusted so that three laminated portions having different thicknesses are formed, and the three laminated portions may be integrally formed by stretching, extrusion molding, or the like.
  • the thickness of the dielectric multilayer film is preferably 2.0-50 ⁇ m, more preferably 8.0-30 ⁇ m.
  • a linearly polarized light reflective film has a selective reflection layer (dielectric multilayer film) formed by laminating an optically anisotropic layer and an optically isotropic layer, and contains a fluorescent dye.
  • the linearly polarized light reflective film may have a structure including a retardation layer, a polarization conversion layer, a support, an adhesive layer, etc., in addition to the dielectric multilayer film.
  • the retardation layer, polarization conversion layer, support (transparent substrate), and adhesive layer used in the linearly polarized light reflective film described above include the retardation layer, polarization conversion layer, and transparent layer used in the linearly polarized light reflective film described above.
  • the description of the substrate (support) and adhesive layer can be applied.
  • the constituent elements of the windshield glass the glass plate (laminated glass), the intermediate layer, and the heat seal layer (adhesive layer) will be described in order as constituent elements other than the above-mentioned reflective film.
  • the windshield glass may have a structure of laminated glass.
  • the windshield glass used in the HUD system of the present invention is laminated glass and has the above-described reflective film between the first glass plate and the second glass plate.
  • the windshield glass may have a configuration in which a reflective film is arranged between the first glass plate and the second glass plate.
  • the windshield glass has an intermediate film (intermediate film sheet) provided between at least one of the first glass plate and the reflective film and between the reflective film and the second glass plate. is preferred.
  • intermediate film intermediate film sheet
  • the first glass plate 30 is arranged on the opposite side (outside the vehicle) of the image viewing side in the HUD system, and the second glass plate 28 is It is arranged on the viewing side (inside the vehicle).
  • the first and second in the first glass plate and the second glass plate have no technical meaning, and distinguish between the two glass plates. This is provided for convenience. Therefore, the second glass plate may be on the vehicle exterior side and the first glass plate may be on the vehicle interior side.
  • the glass plates such as the first glass plate and the second glass plate, glass plates commonly used for windshield glass can be used.
  • a glass plate having a visible light transmittance of 80% or less such as 73% or 76%, such as green glass with high heat shielding properties may be used. Even when such a glass plate with a low visible light transmittance is used, by using the above-mentioned reflective film, a windshield glass having a visible light transmittance of 70% or more even at the position of the reflective film can be obtained. can be made.
  • the thickness of the glass plate is not particularly limited, but may be about 0.5 to 5.0 mm, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 2.0 to 2.3 mm.
  • the materials or thicknesses of the first glass plate and the second glass plate may be the same or different.
  • a windshield glass having a structure of laminated glass can be produced by a conventional method for producing laminated glass. In general, after sandwiching an interlayer film for laminated glass between two glass plates, heat treatment and pressure treatment (treatment using a rubber roller, etc.) are repeated several times, and finally an autoclave or the like is used. It can be produced by a method of performing heat treatment under pressurized conditions.
  • a windshield glass having a structure of laminated glass having a reflective film and an intermediate film may be produced, for example, by forming a reflective film on the surface of a glass plate and then using the method for producing laminated glass described above.
  • the intermediate film for laminated glass containing the reflective film of No. 1 may be used to produce the laminated glass by the method for producing the laminated glass described above.
  • the reflective film is formed on the surface of the glass plate, the glass plate on which the reflective film is provided may be the first glass plate or the second glass plate. In this case, the reflective film may be bonded to the glass plate with an adhesive (heat seal layer), for example.
  • Intermediate film Intermediate film 36 prevents glass from penetrating into the interior of the vehicle and scattering in the event of an accident.
  • the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A and the first glass plate 30 are adhered, and in the example shown in FIG. The glass plate 28 and the first glass plate 30 are adhered.
  • any intermediate film commonly used as an intermediate film (intermediate layer) in laminated glass can be used as the intermediate film (intermediate film sheet).
  • a resin film containing a resin selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl butyral (PVB), ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer and chlorine-containing resin can be used.
  • the resin described above is preferably the main component of the intermediate film.
  • being a main component means the component which occupies 50 mass % or more of an intermediate film.
  • polyvinyl butyral and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer are preferred, and polyvinyl butyral is more preferred.
  • the resin is preferably a synthetic resin.
  • Polyvinyl butyral can be obtained by acetalizing polyvinyl alcohol with butyraldehyde.
  • a preferable lower limit of the degree of acetalization of polyvinyl butyral is 40%, a preferable upper limit is 85%, a more preferable lower limit is 60%, and a more preferable upper limit is 75%.
  • Polyvinyl alcohol is generally obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate, and polyvinyl alcohol having a degree of saponification of 80 to 99.8 mol % is generally used.
  • the preferred lower limit of the degree of polymerization of polyvinyl alcohol is 200, and the preferred upper limit is 3,000.
  • a more preferable lower limit is 500, and a more preferable upper limit is 2,000.
  • the thickness of the intermediate film 36 is not limited, and the thickness may be set in accordance with the forming material, etc., in the same manner as the intermediate film of the commonly used windshield glass.
  • the windshield glass 24 has a heat seal layer 38 provided between the reflective film 10 and the second glass plate 28, and the reflective film 10 and the first glass plate 30 are bonded with an intermediate film 36. wearing, but not limited to. That is, a heat seal layer may be provided between the reflective film 10 and the first glass plate 30 and an intermediate film may be provided between the reflective film 10 and the second glass plate 28 .
  • the windshield glass 24 is configured without the intermediate film 36, and the adhesion between the reflective film 10 and the second glass plate 28 and the adhesion between the reflective film 10 and the first glass plate 30 are A configuration using the heat seal layer 38 may be used.
  • An intermediate film for laminated glass containing a reflective film can be formed by bonding a reflective film to the surface of the intermediate film described above.
  • the reflective film can be sandwiched between the two intermediate films described above.
  • the two intermediate films may be the same or different, but are preferably the same.
  • a conventional bonding method can be used for bonding the reflective film and the intermediate film, but it is preferable to use a lamination treatment.
  • the lamination process is preferably carried out under a certain degree of heat and pressure conditions so that the laminate (reflective film) and the intermediate film are not separated after processing.
  • the film surface temperature of the adhesive side of the intermediate film is preferably 50 to 130.degree.
  • the pressurization conditions are not limited, but are preferably less than 2.0 kg/cm 2 (less than 196 kPa), more preferably 0.5 to 1.8 kg/cm 2 (49 to 176 kPa), and 0.5 to 1.5 kg. /cm 2 (49 to 147 kPa) is more preferable.
  • the support when the reflective film has a support (transparent substrate), the support may be peeled off simultaneously with lamination, immediately after lamination, or immediately before lamination. That is, the reflective film attached to the intermediate film obtained after lamination may be free of a support.
  • An example of a method for producing an intermediate film containing a reflective film is (1) A first step of bonding a reflective film to the surface of the first intermediate film to obtain a first laminate, and (2) A second step of bonding a second intermediate film to the surface of the reflective film in the first laminate opposite to the surface to which the first intermediate film is bonded.
  • the reflective film and the first intermediate film are bonded without facing the support and the first intermediate film.
  • the support is then peeled off from the reflective film.
  • a second intermediate film is attached to the surface from which the support has been peeled off.
  • an intermediate film containing this reflective film a laminated glass in which the reflective film does not have a support can be easily produced.
  • the temperature of the support when peeling the support from the reflective film is preferably 40°C or higher, more preferably 40 to 60°C.
  • the heat seal layer (adhesive layer) 38 is a layer made of, for example, a coating type adhesive.
  • the linearly polarizing reflective film 10A is adhered to the second glass plate 28 with a heat seal layer 38.
  • the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A may be attached to the second glass plate 28 by an intermediate film.
  • the intermediate film 36 separates the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A from the second layer. may be attached to the glass plate 28 of the
  • the heat seal layer 38 there are no restrictions on the heat seal layer 38, and various commonly used materials can be used as long as they can ensure the transparency required for the windshield glass 24 and can adhere the reflective film 10 and the glass with the necessary adhesion force. are available.
  • the same material as the intermediate film 36 such as PVB may be used for the heat seal layer 38 .
  • the heat seal layer 38 may be made of an acrylate adhesive or the like.
  • the heat seal layer 38 may be formed from an adhesive.
  • Adhesives include hot-melt type, heat-curing type, photo-curing type, reaction-curing type, and pressure-sensitive adhesive type that does not require curing from the viewpoint of curing methods.
  • adhesives of any type are made of acrylate, urethane, urethane acrylate, epoxy, epoxy acrylate, polyolefin, modified olefin, polypropylene, ethylene vinyl alcohol, vinyl chloride, Compounds such as chloroprene rubber-based, cyanoacrylate-based, polyamide-based, polyimide-based, polystyrene-based, and polyvinyl butyral-based compounds can be used.
  • a light-curing type is preferable as the curing method, and from the viewpoint of optical transparency and heat resistance, it is possible to use acrylate, urethane acrylate, epoxy acrylate, etc. as the material. preferable.
  • the heat seal layer 38 may be formed using a highly transparent adhesive transfer tape (OCA tape).
  • OCA tape a highly transparent adhesive transfer tape
  • a commercially available product for image display devices particularly a commercially available product for the surface of the image display portion of the image display device may be used.
  • Examples of commercially available products include adhesive sheets (PD-S1, etc.) manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd., MHM series adhesive sheets manufactured by Nichiei Kako Co., Ltd., and the like.
  • the thickness of the heat seal layer 38 is also not limited. Therefore, the thickness that provides sufficient adhesive strength may be appropriately set according to the material forming the heat seal layer 38 . Here, if the heat seal layer 38 is too thick, it may not be possible to adhere the reflective film 10 to the second glass plate 28 or the first glass plate 30 while maintaining sufficient flatness. Considering this point, the thickness of the heat seal layer 38 is preferably 0.1 to 800 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 400 ⁇ m.
  • the heat seal layer 38 preferably has a surface roughness Sa1 of 40 nm or less at a viewing angle of 3700 ⁇ m ⁇ 4900 ⁇ m and a surface roughness Sa2 of 7 nm or more at a viewing angle of 180 ⁇ m ⁇ 240 ⁇ m.
  • a "projector” is a “device for projecting light or an image", including a “device for projecting a rendered image”, that emits projection light carrying an image to be displayed.
  • the projector is a projector that emits p-polarized projection image light.
  • the projector may be positioned so that the p-polarized projection light carrying the image to be displayed is incident at an oblique angle of incidence on the reflective film in the windshield glass.
  • the projector preferably includes a drawing device and reflects and displays an image (real image) drawn on a small intermediate image screen by a combiner as a virtual image.
  • a drawing device for example, when p-polarized projection light is emitted, a commonly used projector used for a HUD system can be used.
  • the projector has a variable imaging distance of the virtual image, ie, a variable imaging position of the virtual image.
  • Methods for changing the imaging distance of the virtual image in the projector include, for example, a method of moving the image generation surface (screen) (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-21302), and a method of switching and using a plurality of optical paths with different optical path lengths. (see WO2015/190157), a method of changing the optical path length by inserting and/or moving a mirror, a method of changing the focal length by using a combined lens as an imaging lens, a method of moving the projector 22, and forming a virtual image. Examples include a method of switching and using a plurality of projectors with different distances, a method of using a variable focus lens (see WO2010/116912), and the like.
  • the projector may be one in which the imaging distance of the virtual image can be changed continuously, or one in which the imaging distance of the virtual image can be switched between two or three or more points.
  • a rendering device may itself be a device that displays an image, or it may be a device that emits light capable of rendering an image.
  • the light from the light source may be adjusted by a drawing method such as an optical modulator, laser luminance modulation means, or light deflection means for drawing.
  • a drawing device means a device that includes a light source and, depending on the drawing method, an optical modulator, a laser luminance modulation means, or an optical deflection means for drawing.
  • the light source used in the HUD system of the present invention is not particularly limited, and commonly-used laser light sources used in projectors, drawing devices, displays, etc. can be used, and semiconductor lasers are preferably used.
  • the peak emission wavelength of blue laser light is 450 ⁇ 10 nm
  • the peak emission wavelength of green laser light is 518 ⁇ 7 nm
  • the peak wavelength of green laser light is 518 ⁇ 7 nm.
  • the peak wavelength of emitted light is generally 638 ⁇ 5 nm.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the peak wavelength of the emission wavelength of the blue laser light and ⁇ B in the selective reflection layer is usually 10 nm or less, preferably 5 nm or less.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the peak wavelength of the emission wavelength of green laser light and ⁇ G in the selective reflection layer is usually 7 nm or less, preferably 4 nm or less.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the peak wavelength of the emission wavelength of the red laser light and ⁇ R in the selective reflection layer is usually 5 nm or less, preferably 3 nm or less.
  • the drawing method can be selected according to the laser light source that emits the three colors of blue, green, and red laser light, and examples thereof include a scanning method using a laser.
  • the scanning method is a method in which a light beam is scanned on a screen and an image is formed using an afterimage of the eye.
  • brightness-modulated laser beams of, for example, red, green, and blue colors are bundled into a single beam by a combining optical system, a condenser lens, or the like, and the beam is converted into light. It is sufficient that the image is scanned by the deflection means and drawn on an intermediate image screen, which will be described later.
  • the luminance modulation of each color laser light such as red light, green light, and blue light may be performed directly as intensity change of the light source, or may be performed by an external modulator.
  • Examples of the light deflection means include a galvanomirror, a combination of a galvanomirror and a polygon mirror, and MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), among which MEMS is preferred.
  • Scanning methods include a random scan method, a raster scan method, and the like, and it is preferable to use the raster scan method.
  • the laser light can be driven, for example, with a resonant frequency in the horizontal direction and a sawtooth wave in the vertical direction. Since the scanning method does not require a projection lens, it is easy to reduce the size of the device.
  • a light source module having blue, green, and red laser light sources irradiates RGB light onto a biaxial MEMS mirror, and drives the MEMS mirror at high speed to form an image on an intermediate image screen with RGB reflected light.
  • a raster scan method for drawing is common.
  • Light emitted from the drawing device may be linearly polarized light or natural light (non-polarized light).
  • a drawing device using a laser light source essentially emits linearly polarized light.
  • the polarization directions (transmission axis directions) of the light of the plurality of wavelengths are preferably the same. It is known that some commercially available drawing devices do not have a uniform polarization direction in the wavelength regions of red, green, and blue emitted light (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-221449).
  • the polarization direction of green light is orthogonal to the polarization direction of red light and the polarization direction of blue light.
  • the projection light emitted from the projector is p-polarized light.
  • the rendering device may use an intermediate image screen.
  • An "intermediate image screen” is a screen on which an image is drawn. That is, when the light emitted from the rendering device is not yet visible as an image, the rendering device forms a visible image on the intermediate image screen with this light.
  • the image rendered on the intermediate image screen may be projected onto the combiner by light transmitted through the intermediate image screen, or may be reflected onto the intermediate image screen and projected onto the combiner.
  • intermediate image screens include scattering films, microlens arrays, and screens for rear projection.
  • a plastic material is used as the intermediate image screen
  • the intermediate image screen if the intermediate image screen has birefringence, the plane of polarization and light intensity of the polarized light incident on the intermediate image screen are disturbed, resulting in color unevenness, etc. in the combiner (reflection film).
  • the problem of color unevenness can be reduced by using a retardation film having a predetermined retardation.
  • the intermediate image screen preferably has the function of spreading and transmitting the incident light. This is because the projected image can be enlarged and displayed.
  • Such intermediate image screens include, for example, screens composed of microlens arrays.
  • Microarray lenses used in HUD systems are described, for example, in JP-A-2012-226303, JP-A-2010-145745, and JP-A-2007-523369.
  • the projector may include a reflector or the like that adjusts the optical path of the projection light formed by the drawing device.
  • HUD systems using windshield glass as a reflective film are described in JP-A-2-141720, JP-A-10-96874, JP-A-2003-98470, US Pat. 2006-512622 and the like can be referred to.
  • Incident light is preferably incident at an oblique incident angle of 45° to 70° with respect to the normal to the reflective film.
  • the Brewster angle at the interface between glass with a refractive index of about 1.51 and air with a refractive index of 1 is about 56°.
  • the amount of reflected light from the surface of the windshield glass on the viewing side is less than that of the selective reflection layer of (1), and image display with little influence of double images is possible. It is also preferred that said angle is between 50° and 65°.
  • the projected image can be observed on the incident side of the projected light at an angle of 45° to 70°, preferably 50° to 65°, on the side opposite to the incident light with respect to the normal line of the selective reflection layer. Any configuration can be used.
  • the incident light may be incident from any direction, such as the top, bottom, left, or right of the windshield glass, and may be determined according to the viewing direction. For example, a configuration in which light is incident from below at the time of use at an oblique incident angle as described above is preferable. Also, the reflective film of the windshield glass is arranged to reflect incident p-polarized light.
  • the projected light when displaying a projected image in the HUD system of the present invention is p-polarized light that oscillates in a direction parallel to the plane of incidence.
  • the light emitted from the projector is not linearly polarized light, it may be p-polarized by providing a linear polarizing film (polarizer) on the side of the light emitted from the projector.
  • p-polarized light may be obtained by a conventional method using, for example, In this case, a member that converts non-linearly polarized projection light into p-polarized light is also considered to constitute the projector in the HUD system of the present invention.
  • the polarization direction in the wavelength regions of red, green, and blue emitted light is not uniform
  • the polarization direction is adjusted in a wavelength-selective manner, and all color wavelength regions are converted to p-polarized light. make it incident.
  • the HUD system may be a projection system in which the virtual image forming position is variable.
  • the virtual image forming position is variable.
  • the virtual image formation position is a position where the driver of the vehicle can visually recognize the virtual image, for example, a position 1000 mm or more beyond the windshield glass as viewed from the driver.
  • the vertical direction Y of the windshield glass 24 is the direction corresponding to the vertical direction of the vehicle or the like in which the windshield glass 24 is arranged, and is defined as the ground side being the lower side and the opposite side being the upper side. is.
  • the windshield glass 24 may be arranged at an angle due to the structure or design. direction.
  • the surface is the exterior side of the vehicle.
  • the present invention is basically configured as described above. Although the HUD system of the present invention and its component elements such as the windshield glass and the reflective film have been described in detail above, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention. may of course be improved or changed.
  • Example 1 Preparation of Quantum Dot-Containing Polymerizable Composition and Coating Liquid for Forming Selective Reflection Layer, Production of Dielectric Multilayer Film>
  • Example 1 Preparation of quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition
  • the following components were mixed so as to have the composition ratio shown below, filtered through a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 0.2 ⁇ m, and dried under reduced pressure for 30 minutes to prepare a quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1.
  • Toluene dispersion of quantum dots 1 10 parts by mass Lauryl methacrylate 80.8 parts by mass Trimethylolpropane triacrylate 18.2 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 819 (trade name, BASF company)) 1 part by mass
  • Each cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer, B layer, G)
  • a coating solution for forming a narrow-band cholesteric liquid crystal layer was prepared by mixing the following components so as to have the composition ratio shown below.
  • Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 101 55 parts by mass Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 102 30 parts by mass Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 201 13 parts by mass Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 202 2 parts by mass Polymerization initiator IRGACURE OXE01 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) 1.0 mass Parts Alignment control agent 1 (fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 1) 0.01 parts by mass Alignment control agent 3 (fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 3) 0.01 mass parts
  • Right-handed chiral agent Paliocolor LC756 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) Adjust according to the target selective reflection central wavelength ⁇ Solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) Amount that makes the solute concentration 20% by mass
  • Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 102
  • Rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds 201 and 202 are identical to Rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds 201 and 202:
  • the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared above is mixed with the coating liquid for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) prepared above so that the concentration of the quantum dots in the mixed composition is 1% by mass. Then, a coating liquid 1 for forming a quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer was prepared.
  • Example 2 and Example 3 [Preparation of Coating Liquid for Forming Cholesteric Liquid Crystal Layer]
  • the coating solution for forming each cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer, B layer, G layer, R layer) prepared in Example 1 was used as it was. Therefore, the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 was not added to the cholesteric liquid crystal layer-forming coating liquids according to Examples 2 and 3.
  • Example 4 [Preparation of quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 2]
  • the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 in Example 1 instead of the “quantum dot 1 toluene dispersion (emission peak wavelength: 490 nm)", “quantum dot 2 toluene dispersion (emission peak wavelength: 590 nm )” was used to prepare a quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 2 in the same manner as the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 in Example 1.
  • the coating liquid for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) prepared in Example 1 was mixed with the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared in Example 1 and the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 2 prepared above, A coating liquid 2 for forming a quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer was prepared.
  • the quantum dots 1 and 2 were mixed so that the concentration of the quantum dots in the coating liquid 2 for forming the quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer was 1 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.
  • Example 5 [Fabrication of Dielectric Multilayer Film] Based on the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-506837, a linearly polarized light reflecting film composed of a dielectric multilayer film was produced as follows.
  • PEN 2,6-polyethylene naphthalate
  • coPEN copolyester of 70 mole % naphthalate and 30 mole % terephthalate
  • the PEN film has a refractive index about 1.86 about the retardation axis (orientation axis) and a refractive index about 1.64 about the transverse axis, making the coPEN film isotropic and having a refractive index of about 1.86. Confirmed to be 64.
  • the PEN film has a refractive index about 1.71 for the slow axis and a refractive index about 1.64 for the transverse axis, and the coPEN film is isotropic, with a refractive index of about It was confirmed to be 1.64. That is, the difference ⁇ n between the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the PEN film, which is the optically anisotropic layer, and the refractive index of the coPEN film, which is the optically isotropic layer, is 0.07.
  • a laminate obtained by coextrusion of PEN and coPEN was stretched and heat-treated to prepare a linearly polarized reflective film (also referred to as a "reflective film").
  • the thickness of this linearly polarized light reflective film is about 28 ⁇ m, and the linearly polarized light reflective layer (UV layer) having 44 layers of PEN and coPEN alternately having the film thickness shown in the column of UV layer in Table 1 below.
  • a linearly polarized light reflecting layer (R layer) having 38 layers of PEN and coPEN alternately having the film thickness shown in the row of the R layer (R layer) in this order.
  • a UV layer, a B layer, a G layer, and an R layer (layers cured by a polymerization reaction) having a thickness of, for example, about 3 ⁇ m are formed on the temporary support, It was confirmed that each selective reflection layer, which is a reflective layer for right-handed circularly polarized light and whose selective reflection center wavelength is, for example, the wavelengths shown in Table 2 below, can be formed.
  • a retardation layer-forming coating liquid was prepared by mixing the following components so as to have the composition ratio shown below.
  • ⁇ Mixture 1 100 parts by mass ⁇ Fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 1 (alignment control agent 1) 0.05 mass parts ⁇ Fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 2 (alignment control agent 2) 0.01 mass parts ⁇ Polymerization initiator IRGACURE OXE01 (product Name, manufactured by BASF) 1.0 parts by mass ⁇ Solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) Amount that makes the solute concentration 20% by mass
  • a coating liquid for forming a polarization conversion layer was prepared by mixing the following components so as to have the composition ratio shown below.
  • ⁇ Mixture 1 100 parts by mass ⁇ Fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 1 (alignment control agent 1) 0.05 mass parts ⁇ Fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 2 (alignment control agent 2) 0.02 mass parts ⁇ Right-rotating chiral agent Paliocolor LC756 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) 0.26 parts by mass ⁇ Polymerization initiator IRGACURE OXE01 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) 1.0 parts by mass ⁇ Solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) Amount that makes the solute concentration 20% by mass
  • a coating solution for forming a polarization conversion layer is prepared so that a cholesteric liquid crystal layer is formed by adjusting the prescription amount of the right-handed chiral agent LC756 in the coating solution composition described above so that the desired selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ is obtained. bottom.
  • the selective reflection central wavelength ⁇ for light with an incident angle of 5° was measured by FTIR (Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy, manufactured by PerkinElmer, trade name: It was determined by measurement of Spectrum Two).
  • the film thickness d of the helical structure is represented by "the pitch P of the helical structure.times.the number of pitches".
  • the pitch P of the helical structure means the thickness of the layer when the helically aligned liquid crystal compound rotates 360°.
  • the coating solution for forming the polarization conversion layer was prepared so that the selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ for light with an incident angle of 5° was a desired wavelength.
  • this coating solution for forming the polarization conversion layer was applied so as to have a desired film thickness, the polarization conversion layer was formed, and the number of pitches was determined.
  • Table 3 shows combinations of the target pitch number of the polarization conversion layer, film thickness, and selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ (center wavelength ⁇ ) for light with an incident angle of 5° for the prepared coating solution for forming the polarization conversion layer. show.
  • ⁇ Preparation of Saponified Cellulose Acylate Film> In the preparation of the cellulose acylate film described in Example 20 of WO2014/112575, 2 parts by mass of the ultraviolet absorber described in paragraph [0277] of WO2014/112575 was used as the core layer cellulose acylate dope. Instead, a core layer cellulose acylate dope obtained by blending 3 parts by mass of an ultraviolet absorber UV-531 (trade name) manufactured by Teisei Kako Co., Ltd. with 100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate (not including ester oligomer A). A cellulose acylate film having a thickness of 40 ⁇ m was produced in the same manner as above, except that it was used.
  • the produced cellulose acylate film was passed through a dielectric heating roll at a temperature of 60°C to raise the film surface temperature to 40°C.
  • an alkaline solution having the composition shown below was applied to one side of the film using a bar coater so that the coating amount was 14 mL/m 2 , and heated to 110 ° C. with a steam type far-infrared heater (manufactured by Noritake Co., Ltd.). ) for 10 seconds.
  • pure water was applied so as to be 3 mL/m 2 .
  • a coating solution for forming an alignment film having the composition shown below was applied with a wire bar coater so as to be 24 mL/m 2 , and heated at 100°C. It was dried with air for 120 seconds to form an alignment film.
  • Example 1 A cellulose acylate film on which an orientation layer was formed was used as a support (transparent base). The orientation film surface of the support was rubbed in a direction rotated clockwise by 45° with respect to the long side direction of the support. Specifically, rayon cloth was used, pressure: 0.1 kgf (0.98 N), number of revolutions: 1000 rpm (revolutions per minute), conveying speed: 10 m/min, number of reciprocations: 1.
  • the retardation layer-forming coating solution prepared above was applied to the rubbed surface of the alignment film on the support using a wire bar, and then dried. Next, it is placed on a hot plate at 50° C. and irradiated with ultraviolet rays for 6 seconds by an electrodeless lamp “D bulb” (60 mW/cm 2 ) manufactured by Fusion UV Systems in an environment with an oxygen concentration of 1000 ppm or less to convert the liquid crystal phase. Fixed. As a result, a retardation layer having a thickness adjusted so as to provide a desired frontal retardation, that is, a desired retardation, was obtained. When the retardation of the produced retardation layer was measured by AxoScan (manufactured by Axometrics, trade name), it was 126 nm.
  • the coating liquid for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer) prepared above was applied to the surface of the obtained retardation layer using a wire bar at room temperature so that the thickness of the dry film after drying was 4.0 ⁇ m. to obtain a coating layer. After drying the coating layer at room temperature for 30 seconds, it was heated in an atmosphere of 85° C. for 2 minutes. After that, in an environment with an oxygen concentration of 1000 ppm or less, ultraviolet light is irradiated at 60° C. for 6 to 12 seconds with a D bulb (60 mW/cm 2 lamp) manufactured by Fusion Co., Ltd. at an output of 60% to fix the cholesteric liquid crystal phase. , a 4.0 ⁇ m thick cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer) was obtained.
  • cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) On the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer), the same process was performed using the coating solution for forming the quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) prepared in Example 1 above.
  • a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) having a thickness of 4.1 ⁇ m was repeatedly laminated. Thus, a selective reflection layer having four cholesteric liquid crystal layers on the retardation layer was obtained.
  • the coating solution for forming the polarization conversion layer shown in Table 3 is further applied so as to have the target film thickness shown in Table 3. formed a layer.
  • a laminate was obtained in which the retardation layer, the selective reflection layer, and the polarization conversion layer were laminated in this order on the support.
  • the description of the same steps as in Example 1 will be omitted or simplified.
  • Example 2 [Preparation of fluorescent dye layer]
  • the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared in Example 1 was applied to the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) with a die coater to form a coating film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m. Then, it was passed through a heating zone at 100° C. for 3 minutes, and cured by irradiating with ultraviolet rays using a 160 W/cm air-cooled metal halide lamp (manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd.). Thus, a fluorescent dye layer containing quantum dots was formed on the R layer.
  • the dose of ultraviolet rays was 2000 mJ/cm 2 .
  • the coating solution for forming a polarization conversion layer shown in Table 3 was applied to the surface of the obtained fluorescent dye layer so as to have the target film thickness shown in Table 3, thereby forming a polarization conversion layer.
  • a laminate was obtained in which the retardation layer, the selective reflection layer, the fluorescent dye layer, and the polarization conversion layer were laminated in this order on the support.
  • Example 3 On the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (B layer), in the same manner as in Example 2, using the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared in Example 1, a fluorescent dye layer containing quantum dots was formed. . Next, a coating solution for forming a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) was used to laminate a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) on the surface of this fluorescent dye layer by repeating the same steps as in Example 1.
  • the film thicknesses of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers (UV layer, B layer, G layer and R layer) according to Example 3 were 3.0 ⁇ m, 3.5 ⁇ m, 4.0 ⁇ m and 4.5 ⁇ m, respectively.
  • Example 4 For forming a quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) containing two types of quantum dots having different emission peak wavelengths, prepared in Example 4 above, on the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer). Using the coating liquid, the same steps as in Example 1 were repeated to laminate a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer).
  • the film thicknesses of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers (UV layer, B layer, G layer, and R layer) according to Example 4 were 3.0 ⁇ m, 3.5 ⁇ m, 4.0 ⁇ m, and 4.5 ⁇ m, respectively.
  • Example 5 In the same manner as in Example 2, the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared in Example 1 was used on the surface of the resulting linearly polarized light reflective layer (R layer) to form a fluorescent dye layer containing quantum dots. was formed on the R layer.
  • Example 2 The same process as in Example 1 was performed on the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) using the coating liquid for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) containing no quantum dots, which was prepared in the above-described comparative example. A cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) was repeatedly laminated.
  • Table 4 below is a table summarizing the selective reflection center wavelengths and fluorescent dyes of each layer according to Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Example.
  • the selective reflection center wavelengths of the UV layer, B layer, G layer, and R layer at an incident angle of 5° are 445 nm, 526 nm, 608 nm, and 748 nm, respectively.
  • curved glass having a length of 1000 mm, a width of 1500 mm, and a thickness of 2 mm was prepared.
  • a 0.76 mm-thick PVB (polyvinyl butyral) film manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd. was prepared as an intermediate film.
  • the heat seal layer was produced as follows.
  • a coating solution for forming a heat seal layer was prepared by mixing the following components.
  • ⁇ PVB sheet piece manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd., S-lec film
  • a heat seal layer forming coating liquid was applied to the laminate using a wire bar, dried, and heat-treated at 50°C for 1 minute to obtain a heat seal layer having a thickness of 1 ⁇ m.
  • the laminate, the first sheet glass, the second sheet glass, the intermediate film, and the heat seal layer are laminated so as to have the configuration shown in Table 5 below, and the laminate is heated at 90 ° C. and 10 kPa (0.1 atm). held for 1 hour. Then, it was heated in an autoclave (manufactured by Kurihara Seisakusho) at 115° C. and 1.3 MPa (13 atmospheres) for 20 minutes to remove air bubbles, thereby obtaining a windshield glass.
  • an autoclave manufactured by Kurihara Seisakusho
  • Example 5 The selective reflection layer (dielectric multilayer film) produced by the method described above was sandwiched between two intermediate films. This laminate is sandwiched between the first plate glass and the second plate glass so that the fluorescent dye layer containing the quantum dots in the dielectric multilayer film is on the first plate glass side.
  • Table 5 The structure shown in Table 5 below. and treated in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 4 to obtain windshield glass.
  • the first plate glass is used on the outside of the vehicle, and the second plate glass is used on the inside of the vehicle. Then, the reflection spectrum was measured and the reflection color was evaluated as follows.
  • a black PET (polyethylene terephthalate) film (light absorber) was attached to the rear surface of the second plate glass of the produced windshield glass.
  • a spectrophotometer manufactured by JASCO Corporation, V-670
  • P polarized light or S polarized light were incident, and the reflection spectra of P-polarized light and S-polarized light in the wavelength band of 300 to 800 nm were measured.
  • An average value (average reflection spectrum) of the measured P-polarized reflection spectrum and S-polarized reflection spectrum was obtained.
  • the selective reflection center wavelength (60°), reflectance (60°), and half width (60°) were measured by light incident at an angle of 60° with respect to the normal direction of the windshield glass surface. It is calculated based on the reflection spectrum, and the selective reflection central wavelength (5°) means a value calculated based on the reflection spectrum measured by light incident at an angle of 5° with respect to the normal direction of the windshield glass surface.
  • the average value of the reflectance when P-polarized light is incident and the reflectance when S-polarized light is incident is synonymous with the reflectance when unpolarized light (natural light) is incident. That is, the average value of the P-polarized reflection spectrum and the S-polarized reflection spectrum is synonymous with the reflection spectrum when natural light is incident.
  • each selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ and its half width ⁇ in the wavelength band of 400 nm or more and less than 500 nm, the wavelength band of 500 nm or more and less than 600 nm, and the wavelength band of 600 nm to 700 nm were calculated by the method described above, based on the two wavelengths at which the maximum value of the natural light reflectance and the reflectance between the maximum maximum value and the minimum minimum value of the natural light reflectance were obtained. Further, the reflectance at each selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ was the reflectance value at the selective reflection center wavelength ⁇ in the calculated average value of the reflection spectra of P-polarized light and S-polarized light.
  • ⁇ A
  • ⁇ B
  • the reflected color at a light incident angle of 5° was at an acceptable level (evaluation of reflected color: "AA” ), the reflected color at a light incident angle of 60° appeared slightly reddish (evaluation of reflected color: “A”), and the appearance color was inferior in transparency depending on the viewing angle.
  • the reflected color was not affected at both the light incident angles of 5° and 60° (evaluation of the reflected color " AAA” to “AA”), and compared to the comparative examples, the appearance color transparency was excellent at both the light incident angles of 5° and 60°. From the above results, the effect of the present invention is clear.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Transportation (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Instrument Panels (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a reflection film having at least a selective reflection layer in which the center wavelength of selective reflection with respect to light having an incidence angle of 60° satisfies (a), a selective reflection layer in which said center wavelength of selective reflection satisfies (b), and a selective reflection layer in which said center wavelength of selective reflection satisfies (c), and at least one fluorescent dye having a light emission peak separated at least 5 nm from each center wavelength of selective reflection of the selective reflection layers in the visible light region. (a) 400 nm to less than 500 nm; (b) 500 nm to less than 600 nm; (c) 600 nm to 700 nm.

Description

反射フィルム、ウインドシールドガラス、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステム及びこのヘッドアップディスプレイシステムを有する輸送機Reflective film, windshield glass, head-up display system, and transport machine with this head-up display system

 本発明は、反射フィルム、ウインドシールドガラス、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステム及びこのヘッドアップディスプレイシステムを有する輸送機に関する。 The present invention relates to a reflective film, windshield glass, a head-up display system, and a transport machine having this head-up display system.

 車両等のウインドシールドガラスに画像を投映し、運転者等に、ウインドシールドガラス越しにルートガイダンス、走行スピード、警告などの運転支援情報を提供する、ヘッドアップディスプレイ(以下、HUDと称す)システムが知られている。
 HUDシステムにより、観察者は前方の外界を見ながら、視線ないし焦点を大きく動かすことなく、ルートガイダンス、走行スピード、および車両の状態など、様々な運転支援情報を得ることができ、より安全で、ストレスのない運転が可能になる。
 HUDの基本的な構成は、一般的には次のようなものである。まず、ダッシュボードに組み込まれたプロジェクターからの投映光が、中間像スクリーン(拡散板)表面に中間像として結像される。この中間像は凹面鏡(拡大鏡)で拡大され、ダッシュボードに設けられた透過窓を透過し、ハーフミラーを内蔵するウインドシールドガラスで反射して運転者等に導かれる。運転者等はこの中間像を、ウインドシールドガラスよりも前方に、いわゆる虚像として認識する。すなわち運転者等は、運転支援情報が道路上に浮いているかのように認識することができる。
A head-up display (HUD) system projects an image onto the windshield glass of a vehicle, etc., and provides driving support information such as route guidance, driving speed, and warnings to the driver through the windshield glass. Are known.
With the HUD system, the observer can obtain various driving support information such as route guidance, driving speed, and vehicle status without significantly moving the line of sight or focus while looking at the external world in front of the vehicle. Stress-free driving becomes possible.
The basic configuration of the HUD is generally as follows. First, projected light from a projector incorporated in the dashboard is imaged as an intermediate image on the surface of an intermediate image screen (diffusion plate). This intermediate image is magnified by a concave mirror (magnifying glass), transmitted through a transmission window provided on the dashboard, reflected by a windshield glass with a built-in half mirror, and guided to the driver. A driver or the like recognizes this intermediate image ahead of the windshield glass as a so-called virtual image. That is, the driver or the like can perceive the driving support information as if it were floating on the road.

 ヘッドアップディスプレイシステムに利用可能なハーフミラーフィルムが、種々、提案されている。例えば、特許文献1には、投映像表示部位を含むウインドシールドガラスであって、この投映像表示部位に円偏光反射層およびλ/2位相差層を含み、この円偏光反射層がコレステリック液晶反射層を4層以上含み、これら4層以上のコレステリック液晶層のうちの一層が350nm以上490nm未満に選択反射の中心波長を有するコレステリック液晶層であり、これら4層以上のコレステリック液晶層の選択反射の中心波長は互いに異なっているウインドシールドガラスが記載されている。特許文献1によれば、上記構成のウインドシールドガラスにより、ウインドシールドガラスに対して垂直方向からの外観色味を透明色とし、外光下においても美観が損なわれないウインドシールドガラスを提供できるとしている。 Various half-mirror films that can be used for head-up display systems have been proposed. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a windshield glass including a projection image display portion, wherein the projection image display portion includes a circularly polarized light reflecting layer and a λ/2 retardation layer, and the circularly polarized light reflecting layer reflects cholesteric liquid crystal. 4 or more layers, one of the 4 or more cholesteric liquid crystal layers is a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having a selective reflection central wavelength of 350 nm or more and less than 490 nm, and the selective reflection of the 4 or more cholesteric liquid crystal layers is Windshield glasses are described whose central wavelengths are different from one another. According to Patent Document 1, it is possible to provide a windshield glass that has a transparent appearance when viewed from the direction perpendicular to the windshield glass and that does not lose its beauty even under external light. there is

特開2018-81296号公報JP 2018-81296 A

 P偏光反射フィルムをウインドシールドガラスに組み込んだHUDシステムでは、ウインドシールドガラスの透過率を70%以上とする法規制に加え、表示画像の鮮明性、意匠性の観点で様々な角度から見ても外観色味が透明である(白色光が白色に見える)ことが求められる。この実現のためには、イメージャの光源として発光波長の帯域が狭いレーザーを用い、P偏光反射フィルムの選択反射層として、上記特許文献1に記載されるように、各反射光の半値幅が狭く反射率の高いコレステリック液晶反射層を用いることが考えられる。このようなイメージャの光源と選択反射層とを組合せて用いることにより、イメージャ光を選択的に、効率的に反射でき、結果、可視光全体としての透過率は高く維持したまま、画像の輝度(表示画像の鮮明性)を高めることができ、さらに、外観色味についても高い透明性を維持できると考えられる。
 しかし、本発明者らが検討を重ねたところ、上記の反射光の半値幅が狭く反射率の高いコレステリック液晶反射層を用いた場合、様々な角度から観察すると、反射帯域のブルーシフトなどにより外観色味が観察角度によってわずかながら変わることがわかってきた。
In HUD systems that incorporate a P-polarized reflective film into the windshield glass, in addition to the legal regulation that the transmittance of the windshield glass must be 70% or more, the clarity of the displayed image and the design can be viewed from various angles. It is required that the appearance color is transparent (white light looks white). In order to realize this, a laser with a narrow emission wavelength band is used as the light source of the imager, and as the selective reflection layer of the P-polarized reflective film, the half width of each reflected light is narrow as described in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1. It is conceivable to use a cholesteric liquid crystal reflective layer with high reflectance. By using the imager light source in combination with the selective reflection layer, the imager light can be selectively and efficiently reflected, and as a result, the image brightness ( (clearness of displayed image) can be improved, and furthermore, high transparency can be maintained with respect to appearance color.
However, as a result of repeated studies by the present inventors, when the above-mentioned cholesteric liquid crystal reflective layer with a narrow half-value width of reflected light and high reflectance is used, when observed from various angles, the blue shift of the reflection band occurs. It has been found that the color tone changes slightly depending on the viewing angle.

 本発明は、青色光(B)、緑色光(G)及び赤色光(R)の各領域に対応した少なくとも3層の選択反射層を有してHUDシステムのフルカラー表示に対応しながら、外観色味の透明性も十分に高めることができる(色味の発現を効果的に抑えることができる)反射フィルム、この反射フィルムを用いたウインドシールドガラスおよびヘッドアップディスプレイシステム、ならびにこれらのウインドシールドガラスないしヘッドアップディスプレイシステムを備えた輸送機を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention has at least three selective reflection layers corresponding to each region of blue light (B), green light (G), and red light (R) to support full-color display of the HUD system, while maintaining the appearance color. A reflective film that can sufficiently enhance the transparency of taste (can effectively suppress the expression of color), a windshield glass and a head-up display system using this reflective film, and these windshield glasses or An object of the present invention is to provide a transport aircraft with a head-up display system.

 上記の課題は、以下の手段により解決された。
 [1]
 入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長が、下記(a)である選択反射層(I)と、下記(b)である選択反射層(II)と、下記(c)である選択反射層(III)とを少なくとも有し、
 上記選択反射層(I)~(III)の各選択反射中心波長のいずれに対しても5nm以上離れた発光ピークを可視光領域に有する蛍光色素を少なくとも1種含む、反射フィルム。
 (a)400nm以上500nm未満
 (b)500nm以上600nm未満
 (c)600nm以上700nm以下
 [2]
 上記蛍光色素を含有し、かつ選択反射層として機能しない層(FL)を有する、[1]に記載の反射フィルム。
 [3]
 上記層(FL)が、2つの選択反射層の間に配されていない、[2]に記載の反射フィルム。
 [4]
 上記選択反射層(III)が上記蛍光色素を含有するか、または、
 上記前記選択反射層(III)の一方の側に上記選択反射層(III)以外の選択反射層を配し、他方の側に、上記蛍光色素を含有し且つ選択反射層として機能しない層(FL)を配する、[1]に記載の反射フィルム。
 [5]
 上記蛍光色素の少なくとも1種の発光ピーク波長が450nm以上550nm未満の範囲内にある、[1]~[4]のいずれか1つに記載の反射フィルム。
 [6]
 上記蛍光色素を2種以上含み、少なくとも1種の蛍光色素の発光ピーク波長が450nm以上550nm未満の範囲外にある、[5]に記載の反射フィルム。
 [7]
 上記蛍光色素を2種以上含み、少なくとも1種の蛍光色素の発光ピーク波長が550nm以上650nm以下の範囲内にある、[5]に記載の反射フィルム。
 [8]
 上記選択反射層(I)~(III)は、いずれも選択反射中心波長の半値幅が100nm以下であり、選択反射中心波長における自然光反射率がいずれも25%以上である、[1]~[7]のいずれか1つに記載の反射フィルム。
 [9]
 偏光変換層を少なくとも1つ含む、[1]~[8]のいずれか1つに記載の反射フィルム。
 [10]
 上記選択反射層(I)~(III)がコレステリック液晶からなる、[1]~[9]のいずれか1つに記載の反射フィルム。
 [11]
 上記選択反射層(I)~(III)が、光学異方性層と光学等方性層とを積層してなる、[1]~[9]のいずれか1つに記載の反射フィルム。
 [12]
 第1ガラス板と、第2ガラス板と、上記第1ガラス板と上記第2ガラス板との間に配した[1]~[11]のいずれか1つの記載の反射フィルムとを有する、ウインドシールドガラス。
 [13]
 [12]に記載のウインドシールドガラスと、
 前記ウインドシールドガラスにp偏光の投映画像光を照射するプロジェクターと
 を具備する、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステム。
 [14]
 [13]に記載のヘッドアップディスプレイシステムを備えた輸送機。
The above problems have been solved by the following means.
[1]
The selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60° is a selective reflection layer (I) having the following (a), a selective reflection layer (II) having the following (b), and a selective reflection having the following (c). having at least a layer (III) and
A reflective film containing at least one fluorescent dye having an emission peak in the visible light region separated by 5 nm or more from any of the selective reflection center wavelengths of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III).
(a) 400 nm or more and less than 500 nm (b) 500 nm or more and less than 600 nm (c) 600 nm or more and 700 nm or less [2]
The reflective film according to [1], having a layer (FL) containing the fluorescent dye and not functioning as a selective reflection layer.
[3]
The reflective film according to [2], wherein the layer (FL) is not arranged between two selective reflection layers.
[4]
The selective reflection layer (III) contains the fluorescent dye, or
A selective reflection layer other than the selective reflection layer (III) is arranged on one side of the selective reflection layer (III), and a layer (FL ), the reflective film according to [1].
[5]
The reflective film according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein at least one of the fluorescent dyes has an emission peak wavelength in the range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm.
[6]
The reflective film according to [5], which contains two or more of the above fluorescent dyes, and at least one of the fluorescent dyes has an emission peak wavelength outside the range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm.
[7]
The reflective film according to [5], which contains two or more of the above fluorescent dyes, and at least one of the fluorescent dyes has an emission peak wavelength in the range of 550 nm or more and 650 nm or less.
[8]
[1] to [ 7], the reflective film according to any one of the items.
[9]
The reflective film according to any one of [1] to [8], comprising at least one polarization conversion layer.
[10]
The reflective film according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) are made of cholesteric liquid crystal.
[11]
The reflective film according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) are formed by laminating an optically anisotropic layer and an optically isotropic layer.
[12]
A window having a first glass plate, a second glass plate, and the reflective film according to any one of [1] to [11] disposed between the first glass plate and the second glass plate. shield glass.
[13]
The windshield glass according to [12];
A head-up display system comprising: a projector that irradiates the windshield glass with p-polarized projection image light.
[14]
[13] A transport aircraft equipped with the head-up display system according to [13].

 本発明の反射フィルムは、RGBの各領域に対応した少なくとも3層の選択反射層を有してHUDのフルカラー表示に対応しながら、外観色味の透明性も十分に高めることができる。したがって、本発明の反射フィルムを用いたウインドシールドガラス、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステム及び輸送機は、そのウインドシールドガラスが、観察角度によらずに外観色味の透明性に優れる。 The reflective film of the present invention has at least three selective reflective layers corresponding to each region of RGB, and can sufficiently improve the transparency of the appearance color while supporting the full-color display of the HUD. Therefore, the windshield glass, the head-up display system, and the transportation machine using the reflective film of the present invention are excellent in the transparency of the appearance color regardless of the viewing angle.

本発明のヘッドアップディスプレイシステムの一例を概略的に示す模式図である。BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS It is a schematic diagram which shows roughly an example of the head-up display system of this invention. 本発明のヘッドアップディスプレイシステムに用いられる、コレステリック液晶層を含む直線偏光反射フィルムを有するウインドシールドガラスの一つの構成例を示す模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing one configuration example of a windshield glass having a linearly polarized light reflecting film containing a cholesteric liquid crystal layer, which is used in the head-up display system of the present invention. 本発明のヘッドアップディスプレイシステムに用いられる、誘電体多層膜からなる直線偏光反射フィルムを有するウインドシールドガラスの一つの構成例を模式的に示す断面図である。1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one configuration example of a windshield glass having a linearly polarized light reflecting film made of a dielectric multilayer film, which is used in the head-up display system of the present invention; FIG. 図3のウインドシールドガラスを正面からみた際の直線偏光反射フィルムにおける屈折率の関係を示す模式図である。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the relationship of the refractive indices in the linearly polarized light reflective film when the windshield glass of FIG. 3 is viewed from the front.

 本発明ないし明細書において数値範囲を示す「~」とは両側に記載された数値を含む。例えば、ε1が数値α1~数値β1とは、ε1の範囲は数値α1と数値β1を含む範囲であり、数学記号で示せばα1≦ε1≦β1である。
 本発明ないし明細書において「具体的な数値で表された角度」、「平行」、「垂直」および「直交」等の角度は、特に記載がなければ、該当する技術分野で一般的に許容される誤差範囲を含む。例えば、厳密な角度±10°未満の範囲内であることなどを意味し、厳密な角度との誤差は、7°以下であることが好ましく、5°以下であることがより好ましい。また、「同一」とは該当する技術分野で一般的に許容される誤差範囲を含み、「全面」等も該当する技術分野で一般的に許容される誤差範囲を含む。
In the present invention or in the specification, "-" indicating a numerical range includes the numerical values described on both sides. For example, when ε1 is a numerical value α1 to a numerical value β1, the range of ε1 is a range including the numerical value α1 and the numerical value β1.
In the present invention or the specification, angles such as "specific numerical angles", "parallel", "perpendicular" and "perpendicular" are generally accepted in the relevant technical field unless otherwise specified. including error bars. For example, it means being within a range of less than ±10° of the exact angle, and the error from the exact angle is preferably 7° or less, more preferably 5° or less. In addition, "same" includes the error range generally allowed in the relevant technical field, and "entire surface" and the like also include the error range generally allowed in the relevant technical field.

 本明細書において、円偏光につき「センス」というときは、右円偏光であるか、または左円偏光であるかを意味する。円偏光のセンスは、光が手前に向かって進んでくるように眺めた場合に電場ベクトルの先端が時間の増加に従って時計回りに回る場合が右円偏光であり、反時計回りに回る場合が左円偏光であるとして定義される。 In this specification, the term "sense" for circularly polarized light means whether it is right-handed circularly polarized light or left-handed circularly polarized light. The sense of circular polarization is right circular polarization if the tip of the electric field vector rotates clockwise as time increases, and left if it rotates counterclockwise when viewed as if the light were traveling toward you. Defined as being circularly polarized.

 本明細書においては、コレステリック液晶の螺旋の捩れ方向について「センス」との用語を用いることもある。コレステリック液晶の螺旋の捩れ方向(センス)が右の場合は右円偏光を反射し、左円偏光を透過し、センスが左の場合は左円偏光を反射し、右円偏光を透過する。 In this specification, the term "sense" is sometimes used for the twist direction of the cholesteric liquid crystal spiral. When the helix direction (sense) of the cholesteric liquid crystal is right, it reflects right-handed circularly polarized light and transmits left-handed circularly polarized light. When the sense is left, it reflects left-handed circularly polarized light and transmits right-handed circularly polarized light.

 本発明ないし明細書において単に「光」という場合、特に断らない限り、可視光かつ自然光(非偏光)の光、または、励起光を意味する。
 可視光は電磁波のうち、ヒトの目で見える波長の光であり、通常、380~780nmの波長域の光を示す。非可視光は、380nm未満の波長域または780nmを超える波長域の光である。
 また、これに制限されるものではないが、可視光のうち、420~490nmの波長域の光は青色(B)光であり、495~570nmの波長域の光は緑色(G)光であり、600nm以上700nm未満の波長域の光は赤色(R)光である。さらに、これに限定されるものではないが、赤外線とは、非可視光のうち、780nm超え2000nm以下の波長域を示す。
In the present invention or in the specification, the term "light" means visible light and natural light (non-polarized light) or excitation light, unless otherwise specified.
Among electromagnetic waves, visible light is light with a wavelength that can be seen by the human eye, and usually indicates light in the wavelength range of 380 to 780 nm. Invisible light is light in the wavelength range below 380 nm or in the wavelength range above 780 nm.
In addition, although not limited to this, among visible light, light in the wavelength range of 420 to 490 nm is blue (B) light, and light in the wavelength range of 495 to 570 nm is green (G) light. , 600 nm or more and less than 700 nm is red (R) light. Furthermore, although not limited to this, infrared ray indicates a wavelength region of more than 780 nm and 2000 nm or less among invisible light.

 本明細書において「入射角度n°」とは、ウインドシールドガラスの法線とプロジェクターから照射された投映画像光とのなす角度(図1参照)、または、上記法線と励起光とのなす角度を意味する。なお、上述の「n」は、0又は正の実数である。 In this specification, the "incidence angle n°" refers to the angle formed between the normal line of the windshield glass and the projected image light emitted from the projector (see FIG. 1), or the angle formed between the normal line and the excitation light. means Note that the above "n" is 0 or a positive real number.

 本明細書において、「可視光線透過率」はJIS(日本工業規格) R 3212:2015(自動車用安全ガラス試験方法)において定められたA光源可視光線透過率とする。すなわち、A光源を用い分光光度計にて、波長380~780nmの範囲の各波長の透過率を測定し、CIE(国際照明委員会)の明順応標準比視感度の波長分布および波長間隔から得られる重価係数を各波長での透過率に乗じて加重平均することによって求められる透過率である。また、単に「反射光」または「透過光」というときは、散乱光および回折光を含む意味で用いられる。 In this specification, "visible light transmittance" shall be A light source visible light transmittance defined in JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards) R 3212:2015 (automobile safety glass test method). That is, with a spectrophotometer using A light source, the transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 to 780 nm is measured, and obtained from the wavelength distribution and wavelength interval of the CIE (International Commission on Illumination) light adaptation standard relative luminosity It is the transmittance obtained by multiplying the transmittance at each wavelength by the weighting factor obtained and taking a weighted average. Further, when simply referring to "reflected light" or "transmitted light", it is used in the sense of including scattered light and diffracted light.

 本発明ないし明細書において、p偏光は光の入射面に平行な方向に振動する偏光を意味する。入射面は反射面(ウインドシールドガラス表面など)に垂直で入射光線と反射光線とを含む面を意味する。p偏光は電場ベクトルの振動面が入射面に平行である。一方、s偏光は、光の入射面に垂直な方向に振動する偏光を意味する。s偏光は、電場ベクトルの振動面が入射面に垂直である。 In the present invention or the specification, p-polarized light means polarized light that oscillates in a direction parallel to the plane of incidence of light. The plane of incidence means the plane that is perpendicular to the reflective surface (such as the surface of the windshield glass) and that contains the incident light beam and the reflected light beam. In p-polarized light, the plane of oscillation of the electric field vector is parallel to the plane of incidence. On the other hand, s-polarized light means polarized light that oscillates in a direction perpendicular to the plane of incidence of light. For s-polarized light, the plane of oscillation of the electric field vector is perpendicular to the plane of incidence.

 本明細書において、正面位相差は、Axometrics社製のAxoScanを用いて測定した値である。測定波長は特に言及のないときは、波長550nmとする。正面位相差はKOBRA21ADHまたはWR(王子計測機器社製)において可視光波長域内の波長の光をフィルム法線方向に入射させて測定した値を用いることもできる。測定波長の選択にあたっては、波長選択フィルターをマニュアルで交換するか、または測定値をプログラム等で変換して測定することができる。 In this specification, the front retardation is a value measured using AxoScan manufactured by Axometrics. Unless otherwise specified, the measurement wavelength is 550 nm. The front retardation can also be measured by KOBRA21ADH or WR (manufactured by Oji Keisoku Kiki Co., Ltd.) by allowing light of a wavelength within the visible light wavelength range to enter in the normal direction of the film. When selecting the measurement wavelength, the wavelength selection filter can be manually replaced, or the measured value can be converted by a program or the like for measurement.

 本明細書において、液晶化合物の複屈折(Δn)は、「液晶・基礎編(岡野光治、小林駿介編)」のp.214に記載の方法に従って測定した値である。具体的には、液晶化合物を楔型セルに注入し、これに波長550nmの光を照射し、透過光の屈折角を測定することにより60℃におけるΔnを求めることができる。 In this specification, the birefringence (Δn) of a liquid crystal compound is described on p. It is a value measured according to the method described in 214. Specifically, Δn at 60° C. can be obtained by injecting a liquid crystal compound into a wedge-shaped cell, irradiating the cell with light having a wavelength of 550 nm, and measuring the refraction angle of the transmitted light.

 本明細書において、「光学等方性層」における光学等方性とは、複屈折性を示さないことをいう。一方、「光学異方性層」における光学異方性とは、複屈折性を示すことをいい、光学異方性層において、後述するように、面内の遅相軸方向の屈折率ne1と面内のこの遅相軸方向に直行する方向(面内の進相軸方向)の屈折率no2とは、ne1>no2の関係にある。 In the present specification, optical isotropy in the "optically isotropic layer" means not exhibiting birefringence. On the other hand, the optical anisotropy in the "optically anisotropic layer" means exhibiting birefringence . and the refractive index n o2 in the direction perpendicular to the in-plane slow axis direction (the in-plane fast axis direction) have a relationship of n e1 >n o2 .

 本明細書において、「投映像(projection image)」は、使用するプロジェクターからの光の投射に基づく映像を意味する。投映像は、観察者から見てウインドシールドガラスの反射フィルムの先に浮かび上がって見える虚像として観察者に視認される。
 本明細書において、「画像(screen image)」はプロジェクターの描画デバイスに表示される像または、描画デバイスにより中間像スクリーン等に描画される像を意味する。虚像に対して、画像は実像である。
 画像および投映像は、いずれも単色の像であっても、2色以上の多色の像であっても、フルカラーの像であってもよい。
As used herein, "projection image" means an image based on the projection of light from the projector used. The projected image is visually recognized by the observer as a virtual image that appears above the reflective film of the windshield glass.
As used herein, "screen image" means an image displayed on a rendering device of a projector or rendered by a rendering device, such as on an intermediate image screen. An image is a real image as opposed to a virtual image.
Both the image and the projected image may be a monochromatic image, a multicolor image of two or more colors, or a full color image.

 また、本明細書において、「液晶化合物」とは、硬化反応等により、もはや液晶性を示さなくなった状態のものを含む意味で用いている。 In addition, in this specification, the term "liquid crystal compound" is used to include those that no longer exhibit liquid crystallinity due to a curing reaction or the like.

 本明細書では、「(メタ)アクリレート」との記載は、アクリレートとメタクリレートのいずれか一方、または、両方の意味で用いるものとする。 In this specification, the term "(meth)acrylate" is used to mean either acrylate or methacrylate, or both.

 本発明のHUDシステムは、典型的には、自動車および電車などの車両、航空機、ならびに、船舶等の輸送機に搭載されて用いられる。 The HUD system of the present invention is typically used by being mounted on vehicles such as automobiles and trains, aircraft, and transport machines such as ships.

 以下、本発明のヘッドアップディプレイシステム(以下、HUDシステムと称する)について、添付の図面に例示される好適な実施例を基に詳細に説明する。なお、図面において各部の寸法および縮尺は、説明の便宜上、実際と相違する場合がある。また、図面は、理解を容易にするために模式的に示すことがある。 The head-up display system (hereinafter referred to as HUD system) of the present invention will be described in detail below based on preferred embodiments illustrated in the accompanying drawings. Note that the dimensions and scale of each part in the drawings may be different from the actual ones for convenience of explanation. Also, the drawings may be schematically shown for easy understanding.

<<ヘッドアップディスプレイシステム(HUDシステム)>>
 本発明のHUDシステムは、反射フィルムを有するウインドシールドガラスと、このウインドシールドガラスにp偏光の投映画像光を照射するプロジェクターとを有するHUDシステムである。
<<Head-up display system (HUD system)>>
The HUD system of the present invention is a HUD system that includes a windshield glass having a reflective film and a projector that irradiates the windshield glass with p-polarized projection image light.

 後述するように、本発明のHUDシステムは、上記反射フィルムが、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長が下記規定(a)である選択反射層(I)と、下記規定(b)である選択反射層(II)と、下記規定(c)である選択反射層(III)とを少なくとも有し、
 上記選択反射層(I)~(III)の各選択反射中心波長のいずれに対しても5nm以上離れた発光ピークを可視光領域に有する蛍光色素を少なくとも1種含む。
 規定(a)400nm以上500nm未満
 規定(b)500nm以上600nm未満
 規定(c)600nm以上700nm以下
As will be described later, in the HUD system of the present invention, the reflective film includes a selective reflection layer (I) having a selective reflection central wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60 ° specified below (a) and a selective reflection layer (b) specified below. and a selective reflection layer (III) defined as (c) below,
At least one fluorescent dye having an emission peak in the visible region separated by 5 nm or more from any of the selective reflection center wavelengths of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) is included.
Regulation (a) 400 nm or more and less than 500 nm Regulation (b) 500 nm or more and less than 600 nm Regulation (c) 600 nm or more and 700 nm or less

 以降の説明では、選択反射層(I)、選択反射層(II)、選択反射層(III)の入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長を、それぞれ、λ、λ、λと称す場合がある。
 なお、λは、430~470nmの波長範囲にあることが好ましく、440~460nmの波長範囲にあることがより好ましい。
 λは、500~550nmの波長範囲にあることが好ましく、510~540nmの波長範囲にあることがより好ましい。
 λは、600~650nmの波長範囲にあることが好ましく、610~640nmの波長範囲にあることがより好ましい。
 蛍光色素の発光ピーク波長が存在する可視光領域とは、380~780nmの波長域を意味する。
In the following description, the selective reflection center wavelengths of the selective reflection layer (I), the selective reflection layer (II), and the selective reflection layer (III) with respect to light with an incident angle of 60° are λ B , λ G , and λ R , respectively. is sometimes called.
λ B is preferably in the wavelength range of 430 to 470 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 440 to 460 nm.
λ G is preferably in the wavelength range of 500-550 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 510-540 nm.
λ R is preferably in the wavelength range of 600-650 nm, more preferably in the wavelength range of 610-640 nm.
The visible light region in which the emission peak wavelength of the fluorescent dye exists means a wavelength region of 380 to 780 nm.

 本発明のHUDシステムは、反射フィルムが、入射角度が60°ないしその前後の角度の光に対して特定の波長領域に選択反射中心波長λ、λ、λを有する選択反射層(I)~(III)を有し、選択反射層(I)~(III)の各選択反射中心波長λ、λ、λのいずれに対しても5nm以上離れた発光ピークを可視光領域に有する蛍光色素を少なくとも1種含むことにより、λ、λ、λ以外の可視光領域における色味が補われる。このため、反射フィルムにおいて反射された後の光の可視光領域における光強度のバランスを調整し、反射色味をニュートラルにすることができ、外観色味の透明性を十分に高めることができる。 In the HUD system of the present invention, the reflective film is a selective reflection layer (I ) to (III), and an emission peak separated by 5 nm or more from each of the selective reflection center wavelengths λ B , λ G , and λ R of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) in the visible light region By including at least one kind of fluorescent dye having the above-described fluorescent dye, the color tone in the visible light region other than λ B , λ G , and λ R is compensated. Therefore, it is possible to adjust the balance of the light intensity in the visible region of the light after being reflected by the reflective film, to make the reflected color neutral, and to sufficiently improve the transparency of the appearance color.

 また、本発明のHUDシステムは、以下に示す通り、入射角度が5°ないしその前後の角度の光に対しても、従来技術と同レベル以上に外観色味の透明性を高めるように調整することができる。後述するように、反射フィルムの法線方向に対して光線がθ2の角度で通過するときの選択反射中心波長λdは、θ2が0°のときの選択反射中心波長λとの間で、λd=λ×cosθ2の関係にある。
 よって、入射角度が60°の光に対して特定の波長領域に選択反射中心波長λ、λ、λを有する選択反射層(I)~(III)は、入射角度が5°の光に対する選択反射中心波長を、それぞれ以下の波長範囲に有する。
 選択反射層(I):445nm以上560nm未満
 選択反射層(II):560nm以上670nm未満
 選択反射層(III):670nm以上790nm以下
 また、後述する入射角度が60°の光に対して選択反射中心波長を300nm以上400nm未満の波長範囲に有する層(UV層)も、入射角度が5°の光に対する選択反射中心波長を、335nm以上445nm未満の波長範囲に有する。
 このように、λ、λ、λのいずれに対しても5nm以上離れた発光ピークを可視光領域に有する蛍光色素は、選択反射層(I)~(III)(及びUV層)が示す、入射角度が5°の光に対する各選択反射中心波長のいずれに対しても発光ピーク波長が5nm以上離れるように調整することもできる。このため、入射角度が60°の光の場合と同様に、入射角度5°の光に対しても、反射フィルムにおいて反射された後の光の可視光領域における光強度のバランスを調整し、反射色味をニュートラルにすることができ、外観色味の透明性を十分に高めることができる。このように、本発明の反射フィルムを用いることにより、少なくとも60°ないしその前後の角度において、さらには上記の入射角度5°における蛍光色素の発光ピークと選択反射層の選択中心波長との関係を調整することにより5°ないしその前後の角度においても、外観色味の透明性を効果的に高めることができ、結果、反射フィルムの外観色味の透明性を効果的に高めることができる。
In addition, as shown below, the HUD system of the present invention adjusts the transparency of the appearance color to the same level or higher than that of the conventional technology even for light with an incident angle of 5° or an angle around it. be able to. As will be described later, the selective reflection central wavelength λd when the light ray passes at an angle of θ2 with respect to the normal direction of the reflective film and the selective reflection central wavelength λ when θ2 is 0° are: λd= There is a relationship of λ×cos θ2.
Therefore, the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) having the selective reflection center wavelengths λ B , λ G , and λ R in specific wavelength regions for light with an incident angle of 60° are equivalent to light with an incident angle of 5° The selective reflection center wavelengths for are in the following wavelength ranges, respectively.
Selective reflection layer (I): 445 nm or more and less than 560 nm Selective reflection layer (II): 560 nm or more and less than 670 nm Selective reflection layer (III): 670 nm or more and 790 nm or less In addition, the selective reflection center for light with an incident angle of 60°, which will be described later. A layer (UV layer) having a wavelength in the wavelength range of 300 nm or more and less than 400 nm also has a selective reflection central wavelength for light with an incident angle of 5° in the wavelength range of 335 nm or more and less than 445 nm.
Thus, a fluorescent dye having emission peaks in the visible light region separated by 5 nm or more from any of λ B , λ G , and λ R can be It is also possible to adjust so that the emission peak wavelength is separated by 5 nm or more from any of the selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 5°. For this reason, as in the case of light with an incident angle of 60°, even for light with an incident angle of 5°, the balance of light intensity in the visible light region after being reflected by the reflective film is adjusted, and the reflected light is The color can be made neutral, and the transparency of the appearance color can be sufficiently enhanced. Thus, by using the reflective film of the present invention, the relationship between the emission peak of the fluorescent dye and the selective central wavelength of the selective reflection layer can be obtained at an angle of at least 60° or thereabouts, and further at the incident angle of 5°. By adjusting the angle, it is possible to effectively improve the transparency of the appearance color even at an angle of 5° or thereabouts, and as a result, it is possible to effectively improve the transparency of the appearance color of the reflective film.

 図1に、本発明のHUDシステムの一例を示す。
 図1に示す本発明のHUDシステム20は、ウインドシールドガラス24と、プロジェクター22とを有して構成される。
FIG. 1 shows an example of the HUD system of the present invention.
A HUD system 20 of the present invention shown in FIG. 1 includes a windshield glass 24 and a projector 22 .

 図1に例示されるHUDシステム20では、プロジェクター22がp偏光の投映光を出射し、ウインドシールドガラス24中の反射フィルム10が、p偏光を反射することで、画像を表示する。 In the HUD system 20 illustrated in FIG. 1, the projector 22 emits p-polarized projection light, and the reflective film 10 in the windshield glass 24 reflects the p-polarized light to display an image.

 ウインドシールドガラス24として、図2に示す直線偏光反射フィルム10Aを含むウインドシールドガラス24Aを有する場合、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aでは、まず、位相差層16が、第2のガラス板28側から入射したp偏光の投映光を円偏光に変換する。次いで、選択反射層11(コレステリック液晶層12)が、この円偏光を選択的に反射して、位相差層16に再入射する。さらに、位相差層16が、円偏光をp偏光に変換する。直線偏光反射フィルム10Aは、これにより、入射したp偏光の投映光を、p偏光のまま反射する。
 従って、位相差層16は、選択反射層11(コレステリック液晶層12)が選択的に反射する円偏光のセンスに応じて、入射したp偏光を、選択反射層11が反射する旋回方向の円偏光に変換するように設定される。すなわち、選択反射層11が、右円偏光を選択的に反射する場合には、位相差層16は、入射したp偏光を右円偏光にするように設定される。逆に、選択反射層11が、左円偏光を選択的に反射する場合には、位相差層16は、入射したp偏光を左円偏光にするように設定される。
When the windshield glass 24A including the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A shown in FIG. 2 is provided as the windshield glass 24, in the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A, the retardation layer 16 first enters from the second glass plate 28 side. It converts p-polarized projected light into circularly polarized light. Next, the selective reflection layer 11 (cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12 ) selectively reflects this circularly polarized light and reenters the retardation layer 16 . Furthermore, the retardation layer 16 converts circularly polarized light into p-polarized light. The linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A thereby reflects the incident p-polarized projection light as the p-polarized light.
Therefore, according to the sense of the circularly polarized light selectively reflected by the selective reflection layer 11 (cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12), the retardation layer 16 converts the incident p-polarized light into circularly polarized light in the rotating direction that the selective reflection layer 11 reflects. is set to convert to That is, when the selective reflection layer 11 selectively reflects right-handed circularly polarized light, the retardation layer 16 is set to convert incident p-polarized light into right-handed circularly polarized light. Conversely, when the selective reflection layer 11 selectively reflects left-handed circularly polarized light, the retardation layer 16 is set to convert incident p-polarized light into left-handed circularly polarized light.

 ウインドシールドガラス24として、図3に示す直線偏光反射フィルム10Bを含むウインドシールドガラス24Bを有する場合、直線偏光反射フィルム10Bでは、第2のガラス板28側から入射したp偏光の投映光を選択的にp偏光のまま反射する。 When the windshield glass 24B including the linearly polarized reflective film 10B shown in FIG. reflected as p-polarized light.

 HUDシステム20において、プロジェクター22は、p偏光の投映光をウインドシールドガラス24における第2のガラス板28に照射することが好ましい。プロジェクター22がウインドシールドガラス24に照射する投映光をp偏光とすることにより、ウインドシールドガラス24の第1のガラス板30および第2のガラス板28による投映光の反射を大幅に低減して、二重像が観察される等の不都合を抑制できる。
 好ましくは、プロジェクター22は、p偏光の投映光をブリュースター角でウインドシールドガラス24に照射する。これにより、第1のガラス板30および第2のガラス板28での投映光の反射をなくして、より鮮明な画像の表示が可能になる。
In the HUD system 20, the projector 22 preferably irradiates the second glass plate 28 in the windshield glass 24 with p-polarized projection light. By making the projection light that the projector 22 irradiates onto the windshield glass 24 p-polarized light, the reflection of the projection light from the first glass plate 30 and the second glass plate 28 of the windshield glass 24 is greatly reduced. Inconveniences such as the observation of double images can be suppressed.
Preferably, the projector 22 irradiates the windshield glass 24 with p-polarized projection light at Brewster's angle. This eliminates the reflection of the projection light on the first glass plate 30 and the second glass plate 28, making it possible to display a clearer image.

<ウインドシールドガラス>
 図1において、ウインドシールドガラス24は、第2のガラス板28と、選択反射層を含む反射フィルム10と、第1のガラス板30とをこの順に有する、ウインドシールドガラスである。
<Windshield glass>
In FIG. 1, the windshield glass 24 is windshield glass having a second glass plate 28, a reflective film 10 including a selective reflection layer, and a first glass plate 30 in this order.

 ウインドシールドガラスは、車および電車等の車両、飛行機、船舶、二輪車、ならびに、遊具等の乗り物一般の窓ガラスおよび風防ガラスを意味する。ウインドシールドガラスは、乗り物の進行方向の前方にあるフロントガラスおよび風防ガラス等として利用することが好ましい。 Windshield glass means window glass and windshield glass for vehicles such as cars and trains, airplanes, ships, motorcycles, and vehicles in general such as playground equipment. The windshield glass is preferably used as a windshield, a windshield, etc. in front of the traveling direction of the vehicle.

 図2に示すウインドシールドガラス24Aは、第1のガラス板30と、中間膜36と、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aと、ヒートシール層38と、第2のガラス板28と、をこの順に有する。
 図2においては、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aは、偏光変換層14が第1のガラス板30側に、位相差層16(透明基材18)が第2のガラス板28側になるように配置されている。
 図3に示すウインドシールドガラス24Bは、第1のガラス板30と、中間膜36と、直線偏光反射フィルム10Bと、中間膜36と、第2のガラス板28と、をこの順に有する。
The windshield glass 24A shown in FIG. 2 has a first glass plate 30, an intermediate film 36, a linearly polarized reflecting film 10A, a heat seal layer 38, and a second glass plate 28 in this order.
In FIG. 2, the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A is arranged such that the polarization conversion layer 14 is on the first glass plate 30 side and the retardation layer 16 (transparent substrate 18) is on the second glass plate 28 side. ing.
The windshield glass 24B shown in FIG. 3 has a first glass plate 30, an intermediate film 36, a linearly polarized reflecting film 10B, an intermediate film 36, and a second glass plate 28 in this order.

 上記ウインドシールドガラスが、車両に用いられる場合には、第2のガラス板28および第1のガラス板30としては、曲面ガラスが用いられる場合が多い。その場合、第2のガラス板28を車内側とし、第1のガラス板30を車外側とすると、第2のガラス板28は凸面側を第1のガラス板30に向けて配置され、第1のガラス板30は凹面側を第2のガラス板28に向けて配置される。 When the windshield glass is used in a vehicle, curved glass is often used as the second glass plate 28 and the first glass plate 30 . In that case, if the second glass plate 28 is on the inside of the vehicle and the first glass plate 30 is on the outside of the vehicle, the second glass plate 28 is arranged with the convex side facing the first glass plate 30, and the first The second glass plate 30 is arranged with the concave side facing the second glass plate 28 .

 第2のガラス板28および第1のガラス板30が曲面ガラスの場合には、図2に示す例は、第1のガラス板30の凸面側から、偏光変換層14、選択反射層11の順に配置されている。また、位相差層16は、選択反射層11と、第2のガラス板28との間に配置されている。 When the second glass plate 28 and the first glass plate 30 are curved glasses, the example shown in FIG. are placed. Also, the retardation layer 16 is arranged between the selective reflection layer 11 and the second glass plate 28 .

 ウインドシールドガラスの可視光線透過率は、法規制の観点から70%以上が好ましく、70%超がより好ましく、75%以上がさらに好ましく、80%以上が特に好ましい。
 上述の可視光線透過率は、ウインドシールドガラスのいずれの位置においても満たされていることが好ましく、特に反射フィルムが存在する位置において、上述の可視光線透過率を満たされていることが好ましい。上記反射フィルムは、後述のように、可視光線透過率を高くすることができ、ウインドシールドガラスに一般的に用いられるガラスのいずれを用いた場合においても、上述の可視光線透過率を満たす構成とすることができる。
The visible light transmittance of the windshield glass is preferably 70% or more, more preferably over 70%, even more preferably 75% or more, and particularly preferably 80% or more, from the viewpoint of legal regulations.
The above-mentioned visible light transmittance is preferably satisfied at any position of the windshield glass, and it is particularly preferable that the above-mentioned visible light transmittance is satisfied at the position where the reflective film exists. As will be described later, the reflective film can increase the visible light transmittance, and the above-mentioned visible light transmittance is satisfied regardless of the glass generally used for windshield glass. can do.

 ウインドシールドガラスの形状には制限はなく、ウインドシールドガラスが配置される対象に応じて適宜決定されるものである。ウインドシールドガラスは、例えば、平面状でもよく、凹面または凸面等の曲面を有する3次元形状でもよい。適用される乗り物用に成形されたウインドシールドガラスでは、通常使用時に上となる方向、観察者側、運転者側、および車内側等の視認側となる面が特定できる。 There are no restrictions on the shape of the windshield glass, and it is determined as appropriate according to the object on which the windshield glass is arranged. The windshield glass may be, for example, planar or three-dimensional with a curved surface such as a concave surface or a convex surface. In the windshield glass molded for the vehicle to which it is applied, it is possible to specify the faces facing upwards during normal use, the viewing side such as the viewer side, the driver side, and the inside of the vehicle.

 ウインドシールドガラスにおいて、反射フィルムは、ウインドシールドガラスの投映像表示部位(投映像反射部位)に設けられていればよい。
 また、ウインドシールドガラスにおいて、反射フィルムは、合わせガラスの構成のウインドシールドガラスのガラスの間に設けられる構成であってもよいし、ウインドシールドガラスのガラス板の外面に設ける構成であってもよい。
In the windshield glass, the reflective film may be provided at the projected image display portion (projected image reflection portion) of the windshield glass.
Further, in the windshield glass, the reflective film may be provided between the glass panes of the windshield glass in the structure of laminated glass, or may be provided on the outer surface of the glass plate of the windshield glass. .

 本発明に用いられる選択反射層を含む反射フィルムをウインドシールドガラスのガラス板の外面に設ける場合、反射フィルムは、車両等の内部(投映像の入射側)に設けられても、外部に設けられてもよいが、内部に設けられていることが好ましい。
 なお、本発明に用いられる選択反射層を含む反射フィルムは、耐擦傷性がガラス板に比較して低い。そのため、本発明のHUDシステムにおいては、ウインドシールドガラスを合わせガラス構造とし、反射フィルムを保護するために、反射フィルムは合わせガラスを構成する2枚のガラス(第1のガラス板及び第2のガラス板)の間に設けた構成である。
When the reflective film including the selective reflection layer used in the present invention is provided on the outer surface of the glass plate of the windshield glass, the reflective film may be provided inside the vehicle (on the incident side of the projected image) or outside. However, it is preferably provided inside.
It should be noted that the reflective film containing the selective reflective layer used in the present invention has lower scratch resistance than the glass plate. Therefore, in the HUD system of the present invention, the windshield glass has a laminated glass structure, and in order to protect the reflective film, the reflective film consists of two sheets of glass (a first glass plate and a second glass plate) that constitute the laminated glass. It is a configuration provided between plates).

 上述のように、反射フィルムは、投映像を反射することで投映像を表示するための部材である。従って、反射フィルムは、プロジェクター等から投映された投映像を視認可能に表示することができる位置に設ければよい。
 すなわち、本発明に用いられる選択反射層を含む反射フィルムはHUDシステムのコンバイナとして機能する。HUDシステムにおいて、コンバイナは、プロジェクターから投映された画像を視認可能に表示することができるとともに、投映像の入射面側からコンバイナを観察したときに、風景などの投映光の入射面とは逆の面側にある情報を同時に観察することができる光学部材を意味する。すなわち、コンバイナは、外界光と投映像の光とを重ねあわせて表示する、光路コンバイナとしての機能を有する。
As described above, the reflective film is a member for displaying a projected image by reflecting the projected image. Therefore, the reflective film may be provided at a position where a projection image projected from a projector or the like can be visually displayed.
That is, the reflective film including the selective reflective layer used in the present invention functions as a combiner of the HUD system. In the HUD system, the combiner can visually display the image projected from the projector, and when the combiner is observed from the incident surface side of the projected image, the incident surface of the projected light such as scenery is opposite to the incident surface. It means an optical member that can simultaneously observe information on the surface side. That is, the combiner has a function as an optical path combiner that superimposes external light and projected image light for display.

 反射フィルムはウインドシールドガラスの全面に設けてもよく、または、ウインドシールドガラスの面方向の一部に設けてもよいが、一部であることが好ましい。
 反射フィルムをウインドシールドガラスの一部に設ける場合、反射フィルムはウインドシールドガラスのいずれの位置に設けてもよいが、HUDシステムとしての使用時に、運転者等の観察者から視認しやすい位置に虚像が示されるように設けられるのが好ましい。例えば、HUDシステムが搭載される乗り物における運転席の位置と、プロジェクターを設置する位置との関係から、ウインドシールドガラスにおいて反射フィルムを設ける位置を決定すればよい。
 反射フィルムは、曲面を有していない平面状であってもよいが、曲面を有していてもよい。また、反射フィルムは、全体として凹型または凸型の形状を有し、投映像を拡大または縮小して表示するようになっていてもよい。
The reflective film may be provided on the entire surface of the windshield glass, or may be provided on a part of the windshield glass in the surface direction, but it is preferably provided on a part of the windshield glass.
When the reflective film is provided on part of the windshield glass, the reflective film may be provided at any position on the windshield glass. is preferably provided as shown. For example, the position of the reflective film on the windshield may be determined based on the relationship between the position of the driver's seat in the vehicle in which the HUD system is installed and the position of the projector.
The reflective film may be planar without curved surfaces, but may have curved surfaces. Moreover, the reflective film may have a concave or convex shape as a whole, and may display the projected image by enlarging or reducing it.

[1]反射フィルム
 本発明の反射フィルム10は、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長が、上記規定(a)である選択反射層(I)と、上記規定(b)である選択反射層(II)と、上記規定(c)である選択反射層(III)とを少なくとも有し、上記選択反射層(I)~(III)の入射角度が60°の光に対する各選択反射中心波長のいずれに対しても5nm以上離れた発光ピークを可視光領域に有する蛍光色素を少なくとも1種含む限り、特に限定されない。
[1] Reflective film In the reflective film 10 of the present invention, the selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60° is the selective reflection layer (I) having the above specification (a) and the selection having the above specification (b). Each selective reflection center for light having an incident angle of 60° in the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) having at least the reflection layer (II) and the selective reflection layer (III) defined in (c) above. There is no particular limitation as long as at least one fluorescent dye having an emission peak separated by 5 nm or more in the visible light region for any wavelength is included.

[選択反射層]
 本発明のHUDシステムに用いられるウインドシールドガラスは、上記選択反射層(I)~(III)を有する。
 すなわち、上記選択反射層(I)~(III)は、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長として、λ、λ及びλの3つの波長を含む。
[Selective reflection layer]
The windshield glass used in the HUD system of the present invention has the selective reflection layers (I) to (III).
That is, the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) include three wavelengths λ B , λ G and λ R as selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60°.

 本発明において、上記選択反射層(I)~(III)の選択反射中心波長およびこの選択反射中心波長を有する反射ピークの半値幅は、下記のようにして求める。 In the present invention, the selective reflection central wavelengths of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) and the half widths of the reflection peaks having the selective reflection central wavelengths are obtained as follows.

 分光光度計(日本分光社製、V-670)を用いて、選択反射層の法線方向に対して所望(例えば60°)の入射角度での反射スペクトルを測定すると、選択反射帯域に反射率の極大ピークがみられる。このピークの極大反射率と極大ピークの裾の極小反射率との中間(平均)の反射率となる2つの波長のうち、短波長側の波長の値をλ(nm)、長波長側の波長の値をλ(nm)とすると、選択反射中心波長λとその半値幅Δλは下記式で表すことができる。
    λ=(λ+λ)/2
   Δλ=(λ-λ
 上述のように求められる選択反射中心波長は、選択反射層がコレステリック液晶からなる場合、選択反射層の法線方向に対して所望の入射角度で測定した円偏光反射スペクトルの反射ピークの重心位置にある波長と略一致する。
 なお、選択反射層の反射スペクトルについては、選択反射層を含むウインドシールドガラスの状態で測定したものとする。
Using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, V-670), when the reflection spectrum is measured at a desired angle of incidence (for example, 60°) with respect to the normal direction of the selective reflection layer, the reflectance in the selective reflection band is A maximum peak of is seen. Of the two wavelengths that have an intermediate (average) reflectance between the maximum reflectance of this peak and the minimum reflectance at the foot of the maximum peak, the value of the wavelength on the short wavelength side is λ l (nm), and the value of the wavelength on the long wavelength side is λ l (nm). Assuming that the wavelength is λ h (nm), the selective reflection central wavelength λ and its half width Δλ can be expressed by the following equations.
λ=(λ lh )/2
Δλ=( λhλl )
When the selective reflection layer is made of a cholesteric liquid crystal, the selective reflection central wavelength obtained as described above is the centroid position of the reflection peak of the circularly polarized reflection spectrum measured at a desired incident angle with respect to the normal direction of the selective reflection layer. It approximately matches a certain wavelength.
It should be noted that the reflection spectrum of the selective reflection layer is measured in the state of the windshield glass including the selective reflection layer.

 選択反射層(I)のλにおける自然光反射率Rと、選択反射層(II)のλにおける自然光反射率Rと、選択反射層(III)のλにおける自然光反射率Rは、光の入射角度60°における反射色味をより白色に近づけ、外観色味の透明性をより向上させる観点からR>R≧Rの関係を満たすことが好ましい。
 また、上記選択反射層(I),(II)の自然光反射率R及びRは、入射角度5°における反射色味をより白色に近づけ、外観色味の透明性をより向上させる観点から、R/R≧1.10の関係を満たすことが好ましい。
 なお、R/Rの上限値に特に制限はないが、1.30以下が実際的である。また、R/Rとしては、特に制限はないが、0.90~1.10が実際的であり、1.00~1.10が好ましい。
 なお、本発明において、選択反射層の選択反射中心波長における自然光反射率については、後述の実施例に記載の方法により決定される。
The natural light reflectance RB at λ B of the selective reflection layer (I), the natural light reflectance RG at λ G of the selective reflection layer (II), and the natural light reflectance RR at λ R of the selective reflection layer (III) are , the relationship RB > RGRR is preferably satisfied from the viewpoint of making the reflected color closer to white at an incident angle of light of 60° and further improving the transparency of the appearance color.
In addition, the natural light reflectances RB and RG of the selective reflection layers (I) and (II) are determined from the viewpoint of making the reflected color closer to white at an incident angle of 5° and further improving the transparency of the appearance color. , R B /R G ≧1.10.
The upper limit of RB / RG is not particularly limited, but 1.30 or less is practical. Also, R G /R R is not particularly limited, but is practically 0.90 to 1.10, preferably 1.00 to 1.10.
In the present invention, the natural light reflectance at the selective reflection central wavelength of the selective reflection layer is determined by the method described in Examples below.

 前述のとおり、車載用ヘッドアップディスプレイシステムでは法規制以上の透過率と意匠性の観点で様々な角度から見ても外観色味が透明であることが求められる。法規の透過率70%以上を維持して、外観色味を透明(白色)に近づけるために、従来は反射率を下げることが考えられていた。しかしながら、反射率を下げすぎると、表示画像(投映像)の輝度が低下して視認性が悪くなってしまう。 As mentioned above, in-vehicle head-up display systems are required to have a transparent exterior color even when viewed from various angles in terms of transmittance and design that exceed legal requirements. Conventionally, it has been considered to lower the reflectance in order to maintain the legal transmittance of 70% or more and make the appearance color closer to transparent (white). However, if the reflectance is lowered too much, the brightness of the displayed image (projected image) is lowered, resulting in poor visibility.

 本発明においては、イメージャ光を効率的に反射し、透過率を高く維持したまま、画像の輝度(表示画像の鮮明性)を高くできる観点から、上記選択反射層(I)~(III)が含む、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λ、λ及びλの半値幅がいずれも100nm以下であって、かつ、上記の自然光反射率R、R及びRがいずれも25%以上であることが好ましい。
 上記の選択反射中心波長の半値幅を100nm以下とし、自然光反射率を25%以上とした選択反射層(I)~(III)を有する反射フィルムをグリーンガラスで挟持したウインドシールドガラスにおいては、自然光透過率を70%以上(クリアガラス挟持で80%以上)とすることができる。
In the present invention, the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) are used from the viewpoint of efficiently reflecting the imager light and increasing the brightness of the image (clearness of the displayed image) while maintaining a high transmittance. All of the half widths of the selective reflection center wavelengths λ B , λ G and λ R for light with an incident angle of 60° are 100 nm or less, and the above natural light reflectances RB , RG and RR are Both are preferably 25% or more.
In the windshield glass in which the reflective film having the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) with the above-mentioned selective reflection center wavelength having a half value width of 100 nm or less and a natural light reflectance of 25% or more is sandwiched between green glasses, natural light Transmittance can be 70% or more (80% or more when clear glass is sandwiched).

 反射色味を向上しつつ、透過率を高くすることができる観点から、λにおける自然光反射率R、λにおける自然光反射率R、及びλにおける自然光反射率Rは、いずれも、25~60%が好ましく、30~50%がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of being able to increase the transmittance while improving the reflected color, the natural light reflectance RB at λB , the natural light reflectance RG at λG , and the natural light reflectance RR at λR are all , preferably 25 to 60%, more preferably 30 to 50%.

 反射色味を向上しつつ、透過率を高くすることができる観点から、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λの半値幅は、10~100nmが好ましく、15~40nmがより好ましい。
 同様に、反射色味を向上しつつ、透過率を高くすることができる観点から、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λの半値幅は、10~100nmが好ましく、15~55nmがより好ましい。
 同様に、反射色味を向上しつつ、透過率を高くすることができる観点から、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λの半値幅は、10~100nmが好ましく、15~55nmがより好ましい。
From the viewpoint of being able to increase the transmittance while improving the reflected color, the half width of the selective reflection center wavelength λ B for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 40 nm. .
Similarly, from the viewpoint of being able to increase the transmittance while improving the reflected color, the half width of the selective reflection center wavelength λ G for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 10 to 100 nm, and 15 to 55 nm. is more preferred.
Similarly, from the viewpoint of being able to increase the transmittance while improving the reflected color, the half width of the selective reflection center wavelength λ R for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 10 to 100 nm, and 15 to 55 nm. is more preferred.

 本発明の反射フィルムは、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λUVを、300nm以上400nm未満の波長範囲に有する層(単に「UV層」とも称す。例えば、後述のコレステリック液晶層UVが挙げられる。)を有することが好ましい。このUV層の入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λUVは、330~395nmであることが好ましく、350~390nmであることがより好ましい。
 また、選択反射中心波長λUVにおける自然光反射率RUVは、25~60%が好ましく、30~50%がより好ましい。入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λUVの半値幅は、10~100nmが好ましく、15~40nmがより好ましい。
The reflective film of the present invention is a layer having a selective reflection center wavelength λ UV for light with an incident angle of 60° in a wavelength range of 300 nm or more and less than 400 nm (also simply referred to as a “UV layer”. For example, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV ) is preferred. The selective reflection central wavelength λ UV of the UV layer for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 330 to 395 nm, more preferably 350 to 390 nm.
Further, the natural light reflectance R UV at the selective reflection center wavelength λ UV is preferably 25 to 60%, more preferably 30 to 50%. The half width of the selective reflection central wavelength λ UV for light with an incident angle of 60° is preferably 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 40 nm.

 なお、選択反射層(I)~(III)及びUV層の、入射角度が5°の光に対する選択反射中心波長における自然光反射率及び半値幅は、上記入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長における自然光反射率及び半値幅と同程度の値となる。 The natural light reflectance and half-value width at the selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 5° in the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) and the UV layer are the selective reflection center for the light with an incident angle of 60°. The value is approximately the same as the natural light reflectance and the half width at the wavelength.

 本発明の反射フィルムにおいて、上記選択反射層(I)~(III)の入射角度が60°の光に対する各選択反射中心波長λ、λ、λのいずれに対しても5nm以上離れた発光ピークを可視光領域に有する蛍光色素(以下、単に「蛍光色素」とも称す。)は、反射フィルムを構成するいずれかの層中に含有していればよい。
 例えば、上記選択反射層(I)~(III)等の選択反射層中に蛍光色素を含有していてもよく、蛍光色素を含有し、選択反射層として機能しない層(以下、「蛍光色素層FL」とも称す。)を設けてもよい。また、2種以上の蛍光色素を含有する場合には、選択反射層中に蛍光色素を含有する形態と、蛍光色素層FLを設ける形態とが併用されていてもよい。なかでも、積層された選択反射層のうち、最も表面側に位置する選択反射層中に蛍光色素を含有するか、及び/又は、積層された選択反射層のいずれか一方の表面に位置するように、蛍光色素層FLを設けることが好ましく、積層された選択反射層のうち、最も車外側に位置する選択反射層中に蛍光色素を含有するか、及び/又は、積層された選択反射層の表面のうち車外側に位置する表面に、蛍光色素層FLを設けることがより好ましい。
 蛍光色素としては、後記直線光反射フィルム10Aにおいて説明する蛍光色素の記載を適用することができ、後述の第1蛍光色素を含有することが好ましい。2種以上の蛍光色素を含有する場合には、後述の第1蛍光色素に加えて後述の第2蛍光色素を含有することがより好ましい。
In the reflective film of the present invention, each of the selective reflection center wavelengths λ B , λ G , and λ R for light with an incident angle of 60° in the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) is separated by 5 nm or more. A fluorescent dye having an emission peak in the visible light region (hereinafter also simply referred to as a "fluorescent dye") may be contained in any layer constituting the reflective film.
For example, a selective reflection layer such as the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) may contain a fluorescent dye. FL”) may be provided. Further, when two or more types of fluorescent dyes are contained, a form in which the selective reflection layer contains the fluorescent pigments and a form in which the fluorescent pigment layer FL is provided may be used in combination. Among the laminated selective reflection layers, the selective reflection layer positioned closest to the surface contains a fluorescent dye, and/or the selective reflection layer is positioned on one surface of the laminated selective reflection layers. Preferably, a fluorescent pigment layer FL is provided in the laminated selective reflection layer, and the fluorescent pigment is contained in the selective reflection layer located on the outermost side of the vehicle among the laminated selective reflection layers, and / or the laminated selective reflection layer It is more preferable to provide the fluorescent dye layer FL on the surface located on the vehicle outer side among the surfaces.
As the fluorescent dye, the description of the fluorescent dye described in the linear light reflecting film 10A described later can be applied, and it is preferable to contain the first fluorescent dye described later. When two or more fluorescent dyes are contained, it is more preferable to contain the second fluorescent dye described later in addition to the first fluorescent dye described later.

 上述の選択反射層(I)~(III)を含む反射フィルムとしては、例えば、円偏光を反射する機能を有するコレステリック液晶層を含む直線偏光反射フィルム、光学異方性層と光学等方性層とを積層してなる、直線偏光を反射する機能を有する選択反射層(以下「誘電体多層膜」とも称す。)を含む直線偏光反射フィルムが好ましく挙げられる。
 以下、直線偏光反射フィルム及び直線偏光反射フィルムについて、それぞれ、図2に示すウインドシールドガラス24Aにおける直線偏光反射フィルム10A、及び、図3に示すウインドシールドガラス24Bにおける直線偏光反射フィルム10Bに基づき、順に説明する。また、コレステリック液晶層については直線偏光反射フィルムの説明において、誘電体多層膜については直線偏光反射フィルムの説明において、それぞれ説明する。
Reflective films containing the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) include, for example, a linearly polarized light reflecting film containing a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having a function of reflecting circularly polarized light, an optically anisotropic layer and an optically isotropic layer. A preferred example is a linearly polarized light reflecting film comprising a selective reflection layer (hereinafter also referred to as a “dielectric multilayer film”) having a function of reflecting linearly polarized light.
Hereinafter, the linearly polarized light reflecting film and the linearly polarized light reflecting film are based on the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A in the windshield glass 24A shown in FIG. 2 and the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10B in the windshield glass 24B shown in FIG. explain. Further, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer will be described in the description of the linearly polarized light reflecting film, and the dielectric multilayer film will be described in the description of the linearly polarized light reflecting film.

[1-1]直線偏光反射フィルム10A
 図2は、本発明に用いられるウインドシールドガラス24の一例を示す模式図であり、このウインドシールドガラス24に含まれる直線偏光反射フィルム10Aは、偏光変換層14と、選択反射層11と、位相差層16と、透明基材18と、をこの順に有する。
[1-1] Linearly polarized reflective film 10A
FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the windshield glass 24 used in the present invention. The linearly polarized light reflective film 10A included in the windshield glass 24 includes the polarization conversion layer 14, the selective reflection layer 11, the position It has a retardation layer 16 and a transparent substrate 18 in this order.

 選択反射層11は、3層のコレステリック液晶層(12R、12G、12B)を含む。3層のコレステリック液晶層は、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長が互いに異なっており、それぞれ、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有するコレステリック液晶層12B(選択反射層(I))と、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有するコレステリック液晶層12G(選択反射層(II))と、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有するコレステリック液晶層12R(選択反射層(III))とを有する。図示例においては、コレステリック液晶層12Rと、コレステリック液晶層12Gと、コレステリック液晶層12Bと、をこの順に有する。また、図示例においては、各コレステリック液晶層は、他のいずれかのコレステリック液晶層と直接接触している。 The selective reflection layer 11 includes three cholesteric liquid crystal layers (12R, 12G, 12B). The three cholesteric liquid crystal layers have different central wavelengths of selective reflection for light with an incident angle of 60°, and each cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12B (selective reflection layer (I )), a cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G (selective reflection layer (II)) having λ G for light with an incident angle of 60°, and a cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R (selective reflection layer (III)). In the illustrated example, it has a cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R, a cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G, and a cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12B in this order. Also, in the illustrated example, each cholesteric liquid crystal layer is in direct contact with any other cholesteric liquid crystal layer.

 なお、図2には図示しないが、上記3層のコレステリック液晶層(12R、12G、12B)の他に、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長が300nm以上400nm未満に選択反射中心波長λUVを有するコレステリック液晶層(以下、コレステリック液晶層UVと称す。)を含むことも、反射色味を抑える観点から好ましい。
 コレステリック液晶層UVを設けることにより、後述する円偏光反射層及び位相差層を含むウインドシールドガラスの構成とする場合に、前述の通り、ウインドシールドガラスを外光下で観察したときに確認される色味(特に入射角度が5°の光に対する反射色味における黄色味)を抑制することができる。
Although not shown in FIG. 2, in addition to the three cholesteric liquid crystal layers (12R, 12G, 12B), the selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60° is 300 nm or more and less than 400 nm. Inclusion of a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having λ UV (hereinafter referred to as cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV) is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing reflected color.
By providing the cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV, when the windshield glass is configured to include a circularly polarized light reflecting layer and a retardation layer, which will be described later, as described above, it is confirmed when the windshield glass is observed under external light. It is possible to suppress the tint (especially the yellow tint in the reflected tint for light with an incident angle of 5°).

 本発明の一つの好ましい形態としては、上記3層のコレステリック液晶層(12R、12G、12B)のいずれかに蛍光色素が含まれる形態が挙げられ、コレステリック液晶層のうち最も車外側となるコレステリック液晶層12Rに蛍光色素(以下、第1蛍光色素と称す)が含まれることがより好ましい。第1蛍光色素は、太陽光またはUV光などの励起光によって励起されて発光する。この励起光としては、第1蛍光色素が吸収する光、言い換えれば、第1蛍光色素の吸収スペクトルの長波長側の吸収端の波長より短波長の光が使用される。
 コレステリック液晶層12Rに含まれる第1蛍光色素は量子ドットである。この量子ドットは励起光によって励起されて発光する。第1蛍光色素は典型的には量子ドットであるがこれに限られず、量子ロッドであってもよく、例えば特開2016-061833号公報に記載されているか化合物が挙げられる。あるいは、第1蛍光色素は、ユーロピウム化合物、スチルベン化合物、またはキノリン化合物に含まれる化合物であってもよく、このような化合物の具体例としては、例えば特開2019-143025号公報(段落[0010]~[0012])に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
 なお、量子ドットはその粒子サイズを調整することによって、発する蛍光の色を自由に変えることが可能であり発光波長の制御が容易であり、且つ、光退色に対して堅牢で耐久性に優れる観点から、第1蛍光色素は量子ドットであることが好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、上記量子ドットとは、発光ピーク波長が例えば450nm以上550nm未満の範囲内にある量子ドットを意味する。
 第1蛍光色素(量子ドット)の発光ピーク波長は、可視光領域に存在し、かつ、コレステリック液晶層12R、12B、12Gの入射角度が60°の光に対する各選択反射中心波長λ、λ、λのいずれに対しても5nm以上離れていれば特に制限されないが、例えば、10nm以上離れていることが好ましく、30nm以上離れていることがより好ましい。また、前述の通り、第1蛍光色素(量子ドット)の発光ピーク波長は、コレステリック液晶層12R、12B、12Gの入射角度が5°の光に対する各選択反射中心波長のいずれに対しても5nm以上離れていることが好ましく、10nm以上離れていることがより好ましく、30nm以上離れていることがより好ましい。これらのことは、上述のコレステリック液晶層UVについても同様である。
 なお、本明細書において、発光ピーク波長とは発光スペクトルの強度が最大(発光ピーク、発光極大)となる波長のことである。
 量子ドットとは、半導体材料の結晶で構成され、量子閉じ込め効果を有する所定の大きさ(数nm~数十nm程度)の粒子をいい、入射する励起光によって励起され、蛍光を発光する。
 量子ドットの平均粒子径は、上述したように、数nm~数十nm程度であるが、目的とする発光色に対応する平均粒子径に設定する。例えば、青色光を得たい場合には、量子ドットの平均粒子径を1.0~3.0nmの範囲内に設定することが好ましい。
 量子ドットの平均粒子径の測定方法としては、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)観察により任意の10個の量子ドットの粒子径(直径)を測定し、それらを算術平均して求める。なお、量子ドットが真円状でない場合、長径を粒子径とする。
One preferred form of the present invention includes a form in which any one of the three cholesteric liquid crystal layers (12R, 12G, 12B) contains a fluorescent dye. More preferably, the layer 12R contains a fluorescent dye (hereinafter referred to as the first fluorescent dye). The first fluorescent dye emits light when excited by excitation light such as sunlight or UV light. As this excitation light, light that is absorbed by the first fluorescent dye, in other words, light with a wavelength shorter than the wavelength of the absorption edge on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum of the first fluorescent dye is used.
The first fluorescent dye contained in the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R is a quantum dot. The quantum dots are excited by excitation light and emit light. The first fluorescent dye is typically a quantum dot, but is not limited thereto, and may be a quantum rod, for example, compounds described in JP-A-2016-061833. Alternatively, the first fluorescent dye may be a compound contained in a europium compound, a stilbene compound, or a quinoline compound. Specific examples of such compounds include, for example, JP-A-2019-143025 (paragraph [0010] to [0012]).
In addition, by adjusting the particle size of quantum dots, the color of the emitted fluorescence can be freely changed, the emission wavelength can be easily controlled, and it is robust and durable against photobleaching. Therefore, the first fluorescent dye is preferably a quantum dot.
In addition, in this specification, the said quantum dot means the quantum dot which has an emission peak wavelength in the range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm.
The emission peak wavelength of the first fluorescent dye (quantum dot) is present in the visible light region, and the selective reflection center wavelengths λ R and λ G of light with an incident angle of 60° on the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12R, 12B, and 12G. , λ B is not particularly limited as long as the distance is 5 nm or more. For example, the distance is preferably 10 nm or more, and more preferably 30 nm or more. In addition, as described above, the emission peak wavelength of the first fluorescent dye (quantum dot) is 5 nm or more with respect to any of the selective reflection central wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 5° on the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12R, 12B, and 12G. It is preferably separated, more preferably 10 nm or more, and more preferably 30 nm or more. These are the same for the cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV described above.
In this specification, the emission peak wavelength is the wavelength at which the intensity of the emission spectrum becomes maximum (emission peak, emission maximum).
A quantum dot is a particle of a predetermined size (several nanometers to several tens of nanometers) that is composed of crystals of a semiconductor material and has a quantum confinement effect, and is excited by incident excitation light to emit fluorescence.
The average particle size of the quantum dots is about several nanometers to several tens of nanometers as described above, and is set to an average particle size corresponding to the target emission color. For example, when obtaining blue light, it is preferable to set the average particle size of the quantum dots within the range of 1.0 to 3.0 nm.
As a method for measuring the average particle size of the quantum dots, the particle sizes (diameters) of arbitrary 10 quantum dots are measured by observation with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and the values are arithmetically averaged. In addition, when the quantum dot is not perfectly circular, the major axis is taken as the particle diameter.

 量子ドットのアスペクト比(長径/短径)は特に制限されないが、1.0~2.0の範囲内であることが好ましく、1.0~1.7の範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 量子ドットのアスペクト比は、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)観察により、少なくとも10個以上の量子ドットの長径および短径を測定してアスペクト比をそれぞれ求め、それらを算術平均して求める。
 なお、量子ドットの長径とは、顕微鏡(例えば、透過型電子顕微鏡)観察して得られる量子ドットの二次元像において、量子ドットを横切る線分が最も長くなる線分のことをいう。短径とは、長径に直交し、かつ、量子ドットを横切る線分が最も長くなる線分のことをいう。
Although the aspect ratio (major axis/minor axis) of the quantum dots is not particularly limited, it is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably in the range of 1.0 to 1.7.
The aspect ratio of the quantum dots is obtained by measuring the length and breadth of at least 10 or more quantum dots by observation with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), determining the aspect ratios, and arithmetically averaging them.
Note that the major axis of the quantum dot is the longest line segment that intersects the quantum dot in a two-dimensional image of the quantum dot obtained by microscopic (for example, transmission electron microscope) observation. The minor axis refers to the longest line segment perpendicular to the major axis and crossing the quantum dots.

 量子ドットを構成する材料は、所望の波長の光を発光する量子ドットとなる限り特に制限されず、通常、半導体で構成され、例えば、II-VI半導体、III-V半導体、IV-VI半導体、または、これらの組み合わせが挙げられる。より具体的には、CdS、CdSe、CdTe、ZnS、ZnSe、ZnSeS、ZnTe、ZnO、GaAs、GaP、GaAs、GaSb、HgS、HgSe、HgTe、InAs、InP、InSb、AlAs、AlP、AlSb、CuS、CuS、CuSe、CuInS、CuInS、CuInSe、Cu(ZnSn)S、Cu(InGa)S、これらのTiO合金、およびこれらの混合物から選択され得る。
 量子ドットとしては、CdS、CdSe、ZnS、ZnSe、InP、CuS及びCuInSから選択されることが好ましい。
 量子ドットは、単一成分からなる量子ドットであってもよいし、第一の半導体のコアおよび第二の半導体のシェルを備えたコア/シェル型の量子ドットでもよい。また、コア/多重シェル型の量子ドットでもよく、シェルが段階的な組成のコア/シェル構成となっている量子ドットも使用可能である。
Materials constituting the quantum dots are not particularly limited as long as the quantum dots emit light of a desired wavelength, and are usually composed of semiconductors such as II-VI semiconductors, III-V semiconductors, IV-VI semiconductors, Alternatively, a combination of these may be mentioned. More specifically, CdS, CdSe, CdTe, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnSeS, ZnTe, ZnO, GaAs, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, HgS, HgSe, HgTe, InAs, InP, InSb, AlAs, AlP, AlSb, CuS, Cu2S , Cu2Se , CuInS, CuInS2 , CuInSe2 , Cu2 (ZnSn) S4 , Cu2 (InGa) S4 , TiO2 alloys thereof, and mixtures thereof.
The quantum dots are preferably selected from CdS, CdSe, ZnS, ZnSe, InP, CuS and CuInS.
The quantum dots may be monocomponent quantum dots or core/shell quantum dots with a core of a first semiconductor and a shell of a second semiconductor. A core/multiple shell type quantum dot may also be used, and a quantum dot having a core/shell structure with a graded composition of the shell may also be used.

 また、本発明のコレステリック液晶層12Rには、第1蛍光色素に加えて、第1蛍光色素とは異なる蛍光色素(以下、第2蛍光色素と称す)が含まれていることも、外観色味の透明性をより高める観点から好ましい。 In addition to the first fluorescent dye, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R of the present invention contains a fluorescent dye different from the first fluorescent dye (hereinafter referred to as a second fluorescent dye). It is preferable from the viewpoint of further increasing the transparency of.

 第2蛍光色素は、太陽光またはUV光などの励起光によって励起されて発光する。この励起光としては、第2蛍光色素が吸収する光、換言すると、第2蛍光色素の吸収スペクトルの長波長側の吸収端の波長より短波長の光が使用される。
 第2蛍光色素は量子ドットである。この量子ドットは励起光によって励起されて発光する。なお、本明細書において、第2蛍光色素である量子ドットとは、発光ピーク波長が450nm以上550nm未満の範囲外(例えば550nm以上650nm以下の範囲内)にある量子ドットを意味する。
 第2蛍光色素(量子ドット)の発光ピーク波長は、コレステリック液晶層12R、12B、12Gの各選択反射中心波長λ、λ、λのいずれに対しても、発光ピーク波長が5nm以上離れていれば特に制限されないが、例えば、10nm以上離れていることが好ましく、30nm以上離れていることがより好ましい。また、前述の通り、第2蛍光色素(量子ドット)の発光ピーク波長は、コレステリック液晶層12R、12B、12Gの入射角度が5°の光に対する各選択反射中心波長のいずれに対しても5nm以上離れていることが好ましく、10nm以上離れていることがより好ましく、25nm以上離れていることが更に好ましい。これらのことは、上述のコレステリック液晶層UVについても同様である。
The second fluorochrome is excited by excitation light such as sunlight or UV light to emit light. As the excitation light, light absorbed by the second fluorescent dye, in other words, light having a wavelength shorter than the wavelength of the absorption edge on the long wavelength side of the absorption spectrum of the second fluorescent dye is used.
The second fluorochrome is a quantum dot. The quantum dots are excited by excitation light and emit light. In this specification, the quantum dot as the second fluorescent dye means a quantum dot having an emission peak wavelength outside the range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm (for example, within the range of 550 nm or more and 650 nm or less).
The emission peak wavelength of the second fluorescent dye (quantum dot) is 5 nm or more apart from each of the selective reflection center wavelengths λ R , λ G , and λ B of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12R, 12B, and 12G. Although it is not particularly limited as long as it is, for example, it is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 30 nm or more. Further, as described above, the emission peak wavelength of the second fluorescent dye (quantum dot) is 5 nm or more for any of the central wavelengths of selective reflection of light with an incident angle of 5° on the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12R, 12B, and 12G. It is preferably separated, more preferably 10 nm or more, and even more preferably 25 nm or more. These are the same for the cholesteric liquid crystal layer UV described above.

 第2蛍光色素である量子ドットを構成する材料としては、上述した第1蛍光色素である量子ドットを構成する材料と同様の材料が適宜選択される。
 第2蛍光色素である量子ドットの平均粒子径は、上述したように、数nm~数十nm程度であるが、目的とする発光色に対応する平均粒子径に設定する。例えば、緑色光を得たい場合には、量子ドットの平均粒子径を1.5~10nmの範囲内に設定することが好ましい。
 第2蛍光色素である量子ドットのアスペクト比としては、上述した第1蛍光色素である量子ドットのアスペクト比と同様の比率が採用される。
As the material constituting the quantum dots, which are the second fluorescent dye, the same materials as those constituting the quantum dots, which are the first fluorescent dye, are appropriately selected.
The average particle diameter of the quantum dots, which are the second fluorescent dye, is about several nanometers to several tens of nanometers as described above, and is set to an average particle diameter corresponding to the target emission color. For example, when it is desired to obtain green light, it is preferable to set the average particle size of the quantum dots within the range of 1.5 to 10 nm.
As the aspect ratio of the quantum dots, which are the second fluorescent dye, the same aspect ratio as that of the quantum dots, which are the first fluorescent dye, is adopted.

 また、本発明の反射フィルムの別の形態としては、選択反射層中に蛍光色素を含有させず、上記蛍光色素を含有する層として、選択反射層として機能しない層を設けてもよい。また、選択反射層中に蛍光色素を含有する形態と、上記蛍光色素を含有し、かつ、選択反射層として機能しない層(以下、蛍光色素層FLと称す)を設ける形態とを併用してもよい。
 例えば、図2においては、コレステリック液晶層12B、12G及び12R以外の層として蛍光色素層FLを設けてもよく(図示せず)、コレステリック液晶層12R上(コレステリック液晶層12と偏光変換層14との間、又は、コレステリック液晶層12Rとコレステリック液晶層12Gとの間)、または、コレステリック液晶層12Bとコレステリック液晶層12Gとの間に蛍光色素層FLを設けることが挙げられ、コレステリック液晶層に対して車外側となる、コレステリック液晶層12と偏光変換層14との間に設けることがより好ましい。
Further, as another form of the reflective film of the present invention, the selective reflection layer may not contain a fluorescent dye, and a layer that does not function as a selective reflection layer may be provided as the layer containing the fluorescent dye. In addition, a mode in which a fluorescent dye is contained in the selective reflection layer and a mode in which a layer containing the fluorescent dye and not functioning as a selective reflection layer (hereinafter referred to as a fluorescent dye layer FL) is provided may be used in combination. good.
For example, in FIG. 2, a fluorescent dye layer FL may be provided as a layer other than the cholesteric liquid crystal layers 12B, 12G and 12R (not shown), and on the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R (the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12 and the polarization conversion layer 14). or between the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G), or between the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12B and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G. It is more preferable to provide between the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12 and the polarization conversion layer 14, which are located outside the vehicle.

 発光波長ピークが450nm以上550nm未満である第1蛍光色素が含まれる場合、本発明の反射フィルムにおいては、波長450nm以上550nm未満の範囲に該当する色味が補われ、好ましくは、λとλとの間の波長範囲の色味が補われる。また、発光波長ピークが450nm以上550nm未満である第1蛍光色素と、光波長ピークが550nm以上650nm以下である第2蛍光色素とが含まれる場合、本発明の反射フィルムにおいては、上記の波長450nm以上550nm未満の範囲に該当する色味が補われることに加えて、第2蛍光色素によって波長550nm以上650nm以下の範囲に該当する色味が補われ、好ましくは、λとλとの間の波長範囲の色味が補われる。このため、ウインドシールドガラスから反射された後の光の可視光領域における光強度のバランスを反射色味がよりニュートラルになるよう調整することができ、外観色味の透明性をより向上させることができる。 When the first fluorescent dye having an emission wavelength peak of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm is included, the reflective film of the present invention is supplemented with a color corresponding to a wavelength range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm, preferably λ B and λ The hue of the wavelength range between G is compensated. Further, when the first fluorescent dye having an emission wavelength peak of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm and the second fluorescent dye having a light wavelength peak of 550 nm or more and 650 nm or less are included, the reflective film of the present invention has a wavelength of 450 nm. In addition to supplementing the color tone corresponding to the range of 550 nm or more and less than 550 nm, the second fluorescent dye compensates the color tone corresponding to the wavelength range of 550 nm or more and 650 nm or less, preferably between λ G and λ R The color of the wavelength range of is compensated for. Therefore, it is possible to adjust the balance of the light intensity in the visible light region of the light reflected from the windshield glass so that the reflected color becomes more neutral, and the transparency of the appearance color can be further improved. can.

 蛍光色素層FLは、上述した第1蛍光色素を含む。蛍光色素層FLは、太陽光またはUV光などの励起光によって励起されて発光する発光層であって、選択反射層として機能しない層である。蛍光色素層FLには、上述した量子ドットが含まれ、この量子ドットは励起光によって励起されて発光する。 The fluorochrome layer FL contains the above-described first fluorochrome. The fluorescent dye layer FL is a light-emitting layer that emits light when excited by excitation light such as sunlight or UV light, and is a layer that does not function as a selective reflection layer. The fluorescent dye layer FL contains the quantum dots described above, and the quantum dots are excited by excitation light to emit light.

 蛍光色素層FL中の量子ドットの含有量は特に制限されないが、発光特性がより優れる点で、蛍光色素層FLの全質量に対して、0.01~3質量%が好ましく、0.05~1質量%がより好ましい。 Although the content of the quantum dots in the fluorescent dye layer FL is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, and 0.05 to 1% by mass is more preferred.

 蛍光色素層FLには量子ドット以外の他の成分が含まれていてもよく、バインダーとしてポリマーが含まれていることが好ましい。
 ポリマーの種類は特に制限されず、公知のポリマーを使用することができ、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂、ポリメチルメタクリレート等のポリアクリル系樹脂、ポリウレタン系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、ポリエーテル系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂などが挙げられる。
The fluorescent dye layer FL may contain components other than the quantum dots, and preferably contains a polymer as a binder.
The type of polymer is not particularly limited, and known polymers can be used. Examples include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, and polyacrylic resins such as polymethyl methacrylate. resins, polyurethane resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, epoxy resins, silicone resins, and the like.

 蛍光色素層FLの厚みは特に制限されないが、発光特性および色再現性により優れる点で、5~300μmが好ましく、30~200μmがより好ましい。
 上記厚みは平均厚みであり、蛍光色素層FLの任意の10点の厚みを測定して、それらを算術平均した値である。
Although the thickness of the fluorescent dye layer FL is not particularly limited, it is preferably from 5 to 300 μm, more preferably from 30 to 200 μm, from the standpoint of better light emission characteristics and color reproducibility.
The above thickness is an average thickness, and is a value obtained by measuring the thickness at arbitrary 10 points of the fluorescent dye layer FL and arithmetically averaging them.

 蛍光色素層FLの製造方法は特に制限されず、公知の方法を使用することができ、例えば、量子ドットとポリマーとを含む蛍光色素層形成用組成物を所定の基材上に塗布して、必要に応じて、乾燥処理を施す方法や、量子ドットと重合性モノマーとを含む硬化性組成物を所定の基材上に塗布して塗膜を形成し、塗膜に対して硬化処理(光照射処理および/または加熱処理)を施す方法などが挙げられる。これらの方法において、基材に代えて、選択反射層上に蛍光色素層FLを直接設けてもよい。
 塗布方法としてはカーテンコーティング法、ディップコーティング法、スピンコーティング法、印刷コーティング法、スプレーコーティング法、スロットコーティング法、ロールコーティング法、スライドコーティング法、ブレードコーティング法、グラビアコーティング法、ワイヤーバー法等の公知の塗布方法が挙げられる。
The method for producing the fluorescent dye layer FL is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. For example, a fluorescent dye layer-forming composition containing quantum dots and a polymer is coated on a predetermined substrate, If necessary, a method of applying a drying treatment, or a coating film is formed by applying a curable composition containing quantum dots and a polymerizable monomer on a predetermined substrate, and the coating film is cured (light irradiation treatment and/or heat treatment). In these methods, instead of the substrate, the fluorescent dye layer FL may be directly provided on the selective reflection layer.
Known coating methods include curtain coating, dip coating, spin coating, print coating, spray coating, slot coating, roll coating, slide coating, blade coating, gravure coating, and wire bar coating. and a coating method.

 なお、硬化性組成物に使用される上記重合性モノマーとしては、反応性の点より、ラジカル重合性化合物が好ましく、特に、硬化後の硬化被膜の透明性、密着性等の観点からは、単官能または多官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマー等の(メタ)アクリレート化合物や、そのポリマー、プレポリマー等が好ましい。
 また、硬化性組成物には、さらに、重合開始剤(例えば、ラジカル開始剤)が含まれていてもよい。重合開始剤については、例えば、特開2013-043382号公報の段落[0037]を参照できる。重合開始剤は、硬化性組成物に含まれる重合性モノマーの全質量の0.1モル%以上であることが好ましく、0.5~2モル%であることがより好ましい。
 なお、硬化性組成物には、さらに他の成分(例えば、溶媒)が含まれていてもよい。
The polymerizable monomer used in the curable composition is preferably a radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of reactivity. Preferred are (meth)acrylate compounds such as functional or polyfunctional (meth)acrylate monomers, polymers thereof, prepolymers, and the like.
Moreover, the curable composition may further contain a polymerization initiator (eg, a radical initiator). Regarding the polymerization initiator, for example, paragraph [0037] of JP-A-2013-043382 can be referred to. The polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 mol % or more, more preferably 0.5 to 2 mol %, of the total mass of the polymerizable monomers contained in the curable composition.
The curable composition may further contain other components (for example, solvent).

 本発明の反射フィルムは、蛍光色素層FLが設けられることによって、コレステリック液晶層(好ましくはコレステリック液晶層12R)に蛍光色素が含まれる場合と同様の作用効果が得られる。即ち、ウインドシールドガラスから反射された後の光の可視光領域における光強度のバランスを調整し、反射色味をニュートラルにすることができる。 By providing the reflective film of the present invention with the fluorescent pigment layer FL, the same effect as when the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (preferably the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R) contains the fluorescent pigment can be obtained. That is, it is possible to adjust the balance of the light intensity in the visible light region of the light reflected from the windshield glass, and to make the reflected color neutral.

 周知のとおり、コレステリック液晶層は、液晶化合物がコレステリック液晶相の螺旋構造の配向状態で固定化された層であり、螺旋構造のピッチに応じた選択反射中心波長の光を反射し、他の波長域の光を透過する。また、コレステリック液晶層は、特定の波長において左右いずれかの円偏光に対して選択反射性を示す。 As is well known, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer is a layer in which a liquid crystal compound is fixed in the orientation state of the helical structure of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase, and reflects light of the selective reflection center wavelength according to the pitch of the helical structure, and reflects light of other wavelengths. permeates a wide range of light. In addition, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer exhibits selective reflectivity for either left or right circularly polarized light at a specific wavelength.

 コレステリック液晶層を有する選択反射層において、反射する波長、および、反射率は、コレステリック液晶層の選択反射中心波長、厚み(螺旋ピッチ数)等によって調整することができる。 In the selective reflection layer having a cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the reflected wavelength and reflectance can be adjusted by the selective reflection center wavelength, thickness (helical pitch number), etc. of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer.

 ここで、図2に示すように、各コレステリック液晶層は、他のいずれかのコレステリック液晶層と直接接触していることが好ましい。例えば、図2に示す例では、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有するコレステリック液晶層12Rと、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有するコレステリック液晶層12Gとが互いに接しており、また、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有するコレステリック液晶層12Gと、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有するコレステリック液晶層12Bとが互いに接している。 Here, as shown in FIG. 2, each cholesteric liquid crystal layer is preferably in direct contact with any other cholesteric liquid crystal layer. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 2, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R having λ R for light with an incident angle of 60° and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G having λ G for light with an incident angle of 60° are in contact with each other, Also, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12G having λ G for light with an incident angle of 60° and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12B having λ B for light with an incident angle of 60° are in contact with each other.

 コレステリック液晶層同士が離間していると、層間の膜厚が厚くなり各コレステリック液晶層によって反射される光の干渉の効果が得られにくくなる。これに対して、コレステリック液晶層同士が接している構成とすることで、各コレステリック液晶層によって反射される光の干渉の効果によって、波長帯幅を狭くすることができる。特に各コレステリック液晶層の膜厚が光の波長(可視光380nm~780nm)よりも薄いと、干渉の効果がより顕著になる。 When the cholesteric liquid crystal layers are spaced apart from each other, the film thickness between the layers becomes thicker, making it difficult to obtain the effect of interference of light reflected by each cholesteric liquid crystal layer. On the other hand, by adopting a configuration in which the cholesteric liquid crystal layers are in contact with each other, the wavelength band width can be narrowed by the effect of interference of light reflected by each cholesteric liquid crystal layer. In particular, when the film thickness of each cholesteric liquid crystal layer is thinner than the wavelength of light (380 nm to 780 nm of visible light), the effect of interference becomes more pronounced.

 なお、本発明において、各コレステリック液晶層は直接接する構成に限定はされず、接着層等を介して積層される構成であってもよい。 In addition, in the present invention, each cholesteric liquid crystal layer is not limited to a configuration in which they are in direct contact, and may be configured to be laminated via an adhesive layer or the like.

 ここで、各コレステリック液晶層は、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長としてλ、λ及びλの3つの波長のうちの少なくとも1つの選択反射中心波長を有するものであればよいが、コレステリック液晶層の少なくとも1層が2以上の選択反射中心波長を有するものであってもよい。2以上の選択反射中心波長を有するコレステリック液晶層は、螺旋ピッチが厚み方向に変化する螺旋構造により達成される。 Here, each cholesteric liquid crystal layer has at least one selective reflection central wavelength among the three wavelengths λ B , λ G and λ R as the selective reflection central wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60°. However, at least one of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers may have two or more selective reflection central wavelengths. A cholesteric liquid crystal layer having two or more selective reflection center wavelengths is achieved by a helical structure in which the helical pitch varies in the thickness direction.

 また、図示例においては、選択反射層11は、選択反射中心波長の異なる3層のコレステリック液晶層を有する構成としたが、これに限定はされず、選択反射層11は、3層以上のコレステリック液晶層を有するものであってもよい。 In the illustrated example, the selective reflection layer 11 has three layers of cholesteric liquid crystal layers with different selective reflection central wavelengths, but the selective reflection layer 11 is not limited to this. It may have a liquid crystal layer.

 選択反射層11による十分な自然光反射率を示しつつ、高い透過率を示す観点から、選択反射層11の合計厚みは0.5~30μmが好ましく、1~15μmがより好ましい。 The total thickness of the selective reflection layer 11 is preferably 0.5 to 30 μm, more preferably 1 to 15 μm, from the viewpoint of exhibiting high transmittance while exhibiting sufficient natural light reflectance by the selective reflection layer 11 .

 ここで、上記反射フィルムは、直線偏光を反射することが好ましい。反射フィルムをウインドシールドガラスに組み込んでHUDシステムのコンバイナとして用いる場合、ウインドシールドガラス表面における反射を抑制するために、投映される画像光はp偏光、すなわち、直線偏光であることが好ましい。
 図2に示すような直線偏光反射フィルムにおいては、コレステリック液晶層からなる選択反射層は円偏光を反射するものである。
 従って、直線偏光反射フィルムにおいては、反射フィルムに入射する直線偏光を円偏光に変換する層を有することが好ましい。光の偏光状態を変換する層としては、偏光変換層、および、位相差層が挙げられる。
Here, the reflective film preferably reflects linearly polarized light. When the reflective film is incorporated into the windshield glass and used as a combiner for a HUD system, the projected image light is preferably p-polarized, that is, linearly polarized, in order to suppress reflection on the windshield glass surface.
In the linearly polarized light reflecting film as shown in FIG. 2, the selective reflection layer made of a cholesteric liquid crystal layer reflects circularly polarized light.
Therefore, the linearly polarized light reflective film preferably has a layer for converting linearly polarized light incident on the reflective film into circularly polarized light. The layer that converts the polarization state of light includes a polarization conversion layer and a retardation layer.

 偏光変換層は、可視光に対して旋光性および複屈折性を示すものであり、入射した光の偏光状態を変換するものである。本発明において、偏光変換層は、液晶化合物など複屈折性を有する材料がねじれ量360°以下で配向された層からなる。
 位相差層は、直交する2つの偏光成分に位相差(光路差)をつけて、入射した偏光の状態を変えるものである。本発明において、位相差層は、液晶化合物など複屈折性を有する材料が同じ方向に向いて配列してなる層であり、旋光性を有さない。
The polarization conversion layer exhibits optical rotation and birefringence with respect to visible light, and converts the polarization state of incident light. In the present invention, the polarization conversion layer is composed of a layer in which a birefringent material such as a liquid crystal compound is oriented with a twist amount of 360° or less.
The phase difference layer changes the state of incident polarized light by adding a phase difference (optical path difference) to two orthogonal polarized light components. In the present invention, the retardation layer is a layer in which birefringent materials such as liquid crystal compounds are aligned in the same direction, and does not have optical rotation.

 上記反射フィルムが、選択反射層の光が入射する側に偏光変換層又は位相差層を有する構成とすることで、反射フィルムに入射する直線偏光を円偏光に変換して、選択反射層が円偏光を反射し、反射した円偏光を偏光変換層又は位相差層が直線偏光に変換して出射するものとすることができる。 By configuring the reflective film to have a polarization conversion layer or a retardation layer on the light incident side of the selective reflective layer, the linearly polarized light incident on the reflective film is converted into circularly polarized light, and the selective reflective layer becomes circular. The polarized light can be reflected, and the reflected circularly polarized light can be converted into linearly polarized light by the polarization conversion layer or the retardation layer and emitted.

 ここで、図2に示すウインドシールドガラスの例では、反射フィルム10Aは、選択反射層11の一方の面側に偏光変換層14を有し、他方の面側に位相差層16を有し、偏光変換層14が車外側となる第1のガラス板30側となり、位相差層16が車内側となる第2のガラス板28側となるように配置される。 Here, in the example of the windshield glass shown in FIG. 2, the reflective film 10A has the polarization conversion layer 14 on one surface side of the selective reflection layer 11, the retardation layer 16 on the other surface side, The polarization conversion layer 14 is arranged on the side of the first glass plate 30, which is the outside of the vehicle, and the retardation layer 16 is arranged on the side of the second glass plate 28, which is the inside of the vehicle.

 この場合、位相差層16は、投映されるp偏光(直線偏光)を、選択反射層11のコレステリック液晶層が反射する円偏光に変換する機能を有する。
 一方、偏光変換層14は、ウインドシールドガラスの外側から入射する光に対する光学補償する機能を有する。例えば、ウインドシールドガラスの外側から入射したs偏光は、位相差層16を通過する際に偏光状態が変化して、p偏光の成分が混在してしまう。偏光サングラスはs偏光をカットするので、このp偏光の成分は、偏光サングラスを透過してしまう。そのため、s偏光が主成分である反射光のギラツキをカットする偏光サングラスの機能が損なわれ、運転の支障となる問題がある。これに対して、偏光変換層14を有する構成とし、偏光変換層14で光学補償することで、偏光サングラス適性が改善できる。
In this case, the retardation layer 16 has a function of converting projected p-polarized light (linearly polarized light) into circularly polarized light reflected by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer of the selective reflection layer 11 .
On the other hand, the polarization conversion layer 14 has a function of optically compensating for light incident from outside the windshield glass. For example, the s-polarized light incident from the outside of the windshield glass changes its polarization state when passing through the retardation layer 16, and the p-polarized component is mixed. Since polarized sunglasses cut s-polarized light, this p-polarized component is transmitted through polarized sunglasses. As a result, the function of the polarized sunglasses to cut the glare of the reflected light, which is mainly composed of s-polarized light, is impaired, which poses a problem that hinders driving. On the other hand, by adopting a structure having the polarization conversion layer 14 and performing optical compensation with the polarization conversion layer 14, suitability for polarized sunglasses can be improved.

 なお、図2に示す例では、反射フィルム10Aは、偏光変換層14が車外側となる第1のガラス板30側となり、位相差層16が車内側となる第2のガラス板28側となるように配置される構成としたがこれに限定はされない。反射フィルム10Aは、偏光変換層14が車内側となる第2のガラス板28側となり、位相差層16が車外側となる第1のガラス板30側となるように配置されてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 2, in the reflective film 10A, the polarization conversion layer 14 is on the side of the first glass plate 30 on the outside of the vehicle, and the retardation layer 16 is on the side of the second glass plate 28 on the inside of the vehicle. However, the configuration is not limited to this. The reflective film 10A may be arranged such that the polarization conversion layer 14 is on the side of the second glass plate 28, which is the inside of the vehicle, and the retardation layer 16 is on the side of the first glass plate 30, which is the outside of the vehicle.

 この場合、偏光変換層14は、投映されるp偏光(直線偏光)を、選択反射層11のコレステリック液晶層が反射する円偏光に変換する機能を有する。
 一方、位相差層16は、ウインドシールドガラスの外側から入射する光に対する光学補償する機能を有し、位相差層16で光学補償することで、偏光サングラス適性が改善できる。
In this case, the polarization conversion layer 14 has the function of converting projected p-polarized light (linearly polarized light) into circularly polarized light reflected by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer of the selective reflection layer 11 .
On the other hand, the retardation layer 16 has a function of optically compensating for light incident from the outside of the windshield glass, and the optical compensation by the retardation layer 16 can improve suitability for polarized sunglasses.

 また、上記反射フィルムは、選択反射層11の両側に偏光変換層を有する構成であってもよいし、両側に位相差層を有する構成であってもよい。
 この場合、車内側に配置される偏光変換層または位相差層が、投映されるp偏光(直線偏光)を、選択反射層11のコレステリック液晶層が反射する円偏光に変換する機能を有する構成とすればよい。
 一方、車外側に配置される偏光変換層または位相差層が、ウインドシールドガラスの外側から入射する光に対する光学補償する機能を有する構成とすればよい。
 偏光変換層および位相差層については後に詳述する。
Further, the reflective film may have a structure having polarization conversion layers on both sides of the selective reflection layer 11, or may have a structure having retardation layers on both sides.
In this case, the polarization conversion layer or retardation layer disposed on the vehicle interior has a function of converting the projected p-polarized light (linearly polarized light) into circularly polarized light reflected by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer of the selective reflection layer 11. do it.
On the other hand, the polarization conversion layer or the retardation layer disposed on the vehicle exterior side may be configured to have a function of optically compensating for light incident from the outside of the windshield glass.
The polarization conversion layer and the retardation layer will be detailed later.

 以下、上記直線偏光反射フィルムの構成要素であるコレステリック液晶層、偏光変換層、位相差層及び透明基材について詳細に説明する。 The cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the polarization conversion layer, the retardation layer, and the transparent substrate, which are the constituent elements of the linearly polarized light reflective film, will be described in detail below.

 本発明において、コレステリック液晶層は、コレステリック液晶相を固定した層を意味する。
 コレステリック液晶層は、コレステリック液晶相となっている液晶化合物の配向が保持されている層であればよい。コレステリック液晶層は、典型的には、重合性液晶化合物をコレステリック液晶相の配向状態としたうえで、紫外線照射および加熱等によって重合、硬化し、流動性が無い層を形成して、同時に、また外場または外力によって配向形態に変化を生じさせることがない状態に変化した層であればよい。なお、コレステリック液晶層においては、コレステリック液晶相の光学的性質が層中において保持されていれば十分であり、層中の液晶化合物は、もはや液晶性を示していなくてもよい。例えば、重合性液晶化合物は、硬化反応により高分子量化して、もはや液晶性を失っていてもよい。
In the present invention, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer means a layer in which the cholesteric liquid crystal phase is fixed.
The cholesteric liquid crystal layer may be any layer as long as the alignment of the liquid crystal compound in the cholesteric liquid crystal phase is maintained. A cholesteric liquid crystal layer is typically formed by aligning a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a cholesteric liquid crystal phase, and then polymerizing and curing by ultraviolet irradiation, heating, or the like to form a layer having no fluidity, and at the same time, Any layer may be used as long as it is changed to a state in which the orientation is not changed by an external field or external force. In the cholesteric liquid crystal layer, it is sufficient that the optical properties of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase are maintained in the layer, and the liquid crystal compound in the layer may no longer exhibit liquid crystallinity. For example, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be polymerized by a curing reaction and no longer have liquid crystallinity.

 コレステリック液晶相は、右円偏光または左円偏光のいずれか一方のセンスの円偏光を選択的に反射させると共に、他方のセンスの円偏光を透過する円偏光選択反射を示すことが知られている。
 円偏光選択反射性を示すコレステリック液晶相を固定した層を含むフィルムとして、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物から形成されたフィルムは従来から数多く知られており、コレステリック液晶層については、それらの従来技術を参照することができる。
It is known that a cholesteric liquid crystal phase selectively reflects either right-handed circularly polarized light or left-handed circularly polarized light and transmits the other sense circularly polarized light. .
Many films formed from a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound are conventionally known as films containing a layer in which a cholesteric liquid crystal phase exhibiting selective reflection of circularly polarized light is fixed. You can refer to the technology.

 コレステリック液晶層の選択反射の中心波長(選択反射中心波長)λは、コレステリック液晶相における螺旋構造(螺旋配向構造)のピッチP(=螺旋の周期)に依存し、コレステリック液晶層の平均屈折率nとλ=n×Pの関係に従う。この式からわかるように、n値および/またはP値を調整することにより、選択反射中心波長を調整することができる。
 螺旋構造のピッチP(螺旋1ピッチ)とは、言い換えれば、螺旋の巻き数1回分の螺旋軸方向の長さであり、すなわち、コレステリック液晶相を構成する液晶化合物のダイレクター(棒状液晶であれば長軸方向)が360°回転する螺旋軸方向の長さである。通常のコレステリック液晶層の螺旋軸方向は、コレステリック液晶層の厚さ方向と一致する。
The central wavelength of selective reflection of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (selective reflection central wavelength) λ depends on the pitch P (= helical period) of the helical structure (helical alignment structure) in the cholesteric liquid crystal phase, and the average refractive index n of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer and λ=n×P. As can be seen from this formula, the selective reflection center wavelength can be adjusted by adjusting the n value and/or the P value.
The pitch P of the helical structure (1 helical pitch) is, in other words, the length of the helical axis direction corresponding to one turn of the helical structure. is the length in the direction of the helical axis that rotates 360°. The helical axis direction of a normal cholesteric liquid crystal layer coincides with the thickness direction of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer.

 前述のヘッドアップディスプレイシステムにおいては、ウインドシールドガラスに対して斜めに光が入射するように用いることにより、投映光入射側のガラス板表面での反射率を低くすることができる。
 このとき、反射フィルム10の選択反射層11を構成するコレステリック液晶層に対しても斜めに光が入射する。例えば、屈折率1の空気中で反射フィルム10の法線に対し45°~70°の角度で入射した光は、屈折率1.61程度のコレステリック液晶層を26°~36°程度の角度で透過する。この場合、反射波長は短波長側にシフトする。
 入射角度が0°の光に対する選択反射中心波長が波長λであるコレステリック液晶層中で、コレステリック液晶層の法線方向(コレステリック液晶層の螺旋軸方向)に対して光線がθ2の角度で通過するときの選択反射中心波長を波長λdとするとき、波長λdは以下の式で表される。
 λd=λ×cosθ2
In the head-up display system described above, by using the windshield glass so that the light is obliquely incident, the reflectance on the surface of the glass plate on the projection light incident side can be reduced.
At this time, the light obliquely enters the cholesteric liquid crystal layer forming the selective reflection layer 11 of the reflection film 10 as well. For example, light incident at an angle of 45° to 70° with respect to the normal line of the reflective film 10 in air with a refractive index of 1 passes through the cholesteric liquid crystal layer with a refractive index of about 1.61 at an angle of about 26° to 36°. To Penetrate. In this case, the reflected wavelength shifts to the short wavelength side.
In a cholesteric liquid crystal layer in which the central wavelength of selective reflection for light with an incident angle of 0° is a wavelength λ, a light ray passes at an angle of θ2 with respect to the normal direction of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (spiral axis direction of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer). The wavelength λd is expressed by the following equation when the selective reflection central wavelength at the time is the wavelength λd.
λd=λ×cos θ2

 そのため、例えば、650~780nmの範囲に選択反射の中心波長λを有するコレステリック液晶層は、θ2が26°~36°のとき、520~695nmの範囲で投映光を反射することができる。
 このような波長範囲は視感度の高い波長域であるため投映像の輝度への寄与度が高く、結果として高い輝度の投映像を実現することができる。
Therefore, for example, a cholesteric liquid crystal layer having a selective reflection center wavelength λ in the range of 650 to 780 nm can reflect projection light in the range of 520 to 695 nm when θ2 is 26° to 36°.
Since such a wavelength range is a wavelength range with high luminosity, it has a high degree of contribution to the luminance of a projected image, and as a result, a projected image with high luminance can be realized.

 コレステリック液晶相の螺旋ピッチは、重合性液晶化合物とともに用いるキラル剤の種類、および、その添加濃度に依存するため、これらを調整することによって所望のピッチを得ることができる。なお、螺旋のセンスおよびピッチの測定法については「液晶化学実験入門」日本液晶学会編 シグマ出版2007年出版、46頁、および「液晶便覧」液晶便覧編集委員会 丸善 196頁に記載の方法を用いることができる。  The helical pitch of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase depends on the type of chiral agent used together with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and its concentration, so the desired pitch can be obtained by adjusting these. As for the method of measuring the sense and pitch of the helix, the method described in "Introduction to Liquid Crystal Chemistry Experiments", edited by the Japanese Liquid Crystal Society, published by Sigma Publishing, 2007, page 46, and "Liquid Crystal Handbook", Liquid Crystal Handbook Editing Committee, Maruzen, page 196 is used. be able to.

 各コレステリック液晶層としては、螺旋のセンスが右または左のいずれかであるコレステリック液晶層が用いられる。コレステリック液晶層が反射する円偏光のセンス(円偏光の旋回方向)は、螺旋のセンスに一致する。
 選択反射中心波長が異なる複数層のコレステリック液晶層を有する場合、各コレステリック液晶層の螺旋のセンスは、全て同じであっても、異なるものが含まれていてもよい。
 しかしながら、複数のコレステリック液晶層は、螺旋のセンスが全て同じであることが好ましい。
For each cholesteric liquid crystal layer, a cholesteric liquid crystal layer with either right or left helix sense is used. The sense of circularly polarized light reflected by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (the direction of rotation of the circularly polarized light) matches the sense of the helix.
When a plurality of cholesteric liquid crystal layers with different selective reflection center wavelengths are provided, the helical sense of each cholesteric liquid crystal layer may be the same or different.
However, it is preferred that the multiple cholesteric liquid crystal layers all have the same sense of helix.

 また、反射フィルム10が選択反射層11として複数層のコレステリック液晶層を有する場合には、同一または重複する波長域で選択反射を示すコレステリック液晶層として、螺旋センスが異なるコレステリック液晶層を含まないことが好ましい。特定の波長域での透過率が例えば、50%未満に低下することを避けるためである。 When the reflective film 10 has a plurality of cholesteric liquid crystal layers as the selective reflection layer 11, the cholesteric liquid crystal layers exhibiting selective reflection in the same or overlapping wavelength ranges should not include cholesteric liquid crystal layers with different helical senses. is preferred. This is to prevent the transmittance in a specific wavelength range from dropping below 50%, for example.

 選択反射を示す選択反射帯の半値幅Δλ(nm)は、液晶化合物の複屈折Δnと上述のピッチPに依存し、Δλ=Δn×Pの関係に従う。そのため、選択反射帯の幅の制御は、Δnを調整して行うことができる。Δnの調整は重合性液晶化合物の種類または混合比率を調整したり、配向固定時の温度を制御したりすることで行うことができる。
 選択反射の中心波長が同一の1種のコレステリック液晶層の形成のために、ピッチPが同じで、同じ螺旋のセンスのコレステリック液晶層を複数積層してもよい。ピッチPが同じで、同じ螺旋のセンスのコレステリック液晶層を積層することによって、特定の波長で円偏光選択性を高くすることができる。
The half width Δλ (nm) of the selective reflection band indicating selective reflection depends on the birefringence Δn of the liquid crystal compound and the pitch P described above, and follows the relationship Δλ=Δn×P. Therefore, the width of the selective reflection band can be controlled by adjusting Δn. Adjustment of Δn can be performed by adjusting the type or mixing ratio of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, or by controlling the temperature during orientation fixation.
In order to form one type of cholesteric liquid crystal layer having the same center wavelength of selective reflection, a plurality of cholesteric liquid crystal layers having the same pitch P and the same spiral sense may be laminated. By stacking cholesteric liquid crystal layers with the same pitch P and the same helix sense, the circular polarization selectivity can be increased at a particular wavelength.

 選択反射層11において、複数のコレステリック液晶層を積層する際には、別に作製したコレステリック液晶層を接着剤等を用いて積層してもよく、あるいは、後述する方法で形成された先のコレステリック液晶層の表面に、直接、重合性液晶化合物等を含む液晶組成物を塗布し、配向および固定の工程を繰り返してもよいが、後者が好ましい。
 先に形成されたコレステリック液晶層の表面に直接次のコレステリック液晶層を形成することにより、先に形成したコレステリック液晶層の空気界面側の液晶分子の配向方位と、その上に形成するコレステリック液晶層の下側の液晶分子の配向方位が一致し、コレステリック液晶層の積層体の偏光特性が良好となるからである。また、接着層の厚さムラに由来して生じ得る干渉ムラが観測されないからである。
When laminating a plurality of cholesteric liquid crystal layers in the selective reflection layer 11, a separately prepared cholesteric liquid crystal layer may be laminated using an adhesive or the like, or the previous cholesteric liquid crystal layer formed by a method described later may be laminated. A liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound or the like may be applied directly to the surface of the layer, and the alignment and fixing steps may be repeated, but the latter is preferred.
By forming the next cholesteric liquid crystal layer directly on the surface of the previously formed cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the orientation direction of the liquid crystal molecules on the air interface side of the previously formed cholesteric liquid crystal layer and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer formed thereon are changed. This is because the alignment directions of the liquid crystal molecules on the lower side are matched, and the polarizing property of the laminate of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers is improved. In addition, it is because interference unevenness that can be caused by thickness unevenness of the adhesive layer is not observed.

 コレステリック液晶層の厚さは、0.2~10μmが好ましく、0.3~8μmがより好ましく、0.4~5μmがさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer is preferably 0.2-10 μm, more preferably 0.3-8 μm, and even more preferably 0.4-5 μm.

(コレステリック液晶層の作製方法)
 以下、コレステリック液晶層の作製材料および作製方法について説明する。
 上述のコレステリック液晶層の形成に用いる材料としては、重合性液晶化合物とキラル剤(光学活性化合物)とを含む液晶組成物等が挙げられる。必要に応じて、さらに、界面活性剤および重合開始剤等と混合して溶剤等に溶解した上述の液晶組成物を、支持体、配向層、下層となるコレステリック液晶層等に塗布し、コレステリック配向熟成後、液晶組成物の硬化により固定化してコレステリック液晶層を形成することができる。
(Method for producing cholesteric liquid crystal layer)
Materials and methods for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer will be described below.
A liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a chiral agent (optically active compound) may be used as a material for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer. If necessary, the above liquid crystal composition mixed with a surfactant, a polymerization initiator, etc. and dissolved in a solvent, etc. is applied to the support, the alignment layer, the underlying cholesteric liquid crystal layer, etc., and cholesteric alignment is performed. After aging, the liquid crystal composition can be fixed by curing to form a cholesteric liquid crystal layer.

(重合性液晶化合物)
 重合性液晶化合物は、棒状液晶化合物であっても、円盤状液晶化合物であってもよいが、棒状液晶化合物であることが好ましい。
 コレステリック液晶層を形成する棒状の重合性液晶化合物の例としては、棒状ネマチック液晶化合物が挙げられる。棒状ネマチック液晶化合物としては、アゾメチン類、アゾキシ類、シアノビフェニル類、シアノフェニルエステル類、安息香酸エステル類、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸フェニルエステル類、シアノフェニルシクロヘキサン類、シアノ置換フェニルピリミジン類、アルコキシ置換フェニルピリミジン類、フェニルジオキサン類、トラン類、および、アルケニルシクロヘキシルベンゾニトリル類が好ましく用いられる。低分子液晶化合物だけではなく、高分子液晶化合物も用いることができる。
(Polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be a rod-like liquid crystal compound or a discotic liquid crystal compound, but is preferably a rod-like liquid crystal compound.
An example of the rod-like polymerizable liquid crystal compound forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer is a rod-like nematic liquid crystal compound. Rod-shaped nematic liquid crystal compounds include azomethines, azoxys, cyanobiphenyls, cyanophenyl esters, benzoic acid esters, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid phenyl esters, cyanophenylcyclohexanes, cyano-substituted phenylpyrimidines, and alkoxy-substituted phenylpyrimidines. , phenyldioxanes, tolanes, and alkenylcyclohexylbenzonitriles are preferably used. Not only low-molecular-weight liquid crystal compounds but also high-molecular liquid-crystal compounds can be used.

 重合性液晶化合物は、重合性基を液晶化合物に導入することで得られる。重合性基の例には、不飽和重合性基、エポキシ基、および、アジリジニル基が含まれ、不飽和重合性基が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和重合性基が特に好ましい。重合性基は種々の方法で、液晶化合物の分子中に導入できる。重合性液晶化合物が有する重合性基の個数は、好ましくは一分子中に1~6個、より好ましくは1~3個である。
 重合性液晶化合物の例は、Makromol.Chem.,190巻、2255頁(1989年)、Advanced Materials 5巻、107頁(1993年)、米国特許第4683327号明細書、米国特許第5622648号明細書、米国特許第5770107号明細書、WO95/22586、WO95/24455、WO97/00600、WO98/23580、WO98/52905、特開平1-272551号公報、特開平6-016616号公報、特開平7-110469号公報、特開平11-080081号公報、および、特開2001-328973号公報等に記載の化合物が含まれる。2種類以上の重合性液晶化合物を併用してもよい。2種類以上の重合性液晶化合物を併用すると、配向温度を低下させることができる。
A polymerizable liquid crystal compound is obtained by introducing a polymerizable group into a liquid crystal compound. Examples of polymerizable groups include unsaturated polymerizable groups, epoxy groups, and aziridinyl groups, with unsaturated polymerizable groups being preferred, and ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable groups being particularly preferred. Polymerizable groups can be introduced into molecules of liquid crystal compounds by various methods. The number of polymerizable groups possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, in one molecule.
Examples of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are described in Makromol. Chem. , 190, 2255 (1989); Advanced Materials 5, 107 (1993); U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,327; U.S. Pat. No. 5,622,648; U.S. Pat. , WO95/24455, WO97/00600, WO98/23580, WO98/52905, JP 1-272551, JP 6-016616, JP 7-110469, JP 11-080081, and , and compounds described in JP-A-2001-328973. Two or more types of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds may be used in combination. When two or more kinds of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are used together, the alignment temperature can be lowered.

 また、液晶組成物中の重合性液晶化合物の添加量は、液晶組成物の固形分質量(溶媒を除いた質量)に対して、80~99.9質量%が好ましく、85~99.5質量%がより好ましく、90~99質量%が特に好ましい。 Further, the amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound added in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 80 to 99.9% by mass, and preferably 85 to 99.5% by mass, based on the solid content mass (mass excluding the solvent) of the liquid crystal composition. % is more preferable, and 90 to 99% by mass is particularly preferable.

 可視光透過率を向上させるためには、コレステリック液晶層は低Δnであってもよい。低Δnのコレステリック液晶層は、低Δn重合性液晶化合物を用いて形成することができる。以下、低Δn重合性液晶化合物について具体的に説明する。 In order to improve the visible light transmittance, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer may have a low Δn. A low Δn cholesteric liquid crystal layer can be formed using a low Δn polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The low Δn polymerizable liquid crystal compound will be specifically described below.

(低Δn重合性液晶化合物)
 低Δn重合性液晶化合物を利用してコレステリック液晶相を形成し、これを固定したフィルムとすることにより、狭帯域な選択反射層を得ることができる。低Δn重合性液晶化合物の例としては、WO2015/115390、WO2015/147243、WO2016/035873、特開2015-163596号公報、特開2016-053149号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。半値幅の小さい選択反射層を与える液晶組成物については、WO2016/047648の記載も参照できる。
(Low Δn polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
A narrow-band selective reflection layer can be obtained by forming a cholesteric liquid crystal phase using a low Δn polymerizable liquid crystal compound and fixing it to a film. Examples of low Δn polymerizable liquid crystal compounds include compounds described in WO2015/115390, WO2015/147243, WO2016/035873, JP-A-2015-163596, and JP-A-2016-053149. The description of WO2016/047648 can also be referred to for the liquid crystal composition that provides a selective reflection layer with a small half-value width.

 液晶化合物は、WO2016/047648に記載の以下の式(I)で表される重合性化合物であることも好ましい。 The liquid crystal compound is also preferably a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I) described in WO2016/047648.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

 式(I)中、Aは、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基または置換基を有していてもよいトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を示し、Lは単結合、-CHO-、-OCH-、-(CHOC(=O)-、-C(=O)O(CH-、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-OC(=O)O-、-CH=CH-C(=O)O-、および-OC(=O)-CH=CH-からなる群から選択される連結基を示し、mは3~12の整数を示し、SpおよびSpはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1から20の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基、および炭素数1から20の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基において1つまたは2つ以上の-CH-が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-C(=O)-、-OC(=O)-、または-C(=O)O-で置換された基からなる群から選択される連結基を示し、QおよびQはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子または以下の式Q-1~式Q-5で表される基からなる群から選択される重合性基を示す。ただしQおよびQのいずれか一方は重合性基を示す。下記式中において、「●」は結合部位を示す。 In formula (I), A represents an optionally substituted phenylene group or an optionally substituted trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, L is a single bond, —CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 2 OC(=O)-, -C(=O)O(CH 2 ) 2 -, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O) -, -OC(=O)O-, -CH=CH-C(=O)O-, and -OC(=O)-CH=CH-, and m represents a linking group selected from the group consisting of represents an integer of 3 to 12, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms one or more of -CH 2 - are -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N(CH 3 )-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, or - represents a linking group selected from the group consisting of groups substituted with C(=O)O-, wherein Q 1 and Q 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or represented by formulas Q-1 to Q-5 below; represents a polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of groups consisting of However, either one of Q 1 and Q 2 represents a polymerizable group. In the following formula, "●" indicates a binding site.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 式(I)中の、フェニレン基は1,4-フェニレン基であることが好ましい。
 フェニレン基およびトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基について「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基は、特に限定されず、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルエーテル基、アミド基、アミノ基、およびハロゲン原子ならびに、上述の置換基を2つ以上組み合わせて構成される基からなる群から選択される置換基が挙げられる。また、置換基の例としては、後述の-C(=O)-X-Sp-Qで表される置換基が挙げられる。フェニレン基およびトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基は、置換基を1~4個有していてもよい。2個以上の置換基を有するとき、2個以上の置換基は互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
The phenylene group in formula (I) is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group.
Regarding the phenylene group and the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, the substituent when "optionally having a substituent" is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkyl ether groups, amido groups, amino groups, halogen atoms, and substituents selected from the group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above substituents. Examples of substituents include substituents represented by -C(=O)-X 3 -Sp 3 -Q 3 described later. The phenylene group and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group may have 1 to 4 substituents. When having two or more substituents, the two or more substituents may be the same or different.

 アルキル基は直鎖状および分岐鎖状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は1~30が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましい。アルキル基の例としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、1,1-ジメチルプロピル基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、直鎖状または分岐鎖状のヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、またはドデシル基を挙げることができる。アルキル基に関する上述の説明はアルキル基を含むアルコキシ基においても同様である。また、アルキレン基というときのアルキレン基の具体例としては、上述のアルキル基の例それぞれにおいて、任意の水素原子を1つ除いて得られる2価の基等が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、およびヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-10, even more preferably 1-6. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, and neopentyl. 1,1-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, linear or branched heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl or dodecyl radicals. The above description regarding alkyl groups also applies to alkoxy groups containing alkyl groups. Further, specific examples of the alkylene group when referred to as an alkylene group include a divalent group obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom in each of the examples of the above-mentioned alkyl groups, and the like. Halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atoms.

 シクロアルキル基の炭素数は、3~20が好ましく、5以上がより好ましく、また、10以下が好ましく、8以下がより好ましく、6以下がさらに好ましい。シクロアルキル基の例としては、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基を挙げることができる。 The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 5 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl groups.

 フェニレン基およびトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基が有していてもよい置換基としては特に、アルキル基、およびアルコキシ基、-C(=O)-X-Sp-Qからなる群から選択される置換基が好ましい。ここで、Xは単結合、-O-、-S-、もしくは-N(Sp-Q)-を示すか、または、QおよびSpと共に環構造を形成している窒素原子を示す。Sp、Spはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1から20の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基、および炭素数1から20の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基において1つまたは2つ以上の-CH-が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-C(=O)-、-OC(=O)-、または-C(=O)O-で置換された基からなる群から選択される連結基を示す。 Substituents which the phenylene group and the trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group may have are particularly an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and the group consisting of -C(=O)-X 3 -Sp 3 -Q 3 Substituents selected from are preferred. Here, X 3 represents a single bond, -O-, -S-, or -N(Sp 4 -Q 4 )-, or represents a nitrogen atom forming a ring structure together with Q 3 and Sp 3 show. Sp 3 and Sp 4 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and one or more of - CH 2 - is -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N(CH 3 )-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, or -C(=O)O- A linking group selected from the group consisting of substituted groups is shown.

 QおよびQはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキル基において1つもしくは2つ以上の-CH-が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-C(=O)-、-OC(=O)-、もしくは-C(=O)O-で置換された基、または式Q-1~式Q-5で表される基からなる群から選択されるいずれかの重合性基を示す。 Each of Q 3 and Q 4 is independently a hydrogen atom, a cycloalkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group in which one or more —CH 2 — is —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(CH 3 )-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, or a group substituted with -C(=O)O-, or a group represented by formulas Q-1 to Q-5 represents any polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of

 シクロアルキル基において1つまたは2つ以上の-CH-が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-C(=O)-、-OC(=O)-、または-C(=O)O-で置換された基として、具体的には、テトラヒドロフラニル基、ピロリジニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、ピラゾリジニル基、ピペリジル基、ピペラジニル基、および、モルホルニル基等が挙げられる。置換位置は特に限定されない。これらのうち、テトラヒドロフラニル基が好ましく、特に2-テトラヒドロフラニル基が好ましい。 one or more -CH 2 - in the cycloalkyl group is -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N(CH 3 )-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O) Specific examples of groups substituted with - or -C(=O)O- include a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, a pyrazolidinyl group, a piperidyl group, a piperazinyl group, and a morphonyl group. . The substitution position is not particularly limited. Among these, a tetrahydrofuranyl group is preferred, and a 2-tetrahydrofuranyl group is particularly preferred.

 式(I)において、Lは単結合、-CHO-、-OCH-、-(CHOC(=O)-、-C(=O)O(CH-、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-OC(=O)O-、-CH=CH-C(=O)O-、および、-OC(=O)-CH=CH-からなる群から選択される連結基を示す。Lは-C(=O)O-または-OC(=O)-であることが好ましい。m-1個のLは互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。 In formula (I), L is a single bond, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 2 OC(=O)-, -C(=O)O(CH 2 ) 2 -,- C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -OC(=O)O-, -CH=CH-C(=O)O-, and -OC(=O)-CH=CH represents a linking group selected from the group consisting of -. L is preferably -C(=O)O- or -OC(=O)-. m−1 Ls may be the same or different.

 Sp、Spはそれぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1から20の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基、および炭素数1から20の直鎖もしくは分岐のアルキレン基において1つまたは2つ以上の-CH-が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(CH)-、-C(=O)-、-OC(=O)-、または-C(=O)O-で置換された基からなる群から選択される連結基を示す。SpおよびSpはそれぞれ独立に、両末端にそれぞれ-O-、-OC(=O)-、および-C(=O)O-からなる群から選択される連結基が結合した炭素数1から10の直鎖のアルキレン基、-OC(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-O-、および炭素数1から10の直鎖のアルキレン基からなる群から選択される基を1または2以上組み合わせて構成される連結基であることが好ましく、両方の末端に-O-がそれぞれ結合した炭素数1から10の直鎖のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。 Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and one or more of - CH 2 - is -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N(CH 3 )-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, or -C(=O)O- A linking group selected from the group consisting of substituted groups is shown. Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently has 1 carbon atom and a linking group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -OC(=O)-, and -C(=O)O- is attached to both ends. A group selected from the group consisting of straight-chain alkylene groups of from to 10, -OC(=O)-, -C(=O)O-, -O-, and straight-chain alkylene groups of 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably a linking group constituted by combining one or two or more of and is preferably a linear alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having —O— attached to both ends.

 QおよびQはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、もしくは上述の式Q-1~式Q-5で表される基からなる群から選択される重合性基を示し、ただしQおよびQのいずれか一方は重合性基を示す。
 重合性基としては、アクリロイル基(式Q-1)またはメタクリロイル基(式Q-2)が好ましい。
Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the above formulas Q-1 to Q-5, provided that Q 1 and Q 2 Either one represents a polymerizable group.
As the polymerizable group, an acryloyl group (formula Q-1) or a methacryloyl group (formula Q-2) is preferred.

 式(I)中、mは、3~12の整数を示す。mは、3~9の整数が好ましく、3~7の整数がより好ましく、3~5の整数がさらに好ましい。 In formula (I), m represents an integer of 3-12. m is preferably an integer of 3 to 9, more preferably an integer of 3 to 7, and even more preferably an integer of 3 to 5.

 式(I)で表される重合性化合物は、Aとして置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基を少なくとも1つおよび置換基を有していてもよいトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を少なくとも1つ含むことが好ましい。式(I)で表される重合性化合物は、Aとして、置換基を有していてもよいトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基を1~4個含むことが好ましく、1~3個含むことがより好ましく、2または3個含むことがさらに好ましい。また、式(I)で表される重合性化合物は、Aとして、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基を1個以上含むことが好ましく、1~4個含むことがより好ましく、1~3個含むことがさらに好ましく、2個または3個含むことが特に好ましい。 The polymerizable compound represented by formula (I) has at least one optionally substituted phenylene group as A and an optionally substituted trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group. It is preferable to include at least one. The polymerizable compound represented by formula (I) preferably contains 1 to 4 trans-1,4-cyclohexylene groups which may have a substituent as A, and preferably contains 1 to 3 groups. is more preferred, and 2 or 3 is even more preferred. Further, the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (I) preferably contains one or more phenylene groups which may have a substituent as A, more preferably contains 1 to 4 groups, 1 to It is more preferable to contain 3, and it is particularly preferable to contain 2 or 3.

 式(I)において、Aで表されるトランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基の数をmで割った数をmcとしたとき、0.1<mc<0.9が好ましく、0.3<mc<0.8がより好ましく、0.5<mc<0.7がさらに好ましい。液晶組成物が0.5<mc<0.7である式(I)で表される重合性化合物とともに、0.1<mc<0.3である式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含むことも好ましい。 In formula (I), when mc is the number obtained by dividing the number of trans-1,4-cyclohexylene groups represented by A by m, 0.1<mc<0.9 is preferable, and 0.3< mc<0.8 is more preferred, and 0.5<mc<0.7 is even more preferred. The polymerizable compound represented by the formula (I) having a liquid crystal composition satisfying 0.5<mc<0.7 and the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (I) satisfying 0.1<mc<0.3 It is also preferred to include

 式(I)で表される重合性化合物の例として具体的には、WO2016/047648の段落0051~0058に記載の化合物のほか、特開2013-112631号公報、特開2010-070543号公報、特許4725516号、WO2015/115390、WO2015/147243、WO2016/035873、特開2015-163596号公報、および、特開2016-053149号公報に記載の化合物等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the polymerizable compound represented by formula (I) include, in addition to the compounds described in paragraphs 0051 to 0058 of WO2016/047648, JP-A-2013-112631, JP-A-2010-070543, Japanese Patent No. 4725516, WO2015/115390, WO2015/147243, WO2016/035873, JP-A-2015-163596, and compounds described in JP-A-2016-053149.

(キラル剤:光学活性化合物)
 キラル剤はコレステリック液晶相の螺旋構造を誘起する機能を有する。キラル化合物は、化合物によって誘起する螺旋のセンスまたは螺旋ピッチが異なるため、目的に応じて選択すればよい。
 キラル剤としては、特に制限はなく、常用の化合物を用いることができる。キラル剤の例としては、液晶デバイスハンドブック(第3章4-3項、TN、STN用カイラル剤、199頁、日本学術振興会第142委員会編、1989)、特開2003-287623号、特開2002-302487号、特開2002-080478号、特開2002-080851号、特開2010-181852号、および、特開2014-034581号等の各公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
(Chiral Agent: Optically Active Compound)
A chiral agent has a function of inducing a helical structure of a cholesteric liquid crystal phase. The chiral compound may be selected according to the purpose, since the helical sense or helical pitch induced by the compound differs.
The chiral agent is not particularly limited, and commonly used compounds can be used. Examples of chiral agents include Liquid Crystal Device Handbook (Chapter 3, Section 4-3, Chiral Agents for TN and STN, p. Examples include compounds described in JP-A-2002-302487, JP-A-2002-080478, JP-A-2002-080851, JP-A-2010-181852, and JP-A-2014-034581.

 キラル剤は、一般に不斉炭素原子を含むが、不斉炭素原子を含まない軸性不斉化合物あるいは面性不斉化合物も、キラル剤として用いることができる。軸性不斉化合物または面性不斉化合物の例には、ビナフチル、ヘリセン、パラシクロファン、および、これらの誘導体が含まれる。
 キラル剤は、重合性基を有していてもよい。キラル剤と液晶化合物とがいずれも重合性基を有する場合は、重合性キラル剤と重合性液晶化合物との重合反応により、重合性液晶化合物から誘導される繰り返し単位と、キラル剤から誘導される繰り返し単位とを有するポリマーを形成することができる。この態様では、重合性キラル剤が有する重合性基は、重合性液晶化合物が有する重合性基と、同種の基であることが好ましい。従って、キラル剤の重合性基も、不飽和重合性基、エポキシ基またはアジリジニル基であることが好ましく、不飽和重合性基であることがさらに好ましく、エチレン性不飽和重合性基であることが特に好ましい。
 また、キラル剤は、液晶化合物であってもよい。
A chiral agent generally contains an asymmetric carbon atom, but an axially chiral compound or planar asymmetric compound that does not contain an asymmetric carbon atom can also be used as a chiral agent. Examples of axially or planarly chiral compounds include binaphthyl, helicene, paracyclophane, and derivatives thereof.
The chiral agent may have a polymerizable group. When both the chiral agent and the liquid crystal compound have a polymerizable group, a repeating unit derived from the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a repeating unit derived from the chiral agent are formed by the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable chiral agent and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. A polymer having repeating units can be formed. In this aspect, the polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable chiral agent is preferably the same type of group as the polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Therefore, the polymerizable group of the chiral agent is also preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group, an epoxy group or an aziridinyl group, more preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group, and an ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group. Especially preferred.
Also, the chiral agent may be a liquid crystal compound.

 キラル剤としては、イソソルビド誘導体、イソマンニド誘導体、および、ビナフチル誘導体等を好ましく用いることができる。イソソルビド誘導体としては、BASF社製のLC756等の市販品を用いてもよい。
 液晶組成物における、キラル剤の含有量は、重合性液晶化合物量の0.01~200モル%が好ましく、1~30モル%がより好ましい。なお、液晶組成物中におけるキラル剤の含有量は、組成物中の全固形分に対するキラル剤の濃度(質量%)を意図する。
As the chiral agent, isosorbide derivatives, isomannide derivatives, binaphthyl derivatives, and the like can be preferably used. As the isosorbide derivative, a commercially available product such as LC756 manufactured by BASF may be used.
The content of the chiral agent in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0.01 to 200 mol %, more preferably 1 to 30 mol % of the amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. In addition, the content of the chiral agent in the liquid crystal composition intends the concentration (% by mass) of the chiral agent with respect to the total solid content in the composition.

 また、前述のとおり、上記直線偏光反射フィルムが有する選択反射層のコレステリック液晶層は、2以上の選択反射中心波長を有するものであってもよい。2以上の選択反射中心波長を有するコレステリック液晶層は、螺旋構造のピッチを厚み方向に変化させることで達成される。螺旋構造のピッチが厚み方向に変化するコレステリック液晶層は、光の照射によって、螺旋誘起力(HTP:Helical Twisting Power)が変化するキラル剤を用いて、コレステリック液晶層を形成する際に、厚さ方向に光の照射量を変えることによって作製することができる。 Further, as described above, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer of the selective reflection layer of the linearly polarized light reflection film may have two or more selective reflection central wavelengths. A cholesteric liquid crystal layer having two or more selective reflection central wavelengths is achieved by changing the pitch of the helical structure in the thickness direction. The cholesteric liquid crystal layer, in which the pitch of the helical structure changes in the thickness direction, is formed by using a chiral agent whose helical twisting power (HTP) changes when irradiated with light. It can be produced by changing the irradiation amount of light in the direction.

 光の照射によってHTPが変化するキラル剤は、光の照射によって、戻り異性化、二量化、ならびに、異性化および二量化等を生じるものが挙げられる。
 キラル剤が光異性化基を有する場合の、光異性化基としては、フォトクロッミック性を示す化合物の異性化部位、アゾ基、アゾキシ基、または、シンナモイル基が好ましい。具体的な化合物として、特開2002-080478号公報、特開2002-080851号公報、特開2002-179668号公報、特開2002-179669号公報、特開2002-179670号公報、特開2002-179681号公報、特開2002-179682号公報、特開2002-338575号公報、特開2002-338668号公報、特開2003-313189号公報、および、特開2003-313292号公報等に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
Chiral agents whose HTP is changed by light irradiation include those that undergo re-isomerization, dimerization, isomerization and dimerization, etc. by light irradiation.
When the chiral agent has a photoisomerizable group, the photoisomerizable group is preferably an isomerization site of a compound exhibiting photochromic properties, an azo group, an azoxy group, or a cinnamoyl group. Specific compounds include JP-A-2002-080478, JP-A-2002-080851, JP-A-2002-179668, JP-A-2002-179669, JP-A-2002-179670, JP-A-2002- 179681, JP-A-2002-179682, JP-A-2002-338575, JP-A-2002-338668, JP-A-2003-313189, and compounds described in JP-A-2003-313292, etc. can be used.

(重合開始剤)
 液晶組成物は、重合開始剤を含有していることが好ましい。紫外線照射により重合反応を進行させる態様では、使用する重合開始剤は、紫外線照射によって重合反応を開始可能な光重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
 光重合開始剤の例には、α-カルボニル化合物(米国特許第2367661号、米国特許第2367670号の各明細書記載)、アシロインエーテル(米国特許第2448828号明細書記載)、α-炭化水素置換芳香族アシロイン化合物(米国特許第2722512号明細書記載)、多核キノン化合物(米国特許第3046127号、米国特許第2951758号の各明細書記載)、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマーとp-アミノフェニルケトンとの組み合わせ(米国特許第3549367号明細書記載)、アクリジンおよびフェナジン化合物(特開昭60-105667号公報、米国特許第4239850号明細書記載)、アシルフォスフィンオキシド化合物(特公昭63-040799号公報、特公平5-029234号公報、特開平10-095788号公報、特開平10-029997号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特開2000-080068号公報、特開2006-342166号公報、特開2013-114249号公報、特開2014-137466号公報、特許4223071号公報、特開2010-262028号公報、特表2014-500852号公報記載)、オキシム化合物(特開2000-066385号公報、特許第4454067号公報記載)、および、オキサジアゾール化合物(米国特許第4212970号明細書記載)等が挙げられる。例えば、特開2012-208494号公報の段落0500~0547の記載も参酌できる。
(Polymerization initiator)
The liquid crystal composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator. In the embodiment in which the polymerization reaction is advanced by ultraviolet irradiation, the polymerization initiator to be used is preferably a photopolymerization initiator capable of initiating the polymerization reaction by ultraviolet irradiation.
Examples of photoinitiators include α-carbonyl compounds (described in US Pat. Nos. 2,367,661 and 2,367,670), acyloin ethers (described in US Pat. No. 2,448,828), α-hydrocarbons substituted aromatic acyloin compounds (described in US Pat. No. 2,722,512), polynuclear quinone compounds (described in US Pat. Nos. 3,046,127 and 2,951,758), triarylimidazole dimers and p-aminophenyl ketone combination (described in US Pat. No. 3,549,367), acridine and phenazine compound (described in JP-A-60-105667, US Pat. No. 4,239,850), acylphosphine oxide compound (JP-B-63-040799, JP-B-5-029234, JP-A-10-095788, JP-A-10-029997, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-A-2000-080068, JP-A-2006-342166, JP-A 2013-114249, JP 2014-137466, JP 4223071, JP 2010-262028, JP 2014-500852), oxime compound (JP 2000-066385, Patent No. No. 4,454,067) and oxadiazole compounds (described in US Pat. No. 4,212,970). For example, paragraphs 0500 to 0547 of JP-A-2012-208494 can also be referred to.

 重合開始剤としては、アシルフォスフィンオキシド化合物またはオキシム化合物を用いることも好ましい。
 アシルフォスフィンオキシド化合物としては、例えば、市販品のBASFジャパン(株)製のIRGACURE810(化合物名:ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド)を用いることができる。オキシム化合物としては、IRGACURE OXE01(BASF社製)、IRGACURE OXE02(BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831、アデカアークルズNCI-930(ADEKA社製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831(ADEKA社製)等の市販品を用いることができる。
 重合開始剤は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 液晶組成物中の光重合開始剤の含有量は、重合性液晶化合物の含有量に対して0.1~20質量%が好ましく、0.5~5質量%がより好ましい。
As the polymerization initiator, it is also preferable to use an acylphosphine oxide compound or an oxime compound.
As the acylphosphine oxide compound, for example, a commercially available IRGACURE810 (compound name: bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenylphosphine oxide) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. can be used. Examples of oxime compounds include IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE OXE02 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tenryu Electric New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkles NCI-831, and Adeka Arkles NCI-930. (manufactured by ADEKA), ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA), and other commercially available products can be used.
Only one polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more polymerization initiators may be used in combination.
The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass, based on the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

(架橋剤)
 液晶組成物は、硬化後の膜強度向上、耐久性向上のため、任意に架橋剤を含有していてもよい。架橋剤としては、紫外線、熱、湿気等で硬化するものが好適に使用できる。
 架橋剤としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。架橋剤としては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート等の多官能アクリレート化合物;グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ化合物;2,2-ビスヒドロキシメチルブタノール-トリス[3-(1-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、4,4-ビス(エチレンイミノカルボニルアミノ)ジフェニルメタン等のアジリジン化合物;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、ビウレット型イソシアネート等のイソシアネート化合物;オキサゾリン基を側鎖に有するポリオキサゾリン化合物;ビニルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のアルコキシシラン化合物等が挙げられる。また、架橋剤の反応性に応じて常用の触媒を用いることができ、膜強度および耐久性向上に加えて生産性を向上させることができる。これらは、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 架橋剤の含有量は、3~20質量%が好ましく、5~15質量%がより好ましい。架橋剤の含有量を3質量%以上とすることにより、架橋密度向上の効果を得ることができ、架橋剤の含有量を20質量%以下とすることにより、コレステリック液晶層の安定性の低下を防止できる。
(crosslinking agent)
The liquid crystal composition may optionally contain a cross-linking agent in order to improve film strength and durability after curing. As the cross-linking agent, one that is cured by ultraviolet rays, heat, humidity, or the like can be preferably used.
The cross-linking agent is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. Examples of cross-linking agents include polyfunctional acrylate compounds such as trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate; epoxy compounds such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether; aziridine compounds such as bishydroxymethylbutanol-tris[3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], 4,4-bis(ethyleneiminocarbonylamino)diphenylmethane; isocyanate compounds such as hexamethylene diisocyanate and biuret type isocyanate; polyoxazoline compounds having chains; alkoxysilane compounds such as vinyltrimethoxysilane and N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane; In addition, a commonly used catalyst can be used depending on the reactivity of the cross-linking agent, and productivity can be improved in addition to improvement in film strength and durability. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
The content of the cross-linking agent is preferably 3 to 20% by mass, more preferably 5 to 15% by mass. By setting the content of the cross-linking agent to 3% by mass or more, the effect of improving the cross-linking density can be obtained, and by setting the content of the cross-linking agent to 20% by mass or less, the decrease in stability of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer can be prevented. can be prevented.

(配向制御剤)
 液晶組成物中には、安定的にまたは迅速にプレーナー配向のコレステリック液晶層とするために寄与する配向制御剤を添加してもよい。配向制御剤の例としては、特開2007-272185号公報の段落[0018]~[0043]等に記載のフッ素(メタ)アクリレート系ポリマー、特開2012-203237号公報の段落[0031]~[0034]等に記載の式(I)~(IV)で表される化合物、および、特開2013-113913号公報に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
 なお、配向制御剤としては1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
(Orientation control agent)
An alignment control agent may be added to the liquid crystal composition to contribute to a stable or rapid planar alignment of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer. Examples of alignment control agents include fluorine (meth)acrylate polymers described in paragraphs [0018] to [0043] of JP-A-2007-272185, paragraphs [0031] to [0031] of JP-A-2012-203237. 0034] and the like, compounds represented by formulas (I) to (IV), and compounds described in JP-A-2013-113913.
As the alignment control agent, one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

 液晶組成物中における、配向制御剤の添加量は、重合性液晶化合物の全質量に対して0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましく、0.02~1質量%が特に好ましい。 The amount of the alignment control agent added in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.02 to 1% based on the total mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. % by weight is particularly preferred.

(その他の添加剤)
 その他、液晶組成物は、塗膜の表面張力を調整し厚さを均一にするための界面活性剤、および重合性モノマー等の種々の添加剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有していてもよい。また、液晶組成物中には、必要に応じて、さらに重合禁止剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定化剤、色材、および、金属酸化物微粒子等を、光学性能を低下させない範囲で添加することができる。
(Other additives)
In addition, the liquid crystal composition may contain at least one selected from various additives such as a surfactant for adjusting the surface tension of the coating film to make the thickness uniform, and a polymerizable monomer. . In addition, if necessary, the liquid crystal composition may further contain polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, colorants, metal oxide fine particles, etc. to the extent that the optical performance is not reduced. can be added at

 コレステリック液晶層は、重合性液晶化合物および重合開始剤、更に必要に応じて添加されるキラル剤、界面活性剤等を溶媒に溶解させた液晶組成物を、透明基材、位相差層、配向層、または、先に作製されたコレステリック液晶層等の上に塗布し、乾燥させて塗膜を得、この塗膜に活性光線を照射してコレステリック液晶性組成物を重合し、コレステリック規則性が固定化されたコレステリック液晶層を形成することができる。
 なお、複数のコレステリック液晶層からなる積層膜は、コレステリック液晶層の上述の製造工程を繰り返し行うことにより形成することができる。
The cholesteric liquid crystal layer comprises a liquid crystal composition obtained by dissolving a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a polymerization initiator, a chiral agent added as necessary, a surfactant, etc. in a solvent, a transparent substrate, a retardation layer, an alignment layer. Alternatively, it is coated on the cholesteric liquid crystal layer or the like prepared previously, dried to obtain a coating film, and the coating film is irradiated with actinic rays to polymerize the cholesteric liquid crystal composition, and the cholesteric regularity is fixed. cholesteric liquid crystal layer can be formed.
A laminated film composed of a plurality of cholesteric liquid crystal layers can be formed by repeating the above-described manufacturing process of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer.

(溶媒)
 液晶組成物の調製に使用する溶媒には、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、有機溶媒が好ましく用いられる。
 有機溶媒には、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、ケトン類、アルキルハライド類、アミド類、スルホキシド類、ヘテロ環化合物、炭化水素類、エステル類、および、エーテル類等が挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。これらの中でも、環境への負荷を考慮した場合にはケトン類が特に好ましい。
(solvent)
The solvent used for preparing the liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but organic solvents are preferably used.
The organic solvent is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. Examples include ketones, alkyl halides, amides, sulfoxides, heterocyclic compounds, hydrocarbons, esters and ethers and the like. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. Among these, ketones are particularly preferred in consideration of the load on the environment.

(塗布、配向、重合)
 透明基材、配向層、下層となるコレステリック液晶層等への液晶組成物の塗布方法には、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。塗布方法としては、例えば、ワイヤーバーコーティング法、カーテンコーティング法、押し出しコーティング法、ダイレクトグラビアコーティング法、リバースグラビアコーティング法、ダイコーティング法、スピンコーティング法、ディップコーティング法、スプレーコーティング法、および、スライドコーティング法等が挙げられる。また、別途支持体上に塗設した液晶組成物を転写することによっても実施できる。
 塗布した液晶組成物を加熱することにより、液晶分子を配向させる。加熱温度は、200℃以下が好ましく、130℃以下がより好ましい。この配向処理により、重合性液晶化合物が、フィルム面に対して実質的に垂直な方向に螺旋軸を有するようにねじれ配向している光学薄膜が得られる。
(coating, orientation, polymerization)
The method of applying the liquid crystal composition to the transparent substrate, the alignment layer, the underlying cholesteric liquid crystal layer, and the like is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Examples of coating methods include wire bar coating, curtain coating, extrusion coating, direct gravure coating, reverse gravure coating, die coating, spin coating, dip coating, spray coating, and slide coating. law, etc. It can also be carried out by transferring a liquid crystal composition separately coated on a support.
The liquid crystal molecules are aligned by heating the applied liquid crystal composition. The heating temperature is preferably 200° C. or lower, more preferably 130° C. or lower. By this orientation treatment, an optical thin film is obtained in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is twisted so as to have a helical axis in a direction substantially perpendicular to the film surface.

 配向させた液晶化合物をさらに重合させることにより、液晶組成物を硬化することができる。重合は、熱重合、光照射を利用する光重合のいずれでもよいが、光重合が好ましい。光照射は、紫外線を用いることが好ましい。照射エネルギーは、20mJ/cm~50J/cmが好ましく、100~1,500mJ/cmがより好ましい。
 光重合反応を促進するため、加熱条件下または窒素雰囲気下で光照射を実施してもよい。照射紫外線波長は350~430nmが好ましい。重合反応率は安定性の観点から、高いほうが好ましく70%以上が好ましく、80%以上がより好ましい。重合反応率は、重合性の官能基の消費割合を赤外線吸収スペクトルの測定により、決定することができる。
By further polymerizing the oriented liquid crystal compound, the liquid crystal composition can be cured. Polymerization may be either thermal polymerization or photopolymerization using light irradiation, but photopolymerization is preferred. It is preferable to use ultraviolet rays for light irradiation. The irradiation energy is preferably 20 mJ/cm 2 to 50 J/cm 2 , more preferably 100 to 1,500 mJ/cm 2 .
In order to accelerate the photopolymerization reaction, light irradiation may be performed under heating conditions or under a nitrogen atmosphere. The irradiation ultraviolet wavelength is preferably 350 to 430 nm. From the viewpoint of stability, the polymerization reaction rate is preferably as high as 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more. The polymerization reaction rate can be determined by measuring the consumption rate of the polymerizable functional groups by infrared absorption spectrum measurement.

〔偏光変換層〕
 偏光変換層14は、液晶化合物の螺旋配向構造を固定化した層であって、螺旋配向構造のピッチ数xおよび偏光変換層の膜厚y(単位μm)が下記関係式(a)~(c)の全てを満足するものであるのが好ましい。
 0.1≦x≦1.0 ・・・ 式(a)
 0.5≦y≦3.0 ・・・ 式(b)
 3000≦(1560×y)/x≦50000 ・・・ 式(c)
 なお、液晶化合物の螺旋構造の1ピッチは、液晶化合物の螺旋の巻き数1回分である。
 すなわち、螺旋配向される液晶化合物のダイレクター(棒状液晶であれば長軸方向)が、360°回転した状態をピッチ数1とする。
[Polarization conversion layer]
The polarization conversion layer 14 is a layer in which the helical orientation structure of the liquid crystal compound is fixed, and the pitch number x of the helical orientation structure and the film thickness y (unit μm) of the polarization conversion layer satisfy the following relational expressions (a) to (c ) are preferably satisfied.
0.1≦x≦1.0 Formula (a)
0.5≦y≦3.0 Formula (b)
3000≦(1560×y)/x≦50000 Expression (c)
One pitch of the helical structure of the liquid crystal compound corresponds to one turn of the helical structure of the liquid crystal compound.
That is, the pitch number is 1 when the director of the helically aligned liquid crystal compound (long axis direction in the case of rod-like liquid crystal) is rotated by 360°.

 偏光変換層は液晶化合物の螺旋構造を有していると、赤外域の反射ピーク波長よりも短波長である可視光に対して旋光性と複屈折性を示す。そのため、可視域の偏光を制御できる。偏光変換層の螺旋配向構造のピッチ数xおよび偏光変換層の膜厚yを上記の範囲とすることで、可視光に対して偏光変換層で光学補償する機能、あるいは、反射フィルムに入射した直線偏光(p偏光)を円偏光に変換する機能を付与することができる。 When the polarization conversion layer has a helical structure of a liquid crystal compound, it exhibits optical rotation and birefringence with respect to visible light whose wavelength is shorter than the reflection peak wavelength in the infrared region. Therefore, polarization in the visible range can be controlled. By setting the pitch number x of the helically oriented structure of the polarization conversion layer and the film thickness y of the polarization conversion layer within the above ranges, the polarization conversion layer has a function of optically compensating for visible light, or a straight line incident on the reflective film. A function of converting polarized light (p-polarized light) into circularly polarized light can be imparted.

 偏光変換層は、液晶化合物が、関係式(a)~(c)を満たす螺旋構造を有することにより、可視光に対して旋光性および複屈折性を示す。特に、偏光変換層の螺旋構造のピッチPを、選択反射中心波長が長波長の赤外域であるコレステリック液晶層のピッチPに対応する長さとすることにより、短波長である可視光に対して、高い旋光性と複屈折性を示す。 The polarization conversion layer exhibits optical rotation and birefringence with respect to visible light due to the liquid crystal compound having a helical structure that satisfies the relational expressions (a) to (c). In particular, by setting the pitch P of the helical structure of the polarization conversion layer to a length corresponding to the pitch P of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer whose selective reflection center wavelength is in the infrared region with a long wavelength, for visible light with a short wavelength, It exhibits high optical rotation and birefringence.

 関係式(a)は、『0.1≦x≦1.0』である。
 螺旋構造のピッチ数xが0.1未満では、十分な旋光性および複屈折性が得られない等の不都合を生じる。
 また、螺旋構造のピッチ数xが1.0を超えると、旋光性および複屈折性が過剰で、所望の楕円偏光が得られない等の不都合を生じる。
The relational expression (a) is "0.1≤x≤1.0".
If the pitch number x of the helical structure is less than 0.1, problems such as insufficient optical rotation and birefringence will occur.
On the other hand, if the pitch number x of the helical structure exceeds 1.0, the optical rotatory power and birefringence are excessive, resulting in problems such as failure to obtain desired elliptically polarized light.

 関係式(b)は、『0.5≦y≦3.0』である。
 偏光変換層の厚さyが0.5μm未満では、膜厚が薄すぎて、十分な旋光性および複屈折性が得られない等の不都合を生じる。
 偏光変換層の厚さyが3.0μmを超えると、旋光性および複屈折性が過剰で、所望の円偏光が得られない、配向不良が起こりやすく製造にとって好ましくない等の不都合を生じる。
The relational expression (b) is "0.5≤y≤3.0".
If the thickness y of the polarization conversion layer is less than 0.5 μm, the film thickness is too thin, resulting in problems such as insufficient optical rotation and birefringence.
If the thickness y of the polarization conversion layer exceeds 3.0 μm, the optical rotation and birefringence are excessive, resulting in problems such as failure to obtain desired circularly polarized light and poor orientation, which is undesirable for manufacturing.

 関係式(c)は、『3000≦(1560×y)/x≦50000』である。
 「(1560×y)/x」が3000未満では、旋光性が過剰で所望の偏光が得られない等の不都合が生じる。
 「(1560×y)/x」が50000を超えると、旋光性が不足し、所望の偏光が得られない等の不都合を生じる。
The relational expression (c) is "3000≦(1560×y)/x≦50000".
If “(1560×y)/x” is less than 3000, the optical rotatory power is excessive and the desired polarized light cannot be obtained.
If “(1560×y)/x” exceeds 50000, the optical rotatory power is insufficient, resulting in problems such as failure to obtain desired polarized light.

 本発明において、偏光変換層の螺旋構造のピッチ数xは、0.1~0.8がより好ましく、膜厚yは、0.6μm~2.6μmがより好ましい。また、「(1560×y)/x」は、5000~13000がより好ましい。 In the present invention, the pitch number x of the helical structure of the polarization conversion layer is more preferably 0.1 to 0.8, and the film thickness y is more preferably 0.6 μm to 2.6 μm. Further, "(1560×y)/x" is more preferably 5000 to 13000.

 すなわち、偏光変換層は、螺旋構造のピッチPが長く、かつ、ピッチ数xが少ないのが好ましい。
 具体的には、偏光変換層は、螺旋のピッチPが、選択反射中心波長が長波長の赤外域であるコレステリック液晶層のピッチPと同等で、かつ、ピッチ数xが少ないのが好ましい。より具体的には、偏光変換層は、螺旋のピッチPが、選択反射中心波長が3000~10000nmであるコレステリック液晶層のピッチPと同等で、かつ、ピッチ数xが少ないのが好ましい。
 このような偏光変換層は、ピッチPが対応する選択反射中心波長が、可視光よりも遥かに長波長であるため、上述した可視光に対する旋光性と複屈折性をより好適に発現する。
That is, the polarization conversion layer preferably has a long spiral structure pitch P and a small pitch number x.
Specifically, the polarization conversion layer preferably has a spiral pitch P equal to the pitch P of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer whose selective reflection central wavelength is in the long wavelength infrared region, and the number of pitches x is small. More specifically, the polarization conversion layer preferably has a spiral pitch P equal to the pitch P of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer having a selective reflection center wavelength of 3000 to 10000 nm, and a small number of pitches x.
In such a polarization conversion layer, the central wavelength of selective reflection corresponding to the pitch P is much longer than that of visible light, so that the above-described optical rotation and birefringence with respect to visible light are more favorably exhibited.

 このような偏光変換層は、基本的に、常用のコレステリック液晶層と同様に形成できる。ただし、偏光変換層を形成する際には、偏光変換層における螺旋構造のピッチ数xおよび膜厚y[μm]が、関係式(a)~(c)を全て満たすように、使用する液晶化合物、使用するキラル剤、キラル剤の添加量、および、膜厚等を調節する必要がある。 Such a polarization conversion layer can be basically formed in the same manner as a commonly used cholesteric liquid crystal layer. However, when forming the polarization conversion layer, the liquid crystal compound to be used should be such that the pitch number x of the helical structure and the film thickness y [μm] in the polarization conversion layer satisfy all of the relational expressions (a) to (c). , the chiral agent to be used, the amount of the chiral agent added, the film thickness, etc. must be adjusted.

<液晶化合物の螺旋配向構造(螺旋構造)を固定化した層>
 液晶化合物の螺旋配向構造(螺旋構造)を固定化した層は、いわゆるコレステリック液晶層であり、コレステリック液晶相を固定した層を意味する。
 コレステリック液晶層は、コレステリック液晶相となっている液晶化合物の配向が保持されている層であればよい。コレステリック液晶層は、典型的には、重合性液晶化合物をコレステリック液晶相の配向状態としたうえで、紫外線照射および加熱等によって重合、硬化し、流動性が無い層を形成して、同時に、また外場または外力によって配向形態に変化を生じさせることがない状態に変化した層であればよい。なお、コレステリック液晶層においては、コレステリック液晶相の光学的性質が層中において保持されていれば十分であり、層中の液晶化合物は、もはや液晶性を示していなくてもよい。例えば、重合性液晶化合物は、硬化反応により高分子量化して、もはや液晶性を失っていてもよい。
<Layer in which helical alignment structure (helical structure) of liquid crystal compound is fixed>
The layer in which the helical alignment structure (helical structure) of the liquid crystal compound is fixed is a so-called cholesteric liquid crystal layer, and means a layer in which the cholesteric liquid crystal phase is fixed.
The cholesteric liquid crystal layer may be any layer as long as the orientation of the liquid crystal compound in the cholesteric liquid crystal phase is maintained. A cholesteric liquid crystal layer is typically formed by aligning a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a cholesteric liquid crystal phase, and then polymerizing and curing by ultraviolet irradiation, heating, or the like to form a layer having no fluidity, and at the same time, Any layer may be used as long as it is changed to a state in which the orientation is not changed by an external field or external force. In the cholesteric liquid crystal layer, it is sufficient that the optical properties of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase are maintained in the layer, and the liquid crystal compound in the layer may no longer exhibit liquid crystallinity. For example, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be polymerized by a curing reaction and no longer have liquid crystallinity.

 前述のとおり、コレステリック液晶層による選択反射の中心波長(選択反射中心波長)λは、コレステリック液晶相における螺旋構造(螺旋配向構造)のピッチP(=螺旋の周期)に依存し、コレステリック液晶層の平均屈折率nとλ=n×Pの関係に従う。この式からわかるように、n値および/またはP値を調整することにより、選択反射中心波長を調整することができる。 As described above, the central wavelength of selective reflection by the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (selective reflection central wavelength) λ depends on the pitch P (= helical period) of the helical structure (helical alignment structure) in the cholesteric liquid crystal phase. It follows the relation of average refractive index n and λ=n×P. As can be seen from this formula, the selective reflection center wavelength can be adjusted by adjusting the n value and/or the P value.

 コレステリック液晶相の螺旋ピッチは、重合性液晶化合物とともに用いるキラル剤の種類、および、その添加濃度に依存するため、これらを調整することによって所望のピッチを得ることができる。
 前述のとおり、偏光変換層として用いるコレステリック液晶層は、選択反射中心波長が長波長の赤外域となるように、螺旋ピッチが調整される。
 偏光変換層としてのコレステリック液晶層の形成方法は、基本的に上述したコレステリック液晶層の形成方法と同様である。
Since the helical pitch of the cholesteric liquid crystal phase depends on the type of chiral agent used together with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the concentration thereof added, a desired pitch can be obtained by adjusting these.
As described above, the cholesteric liquid crystal layer used as the polarization conversion layer has a helical pitch adjusted so that the central wavelength of selective reflection is in the long wavelength infrared region.
The method of forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer as the polarization conversion layer is basically the same as the method of forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer described above.

〔位相差層〕
 位相差層は、直交する2つの偏光成分に位相差(光路差)をつけて、入射した偏光の状態を変えるものである。
[Retardation layer]
The phase difference layer changes the state of incident polarized light by adding a phase difference (optical path difference) to two orthogonal polarized light components.

 位相差層が、車外側に配置され光学補償するものである場合には、位相差層の正面位相差は、光学補償できる位相差とすればよい。
 この場合、位相差層は、波長550nmにおける正面リタデーションが50nm~160nmであることが好ましい。
 また、反射フィルムを有するウインドシールドガラスを車両に装着した際における第2のガラス板の表面の鉛直方向上方に対応する方向を0°とした際に、遅相軸の角度が10°~50°または-50°~-10°であることが好ましい。
In the case where the retardation layer is arranged on the outside of the vehicle for optical compensation, the front retardation of the retardation layer may be a retardation that can be optically compensated.
In this case, the retardation layer preferably has a front retardation of 50 nm to 160 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm.
Further, when the direction corresponding to the vertical direction above the surface of the second glass plate when the windshield glass having the reflective film is attached to the vehicle is 0°, the angle of the slow axis is 10° to 50°. Alternatively, it is preferably -50° to -10°.

 また、位相差層が直線偏光を円偏光に変換するものである場合には、位相差層の正面位相差は、λ/4を与えるもので構成されることが好ましく、正面位相差として3λ/4を与えるもので構成してもよい。また、遅相軸の角度は、入射する直線偏光を円偏光に変える向きとなるように配置すればよい。 Further, when the retardation layer converts linearly polarized light into circularly polarized light, the front retardation of the retardation layer is preferably configured to give λ / 4, and the front retardation is 3 λ / 4 may be provided. Also, the angle of the slow axis may be arranged so as to change the incident linearly polarized light into circularly polarized light.

 この場合、位相差層は、例えば、波長550nmにおける正面位相差が100~450nmの範囲であるのが好ましく、120~200nmあるいは300~400nmの範囲であることがより好ましい。また、位相差層の遅相軸の方向は、反射フィルム10をヘッドアップディスプレイシステムに用いた場合における、投映像表示のための投映光の入射方向、および、選択反射層を構成するコレステリック液晶層の螺旋のセンスに応じて決定することが好ましい。 In this case, the retardation layer preferably has a front retardation of 100 to 450 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm, more preferably 120 to 200 nm or 300 to 400 nm. Further, the direction of the slow axis of the retardation layer is the direction of incidence of projection light for displaying a projected image when the reflective film 10 is used in a head-up display system, and the cholesteric liquid crystal layer constituting the selective reflection layer. is preferably determined according to the sense of the helix of

 位相差層には、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。位相差層としては、例えば、延伸されたポリカーボネートフィルム、延伸されたノルボルネン系ポリマーフィルム、炭酸ストロンチウムのような複屈折を有する無機粒子を含有して配向させた透明フィルム、支持体上に無機誘電体を斜め蒸着した薄膜、重合性液晶化合物を一軸配向させて配向固定したフィルム、および、液晶化合物を一軸配向させて配向固定したフィルム等が挙げられる。 The retardation layer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Examples of the retardation layer include a stretched polycarbonate film, a stretched norbornene-based polymer film, an oriented transparent film containing inorganic particles having birefringence such as strontium carbonate, and an inorganic dielectric material on a support. , a film obtained by uniaxially aligning a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and fixing its orientation, and a film obtained by uniaxially orienting a liquid crystal compound and fixing its orientation.

 中でも、重合性液晶化合物を一軸配向させて配向固定したフィルムは、位相差層として、好適に例示される。
 このような位相差層は、一例として、透明基材、仮支持体、または配向層表面に、重合性液晶化合物を含む液晶組成物を塗布し、そこで液晶組成物中の重合性液晶化合物を液晶状態においてネマチック配向に形成後、硬化によって固定化して形成することができる。
 この場合の位相差層の形成は、液晶組成物中にキラル剤を添加しない以外は、上述のコレステリック液晶層の形成と同様に行うことができる。ただし、液晶組成物の塗布後のネマチック配向の際、加熱温度は50~120℃が好ましく、60~100℃がより好ましい。
Among them, a film in which a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is uniaxially oriented and oriented and fixed is preferably exemplified as the retardation layer.
Such a retardation layer is formed, for example, by applying a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound to the surface of a transparent substrate, a temporary support, or an alignment layer, where the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition is added to the liquid crystal. After being formed into a nematic orientation in a state, it can be fixed by curing.
Formation of the retardation layer in this case can be carried out in the same manner as the formation of the cholesteric liquid crystal layer described above, except that the chiral agent is not added to the liquid crystal composition. However, the heating temperature is preferably 50 to 120.degree. C., more preferably 60 to 100.degree.

 位相差層は、高分子液晶化合物を含む組成物を、透明基材、仮支持体、または配向層等の表面に塗布して液晶状態においてネマチック配向に形成後、冷却することによってこの配向を固定化して得られる層であってもよい。 The retardation layer is formed by coating a composition containing a polymer liquid crystal compound on the surface of a transparent base material, a temporary support, an alignment layer, or the like, forming a nematic alignment in a liquid crystal state, and then fixing this alignment by cooling. It may be a layer obtained by reducing the

 位相差層の厚さには、制限はないが、0.2~300μmが好ましく、0.5~150μmがより好ましく、1.0~80μmがさらに好ましい。液晶組成物から形成される位相差層の厚さは、特に限定はされないが、0.2~10μmが好ましく、0.5~5.0μmがより好ましく、0.7~2.0μmがさらに好ましい。 Although the thickness of the retardation layer is not limited, it is preferably 0.2 to 300 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 150 μm, even more preferably 1.0 to 80 μm. The thickness of the retardation layer formed from the liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.2 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 5.0 μm, even more preferably 0.7 to 2.0 μm. .

 位相差層は、例えば、位相差層の任意の方向の軸に対して、例えば、角度α傾けて遅相軸が設定される。遅相軸の方向は、例えば、位相差層の下層となる配向膜のラビング処理により設定できる。 For the retardation layer, the slow axis is set by tilting, for example, at an angle α with respect to an axis in an arbitrary direction of the retardation layer. The direction of the slow axis can be set, for example, by rubbing the alignment film that is the lower layer of the retardation layer.

 上記直線偏光反射フィルムは、上述の選択反射層、偏光変換層、蛍光色素層FL、および、位相差層以外の層を有していてもよい。例えば、上記直線偏光反射フィルムは、透明基材、接着層等を有していてもよい。
 例えば、図2に示す例では、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aは、位相差層16の選択反射層11とは反対側に配置される透明基材18を有する。透明基材18は、位相差層16、選択反射層11(コレステリック液晶層)、および、偏光変換層14を支持するものである。透明基材18は、位相差層16、選択反射層11(コレステリック液晶層)、および、偏光変換層14を形成する際の支持体として用いられるものであってもよい。
The linearly polarized light reflective film may have layers other than the selective reflection layer, the polarization conversion layer, the fluorescent dye layer FL, and the retardation layer. For example, the linearly polarized light reflective film may have a transparent substrate, an adhesive layer, and the like.
For example, in the example shown in FIG. 2, the linearly polarized light reflective film 10A has a transparent substrate 18 arranged on the side of the retardation layer 16 opposite to the selective reflection layer 11 . The transparent substrate 18 supports the retardation layer 16 , the selective reflection layer 11 (cholesteric liquid crystal layer), and the polarization conversion layer 14 . The transparent substrate 18 may be used as a support for forming the retardation layer 16, the selective reflection layer 11 (cholesteric liquid crystal layer), and the polarization conversion layer 14.

 上記直線偏光反射フィルムは、薄膜のフィルム状およびシート状等であればよい。上記直線偏光反射フィルムは、ウインドシールドガラスに使用される前は、薄膜のフィルムとしてロール状等になっていてもよい。 The above-mentioned linearly polarized light reflective film may be in the form of a thin film, a sheet, or the like. The linearly polarized light reflective film may be in the form of a roll or the like as a thin film before being used for the windshield glass.

 透明基材(支持体)および接着層等は、いずれも可視光領域で透明であることが好ましい。
 また、透明基材および接着層等はいずれも低複屈折性であることが好ましい。低複屈折性とは、本発明に用いられるウインドシールドガラスに含まれる選択反射層が反射を示す波長域において、正面位相差が10nm以下であることを意味する。この正面位相差は5nm以下であることが好ましい。さらに、支持体および接着層等は、いずれも、選択反射層の平均屈折率(面内平均屈折率)との屈折率の差が小さいことが好ましい。
Both the transparent substrate (support) and the adhesive layer are preferably transparent in the visible light region.
Moreover, it is preferable that both the transparent substrate and the adhesive layer have low birefringence. The low birefringence means that the front retardation is 10 nm or less in the wavelength region where the selective reflection layer included in the windshield glass used in the present invention exhibits reflection. This front retardation is preferably 5 nm or less. Furthermore, it is preferable that the support, the adhesive layer, etc. have a small difference in refractive index from the average refractive index (in-plane average refractive index) of the selective reflection layer.

〔透明基材〕
 透明基材は、選択反射層を形成する際の基板として使用することもできる。選択反射層の形成のために用いられる透明基材は、選択反射層の形成後に剥離される、仮支持体であってもよい。従って、完成した反射フィルムおよびウインドシールドガラスには、透明基材は含まれていなくてもよい。なお、仮支持体として剥離するのではなく、完成した反射フィルムまたはウインドシールドガラスが透明基材を含む場合には、透明基材は、可視光領域で透明であることが好ましい。
[Transparent substrate]
The transparent substrate can also be used as a substrate when forming a selective reflection layer. The transparent substrate used for forming the selective reflection layer may be a temporary support that is peeled off after the formation of the selective reflection layer. Therefore, the finished reflective film and windshield glass may not contain a transparent substrate. When the finished reflective film or windshield glass contains a transparent substrate instead of being peeled off as a temporary support, the transparent substrate is preferably transparent in the visible light region.

 透明基材の材料には制限はない。透明基材としてはポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)等のポリエステル、ポリカーボネート、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリウレタン、ポリアミド、ポリオレフィン、セルロース誘導体、および、シリコーン等のプラスチックフィルムが挙げられる。仮支持体としては、上述のプラスチックフィルムのほか、ガラスを用いてもよい。 There are no restrictions on the material of the transparent substrate. Examples of transparent substrates include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polycarbonates, acrylic resins, epoxy resins, polyurethanes, polyamides, polyolefins, cellulose derivatives, and plastic films such as silicones. As the temporary support, glass may be used in addition to the plastic film described above.

 透明基材の厚さとしては、5.0~1000μm程度であればよく、10~250μmが好ましく、15~90μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the transparent substrate may be about 5.0 to 1000 μm, preferably 10 to 250 μm, more preferably 15 to 90 μm.

 ここで、図2に示す例のように、透明基材18が第2のガラス板28側、すなわち、車内側に配置される場合には、透明基材18は、紫外線吸収剤を含むことが好ましい。
 透明基材18が紫外線吸収剤を含むことにより、反射フィルム(選択反射層)が紫外線によって劣化することを抑制できる。
Here, as in the example shown in FIG. 2, when the transparent base material 18 is arranged on the side of the second glass plate 28, that is, on the inside of the vehicle, the transparent base material 18 may contain an ultraviolet absorber. preferable.
By including an ultraviolet absorber in the transparent base material 18, deterioration of the reflective film (selective reflection layer) due to ultraviolet rays can be suppressed.

[1-2]直線偏光反射フィルム
 図3は、本発明に用いられるウインドシールドガラスの一例を示す模式図であり、このウインドシールドガラス24Bに含まれる直線偏光反射フィルム10Bは、光学異方性層(13Ra、13Ga、13Ba)と光学等方性層(13Rb、13Gb、13Ba)とを交互に積層した選択反射層(誘電体多層膜)からなる。図示例においては、直線偏光反射フィルム10Bは、光学異方性層13Raと光学等方性層13Rbとを交互に積層した第1積層部13R(R層)、光学異方性層13Gaと光学等方性層13Gbとを交互に積層した第2積層部13G(G層)、および、光学異方性層13Baと光学等方性層13Bbとを交互に積層した第3積層部13B(B層)を有する。
 上記誘電体多層膜は、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長として上述のλ、λ及びλの3つの波長を含む。
 本発明の反射フィルムにおいて、誘電体多層膜を構成するいずれかの誘電体多層膜中に蛍光色素を含有していてもよく、蛍光色素を含有し、選択反射層(誘電体多層膜)として機能しない層(蛍光色素層FL)を設けてもよい。また、2種以上の蛍光色素を含有する場合には、誘電体多層膜を構成するいずれかの誘電体多層膜中に蛍光色素が含有される形態と、蛍光色素層FLを設ける形態とが併用されていてもよい。誘電体多層膜の最も表面側に位置する誘電体多層膜中に蛍光色素を含有するか、及び/又は、誘電体多層膜のいずれか一方の表面に位置するように、蛍光色素層FLを設けることが好ましく、誘電体多層膜のうち、最も車外側に位置する誘電体多層膜中に蛍光色素を含有するか、及び/又は、誘電体多層膜の表面のうち車外側に位置する表面に、蛍光色素層FLを設けることがより好ましい。
 図3においては、第1積層部13R上(第1積層部13Rと中間膜36との間、または、第1積層部13Rと第2積層部13Gとの間を意味し、好ましくは、第1積層部13Rと中間膜36との間である。)には、上述した蛍光色素層FL(図示略)が設けられる。
[1-2] Linearly Polarized Reflective Film FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the windshield glass used in the present invention. It consists of a selective reflection layer (dielectric multilayer film) in which (13Ra, 13Ga, 13Ba) and optically isotropic layers (13Rb, 13Gb, 13Ba) are alternately laminated. In the illustrated example, the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10B includes a first laminated portion 13R (R layer) in which an optically anisotropic layer 13Ra and an optically isotropic layer 13Rb are alternately laminated, an optically anisotropic layer 13Ga and an optical layer 13Rb. A second lamination portion 13G (G layer) in which the anisotropic layers 13Gb are alternately laminated, and a third lamination portion 13B (B layer) in which the optically anisotropic layers 13Ba and the optically isotropic layers 13Bb are alternately laminated. have
The dielectric multilayer film includes the above three wavelengths λ B , λ G and λ R as selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60°.
In the reflective film of the present invention, any one of the dielectric multilayer films constituting the dielectric multilayer film may contain a fluorescent dye. A layer (fluorescent dye layer FL) may be provided. Further, when two or more kinds of fluorescent dyes are contained, the form in which the fluorescent dye is contained in any one of the dielectric multilayer films constituting the dielectric multilayer film and the form in which the fluorescent dye layer FL is provided are used in combination. may have been A fluorescent dye layer FL is provided so as to contain a fluorescent dye in the dielectric multilayer film positioned on the outermost surface side of the dielectric multilayer film and/or to be positioned on one of the surfaces of the dielectric multilayer film. Preferably, among the dielectric multilayer films, the dielectric multilayer film located on the outermost side of the vehicle contains a fluorescent dye, and/or the surface of the dielectric multilayer film located on the vehicle exterior side, It is more preferable to provide a fluorescent dye layer FL.
In FIG. 3, on the first lamination part 13R (meaning between the first lamination part 13R and the intermediate film 36 or between the first lamination part 13R and the second lamination part 13G, preferably the first lamination part 13R) Between the laminated portion 13R and the intermediate film 36), the above-described fluorescent dye layer FL (not shown) is provided.

 第1積層部13R、第2積層部13Gおよび第3積層部13Bは互いに、光学異方性層と光学等方性層の厚さが異なっている。また、積層数、屈折率等が異なっていてもよい。 The thicknesses of the optically anisotropic layers and the optically isotropic layers of the first laminated section 13R, the second laminated section 13G and the third laminated section 13B are different from each other. Also, the number of layers, the refractive index, and the like may be different.

 また、上記直線偏光反射フィルムにおいては、光学異方性層の遅相軸方向の屈折率ne1は、光学等方性層の屈折率no2を超え(すなわち、ne1>no2)、光学異方性層の遅相軸と直交する方向の屈折率no1は、光学等方性層の屈折率no2と略同じである。
 複数の光学異方性層の各遅相軸は平行になるように積層される。したがって、図4に示すように、ある一方向(図4中、上下方向)においては、屈折率(ne1)が高い層と屈折率(no2)が低い層とが積層された状態となる。一方、この方向と直交する方向(図4中、左右方向)においては、屈折率が同じ層が積層された状態となる。
In the linearly polarized reflective film, the refractive index n e1 in the slow axis direction of the optically anisotropic layer exceeds the refractive index n o2 of the optically isotropic layer (that is, n e1 >n o2 ), and the optical The refractive index no1 in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis of the anisotropic layer is substantially the same as the refractive index no2 of the optically isotropic layer.
A plurality of optically anisotropic layers are laminated such that the slow axes thereof are parallel to each other. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4, in one direction (vertical direction in FIG. 4), a layer having a high refractive index (n e1 ) and a layer having a low refractive index (n o2 ) are laminated. . On the other hand, in the direction orthogonal to this direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 4), layers having the same refractive index are laminated.

 屈折率が低い層(低屈折率層)と屈折率が高い層(高屈折率層)とを交互に積層したフィルムは、多数の低屈折率層と高屈折率層との間の構造的な干渉によって、特定の波長の光を反射することが知られている。従って、図3および図4に示す直線偏光反射フィルム10Bは、図4中、上下方向の直線偏光を反射し、左右方向の直線偏光を透過するものとなる。 A film in which layers with a low refractive index (low refractive index layers) and layers with a high refractive index (high refractive index layers) are alternately laminated has a structural structure between many low refractive index layers and high refractive index layers. Interference is known to reflect certain wavelengths of light. Therefore, the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10B shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 reflects linearly polarized light in the vertical direction in FIG. 4 and transmits linearly polarized light in the horizontal direction.

 ここで、本発明のHUDシステムに用いられる誘電体多層膜は、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長として上述のλ、λ及びλの3つの波長を含む。図3に示す直線偏光反射フィルム10Bにおいては、第1積層部13R上に、上述した蛍光色素層FL(図示略)が設けられる。 Here, the dielectric multilayer film used in the HUD system of the present invention includes the above three wavelengths λ B , λ G and λ R as selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60°. In the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10B shown in FIG. 3, the fluorescent dye layer FL (not shown) described above is provided on the first laminated portion 13R.

 誘電体多層膜において、選択反射中心波長、および、反射率は、低屈折率層と高屈折率層との屈折率差、厚み、積層数等によって調整することができる。図3に示す例においては、主に、第1積層部13Rによって、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有する反射を実現し、第2積層部13Gによって、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有する反射を実現し、第3積層部13Bによって、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有する反射を実現している。 In the dielectric multilayer film, the selective reflection central wavelength and the reflectance can be adjusted by adjusting the refractive index difference between the low refractive index layer and the high refractive index layer, the thickness, the number of layers, and the like. In the example shown in FIG. 3, mainly the first lamination part 13R realizes reflection with λ R for light with an incident angle of 60°, and the second lamination part 13G realizes reflection with λ R for light with an incidence angle of 60°. Reflection with λ G is realized, and reflection with λ B for light with an incident angle of 60° is realized by the third lamination portion 13B.

 なお、上記誘電体多層膜において、前述の方法により求められる選択反射中心波長を有する反射ピークとは、隣接する極小値との差が2%以上の極大値を持ち、かつ、半値幅が10~200nmのピークとする。 In the above dielectric multilayer film, the reflection peak having the selective reflection central wavelength determined by the above-described method has a maximum value with a difference of 2% or more from the adjacent minimum value, and a half value width of 10 to 10. Let the peak be at 200 nm.

 前述のとおり、誘電体多層膜における選択反射中心波長及び反射率は、低屈折率層と高屈折率層との屈折率差、厚み、積層層等によって調整することができる。具体的には、低屈折率層および高屈折率層の厚さdを、反射する光の波長λと屈折率nから、d=λ/(4×n)に設定することで、選択反射中心波長を調整することができる。また、反射率は、低屈折率層および高屈折率層の積層数が多いほど高くなるため、積層数を調整することで反射率を調整することができる。また、この選択反射中心波長を有する反射ピークの半値幅は、低屈折率層と高屈折率層との屈折率差によって調整することができる。 As described above, the selective reflection center wavelength and reflectance in the dielectric multilayer film can be adjusted by the refractive index difference, thickness, lamination layers, etc. between the low refractive index layer and the high refractive index layer. Specifically, by setting the thickness d of the low refractive index layer and the high refractive index layer to d=λ/(4×n) from the wavelength λ of the reflected light and the refractive index n, the selective reflection center Wavelength can be adjusted. In addition, since the reflectance increases as the number of layers of the low refractive index layer and the number of the high refractive index layers increases, the reflectance can be adjusted by adjusting the number of layers. Further, the half width of the reflection peak having the selective reflection center wavelength can be adjusted by the refractive index difference between the low refractive index layer and the high refractive index layer.

 ここで、各選択反射中心波長を有する反射ピークの半値幅は、光学異方性層の遅相軸方向の屈折率と、光学等方性層の屈折率との差に依存し、屈折率差が大きいほど半値幅が大きくなる。また、反射率が低い反射ピークが近い波長にあると、干渉してしまい反射ピークが強くなりすぎたり、弱くなりすぎたりする現象が起こる。各選択反射中心波長を有する反射ピークの半値幅を適切に調整して、表示画像の輝度を向上しつつ、透過率を高くする観点、および、隣接する反射ピークとの干渉の影響を低減する観点から、光学異方性層の遅相軸方向の屈折率と、光学等方性層の屈折率との差は、0.03~0.20であるのが好ましく、0.05~0.14であるのがより好ましく、0.05~0.10であるのがさらに好ましい。 Here, the half width of the reflection peak having each selective reflection center wavelength depends on the difference between the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the optically anisotropic layer and the refractive index of the optically isotropic layer, and the refractive index difference is The larger the value, the larger the half width. Moreover, when reflection peaks with low reflectance are at close wavelengths, interference occurs, causing a phenomenon in which the reflection peaks become too strong or too weak. Appropriately adjusting the half width of the reflection peak having each selective reflection center wavelength to improve the brightness of the displayed image while increasing the transmittance, and reducing the influence of interference with adjacent reflection peaks. Therefore, the difference between the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the optically anisotropic layer and the refractive index of the optically isotropic layer is preferably 0.03 to 0.20, more preferably 0.05 to 0.14. and more preferably 0.05 to 0.10.

 また、誘電体多層膜は、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長として、λを有する光反射層、λを有する光反射層、及び、λを有する光反射層からなり、これらの光反射層同士は互いに接していることが好ましい。例えば、図3に示す例では、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有する第1積層部13Rと、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有する第2積層部13Gとが互いに接しており、また、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有する第2積層部13Gと、入射角度が60°の光に対するλを有する第3積層部13Bとが互いに接している。なお、第1積層部13R、第2積層部13G及び第3の積層部13Bは、本発明のHUDシステムに用いられる誘電体多層膜(選択反射層)を構成する光反射層である。 Further, the dielectric multilayer film is composed of a light reflecting layer having λ B , a light reflecting layer having λ G , and a light reflecting layer having λ R as a selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60°, These light reflecting layers are preferably in contact with each other. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 3, the first laminated portion 13R having λ R for light with an incident angle of 60° and the second laminated portion 13G having λ G for light with an incident angle of 60° are in contact with each other. In addition, the second laminated portion 13G having λ G for light with an incident angle of 60° and the third laminated portion 13B having λ B for light with an incident angle of 60° are in contact with each other. The first lamination portion 13R, the second lamination portion 13G, and the third lamination portion 13B are light reflection layers that constitute dielectric multilayer films (selective reflection layers) used in the HUD system of the present invention.

 なお、図3には図示しないが、3つの積層部13R、13G、13Bの他に、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長が300nm以上400nm未満に選択反射の中心波長を有する、光学異方性層と光学等方性層とを積層してなる選択反射層(以下、光反射層UVと称す。)を含むことも、反射色味を抑える観点から好ましい。
 光反射層UVを設けることにより、後述する円偏光反射層及び位相差層を含むウインドシールドガラスの構成とする場合に、前述の通り、ウインドシールドガラスを外光下で観察したときに確認される色味(特に入射角度が5°の光に対する反射色味における黄色味)を抑制することができる。
Although not shown in FIG. 3, in addition to the three laminated portions 13R, 13G, and 13B, an optical system having a selective reflection center wavelength of 300 nm or more and less than 400 nm for light with an incident angle of 60° It is also preferable to include a selective reflection layer (hereinafter referred to as a light reflection layer UV) formed by laminating an anisotropic layer and an optically isotropic layer from the viewpoint of suppressing reflected color.
By providing the light reflecting layer UV, when the windshield glass is configured to include a circularly polarized light reflecting layer and a retardation layer, which will be described later, as described above, it is confirmed when the windshield glass is observed under external light. It is possible to suppress the tint (especially the yellow tint in the reflected tint for light with an incident angle of 5°).

 入射角度が60°の光に対する各選択反射中心波長を有する光反射層同士が離間していると、層間の膜厚が厚くなり各光反射層によって反射される光の干渉の効果が得られにくくなる。これに対して、光反射層同士が接している構成とすることで、各光反射層によって反射される光の干渉の効果によって、各選択反射中心波長を有する反射ピークの半値幅を狭くすることができる。 If the light reflecting layers having respective selective reflection central wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60° are spaced apart from each other, the film thickness between the layers becomes thicker, making it difficult to obtain the effect of interference of the light reflected by each light reflecting layer. Become. On the other hand, by adopting a structure in which the light reflecting layers are in contact with each other, the half width of the reflection peak having each selective reflection center wavelength can be narrowed by the effect of interference of light reflected by each light reflecting layer. can be done.

 上記直線偏光反射フィルムは、薄膜のフィルム状およびシート状等であればよい。直線偏光反射フィルムは、ウインドシールドガラスに使用される前は、薄膜のフィルムとしてロール状等になっていてもよい。 The above-mentioned linearly polarized light reflective film may be in the form of a thin film, a sheet, or the like. The linearly polarized light reflective film may be in the form of a roll or the like as a thin film before being used for windshield glass.

 誘電体多層膜の作製材料および作製方法は、例えば、特表平9-506837号公報等に記載されたものを用いることができる。具体的には、屈折率関係を得るために選ばれた条件下で加工すると、広く様々な材料を用いて、誘電体多層膜を形成できる。一般に、第一の材料が、選ばれた方向において、第二の材料とは異なる屈折率を有することが必要である。この屈折率の違いは、フィルムの形成中、またはフィルムの形成後の延伸、押出成形、或いはコーティングを含む様々な方法で達成できる。更に、2つの材料が同時押出することができるように、類似のレオロジー特性(例えば、溶融粘度)を有することが好ましい。 Materials and methods for manufacturing the dielectric multilayer film can be those described in, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-506837. Specifically, a wide variety of materials can be used to form dielectric multilayer films when processed under conditions selected to obtain refractive index relationships. In general, it is required that the first material has a different refractive index than the second material in the chosen direction. This refractive index difference can be achieved in a variety of ways, including stretching, extrusion, or coating during film formation or after film formation. Additionally, it is preferred that the two materials have similar rheological properties (eg, melt viscosity) so that they can be coextruded.

 誘電体多層膜に特に好適に用いられる材料は、光学異方性層の材料としてはPEN(ポリエチレンナフタレート)、PET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)が挙げられ、光学等方性層の材料として、(等方性に調整された)PEN、PETおよびPMMA(ポリメタクリル酸メチル樹脂)が挙げられる。 Materials particularly suitable for use in the dielectric multilayer film include PEN (polyethylene naphthalate) and PET (polyethylene terephthalate) as materials for the optically anisotropic layer, and (isotropic polymethyl methacrylate), PEN, PET and PMMA (polymethyl methacrylate resin).

 上述のとおり、本発明のHUDシステムに用いられる直線偏光反射フィルム(誘電体多層膜)は、入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長として、上述のλ、λ及びλの3つの波長を有する構成とするために、光学異方性層および光学等方性層の厚さが異なる3つの積層部を有することが好ましい。本発明においては、3つの積層部をそれぞれ上述した延伸、押出成形等によって形成した後、各積層部を貼り合わせて直線偏光反射フィルム(誘電体多層膜)を作製すればよい。あるいは、厚さが異なる3つの積層部が形成されるように加工前の厚さを調整して延伸、押出成形等によって3つの積層部を一体的に形成してもよい。 As described above, the linearly polarized light reflecting film (dielectric multilayer film) used in the HUD system of the present invention has three wavelengths of λ B , λ G and λ R as the selective reflection center wavelengths for light with an incident angle of 60°. In order to obtain a structure having two wavelengths, it is preferable to have three laminated portions in which the thicknesses of the optically anisotropic layer and the optically isotropic layer are different. In the present invention, after each of the three laminated parts is formed by the above-described stretching, extrusion molding, or the like, the laminated parts are bonded together to produce a linearly polarized light reflecting film (dielectric multilayer film). Alternatively, the thickness before processing may be adjusted so that three laminated portions having different thicknesses are formed, and the three laminated portions may be integrally formed by stretching, extrusion molding, or the like.

 誘電体多層膜の厚さは、2.0~50μmが好ましく、8.0~30μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the dielectric multilayer film is preferably 2.0-50 μm, more preferably 8.0-30 μm.

 直線偏光反射フィルムは、光学異方性層と光学等方性層とを積層してなる選択反射層(誘電体多層膜)を有し、蛍光色素を含有するものである。直線偏光反射フィルムは、誘電体多層膜に加え、位相差層、偏光変換層、支持体、及び、接着層等を含む構成でもよい。 A linearly polarized light reflective film has a selective reflection layer (dielectric multilayer film) formed by laminating an optically anisotropic layer and an optically isotropic layer, and contains a fluorescent dye. The linearly polarized light reflective film may have a structure including a retardation layer, a polarization conversion layer, a support, an adhesive layer, etc., in addition to the dielectric multilayer film.

 上記の直線偏光反射フィルムに用いられる位相差層、偏光変換層、支持体(透明基材)、及び、接着層としては、前述の直線偏光反射フィルムに用いられる位相差層、偏光変換層、透明基材(支持体)、及び、接着層の記載を適用することができる。 The retardation layer, polarization conversion layer, support (transparent substrate), and adhesive layer used in the linearly polarized light reflective film described above include the retardation layer, polarization conversion layer, and transparent layer used in the linearly polarized light reflective film described above. The description of the substrate (support) and adhesive layer can be applied.

 以下、ウインドシールドガラスの構成要素のうち、上述の反射フィルム以外の構成要素として、ガラス板(合わせガラス)、中間層、及び、ヒートシール層(接着剤層)について順に説明する。 Below, among the constituent elements of the windshield glass, the glass plate (laminated glass), the intermediate layer, and the heat seal layer (adhesive layer) will be described in order as constituent elements other than the above-mentioned reflective film.

[2]合わせガラス
 ウインドシールドガラスは、合わせガラスの構成を有していてもよい。本発明のHUDシステムに用いられるウインドシールドガラスは、合わせガラスであり、第1のガラス板と第2のガラス板との間に、上述の反射フィルムを有することが好ましい。
 ウインドシールドガラスは、第1のガラス板と第2のガラス板との間に反射フィルムが配置される構成でもよい。しかしながら、ウインドシールドガラスは、第1のガラス板と反射フィルムとの間、および、反射フィルムと第2のガラス板との間の、少なくとも一方に中間膜(中間膜シート)が設けられる構成であるのが好ましい。
 ウインドシールドガラスにおいて、一例として、図1に示されるように、第1のガラス板30は、HUDシステムにおける映像の視認側とは逆側(車外側)に配置され、第2のガラス板28は視認側(車内側)に配置される。なお、本発明のHUDシステムに用いられるウインドシールドガラスにおいて、第1のガラス板および第2のガラス板における第1および第2には、技術的な意味は無く、2枚のガラス板を区別するために便宜的に設けたものである。従って、第2のガラス板が車外側で、第1のガラス板が車内側であってもよい。
 第1のガラス板および第2のガラス板の等のガラス板には、ウインドシールドガラスに一般的に用いられるガラス板を使用することができる。例えば、遮熱性の高いグリーンガラス等の、可視光線透過率が73%および76%等の80%以下となるガラス板を使用してもよい。このように可視光線透過率が低いガラス板を使用したときであっても、上述の反射フィルムを使用することにより、反射フィルムの位置においても70%以上の可視光線透過率を有するウインドシールドガラスを作製することができる。
[2] Laminated glass The windshield glass may have a structure of laminated glass. Preferably, the windshield glass used in the HUD system of the present invention is laminated glass and has the above-described reflective film between the first glass plate and the second glass plate.
The windshield glass may have a configuration in which a reflective film is arranged between the first glass plate and the second glass plate. However, the windshield glass has an intermediate film (intermediate film sheet) provided between at least one of the first glass plate and the reflective film and between the reflective film and the second glass plate. is preferred.
In the windshield glass, as an example, as shown in FIG. 1, the first glass plate 30 is arranged on the opposite side (outside the vehicle) of the image viewing side in the HUD system, and the second glass plate 28 is It is arranged on the viewing side (inside the vehicle). In addition, in the windshield glass used in the HUD system of the present invention, the first and second in the first glass plate and the second glass plate have no technical meaning, and distinguish between the two glass plates. This is provided for convenience. Therefore, the second glass plate may be on the vehicle exterior side and the first glass plate may be on the vehicle interior side.
As the glass plates such as the first glass plate and the second glass plate, glass plates commonly used for windshield glass can be used. For example, a glass plate having a visible light transmittance of 80% or less such as 73% or 76%, such as green glass with high heat shielding properties, may be used. Even when such a glass plate with a low visible light transmittance is used, by using the above-mentioned reflective film, a windshield glass having a visible light transmittance of 70% or more even at the position of the reflective film can be obtained. can be made.

 ガラス板の厚さは、特に制限はないが、0.5~5.0mm程度であればよく、1.0~3.0mmが好ましく、2.0~2.3mmがより好ましい。第1のガラス板および第2のガラス板の材料または厚さは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The thickness of the glass plate is not particularly limited, but may be about 0.5 to 5.0 mm, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 2.0 to 2.3 mm. The materials or thicknesses of the first glass plate and the second glass plate may be the same or different.

 合わせガラスの構成を有するウインドシールドガラスは、合わせガラスを作製する常法により製造することができる。
 一般的には、合わせガラス用の中間膜を2枚のガラス板に挟んだ後、加熱処理と加圧処理(ゴムローラーを用いた処理等)とを数回繰り返し、最後にオートクレーブ等を利用して加圧条件下での加熱処理を行う方法により製造することができる。
A windshield glass having a structure of laminated glass can be produced by a conventional method for producing laminated glass.
In general, after sandwiching an interlayer film for laminated glass between two glass plates, heat treatment and pressure treatment (treatment using a rubber roller, etc.) are repeated several times, and finally an autoclave or the like is used. It can be produced by a method of performing heat treatment under pressurized conditions.

 反射フィルムと中間膜とを有する合わせガラスの構成を有するウインドシールドガラスは、一例として、反射フィルムをガラス板表面に形成した後、上述した合わせガラスの作製方法で作製してもよく、あるいは、上述の反射フィルムを含む合わせガラス用の中間膜を用いて、上述した合わせガラスの作製方法で作製してもよい。
 反射フィルムをガラス板表面に形成する場合、反射フィルムを設けるガラス板は、第1のガラス板でも第2のガラス板でもよい。この際において、反射フィルムは、例えば、ガラス板に接着剤(ヒートシール層)で貼合されてもよい。
A windshield glass having a structure of laminated glass having a reflective film and an intermediate film may be produced, for example, by forming a reflective film on the surface of a glass plate and then using the method for producing laminated glass described above. The intermediate film for laminated glass containing the reflective film of No. 1 may be used to produce the laminated glass by the method for producing the laminated glass described above.
When the reflective film is formed on the surface of the glass plate, the glass plate on which the reflective film is provided may be the first glass plate or the second glass plate. In this case, the reflective film may be bonded to the glass plate with an adhesive (heat seal layer), for example.

[3]中間膜
 中間膜36は、事故が起きた際にガラスが車内に突き抜け、かつ、飛散することを防止するものであり、図1に示す例では反射フィルム10と第1のガラス板30とを接着するものであり、図2に示す例では、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aと第1のガラス板30とを接着するものであり、図3に示す例では直線偏光反射フィルム10Bを、第2のガラス板28及び第1のガラス板30と接着するものである。
[3] Intermediate film Intermediate film 36 prevents glass from penetrating into the interior of the vehicle and scattering in the event of an accident. In the example shown in FIG. In the example shown in FIG. 2, the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A and the first glass plate 30 are adhered, and in the example shown in FIG. The glass plate 28 and the first glass plate 30 are adhered.

 中間膜(中間膜シート)としては、合わせガラスにおいて中間膜(中間層)として常用される、いずれの中間膜も利用可能である。例えば、ポリビニルブチラール(PVB)、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体および塩素含有樹脂の群から選ばれる樹脂を含む樹脂膜を用いることができる。上述の樹脂は、中間膜の主成分であることが好ましい。なお、主成分であるとは、中間膜の50質量%以上を占める成分のことをいう。 Any intermediate film commonly used as an intermediate film (intermediate layer) in laminated glass can be used as the intermediate film (intermediate film sheet). For example, a resin film containing a resin selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl butyral (PVB), ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer and chlorine-containing resin can be used. The resin described above is preferably the main component of the intermediate film. In addition, being a main component means the component which occupies 50 mass % or more of an intermediate film.

 上述の樹脂のうち、ポリビニルブチラールおよびエチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体が好ましく、ポリビニルブチラールがより好ましい。樹脂は、合成樹脂であることが好ましい。
 ポリビニルブチラールは、ポリビニルアルコールをブチルアルデヒドによりアセタール化して得ることができる。上述のポリビニルブチラールのアセタール化度の好ましい下限は40%、好ましい上限は85%であり、より好ましい下限は60%、より好ましい上限は75%である。
Among the above resins, polyvinyl butyral and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer are preferred, and polyvinyl butyral is more preferred. The resin is preferably a synthetic resin.
Polyvinyl butyral can be obtained by acetalizing polyvinyl alcohol with butyraldehyde. A preferable lower limit of the degree of acetalization of polyvinyl butyral is 40%, a preferable upper limit is 85%, a more preferable lower limit is 60%, and a more preferable upper limit is 75%.

 ポリビニルアルコールは、通常、ポリ酢酸ビニルを鹸化することにより得られ、鹸化度80~99.8モル%のポリビニルアルコールが一般的に用いられる。
 また、上述のポリビニルアルコールの重合度の好ましい下限は200、好ましい上限は3000である。ポリビニルアルコールの重合度が200以上であると、得られる合わせガラスの耐貫通性が低下しにくく、3000以下であると、樹脂膜の成形性がよく、しかも樹脂膜の剛性が大きくなり過ぎず、加工性が良好である。より好ましい下限は500、より好ましい上限は2000である。
Polyvinyl alcohol is generally obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate, and polyvinyl alcohol having a degree of saponification of 80 to 99.8 mol % is generally used.
The preferred lower limit of the degree of polymerization of polyvinyl alcohol is 200, and the preferred upper limit is 3,000. When the degree of polymerization of polyvinyl alcohol is 200 or more, the penetration resistance of the resulting laminated glass is less likely to decrease. Good workability. A more preferable lower limit is 500, and a more preferable upper limit is 2,000.

 また、中間膜36の厚さにも、制限はなく、形成材料等に応じた厚さを、常用のウインドシールドガラスの中間膜と同様に設定すればよい。 Also, the thickness of the intermediate film 36 is not limited, and the thickness may be set in accordance with the forming material, etc., in the same manner as the intermediate film of the commonly used windshield glass.

 なお、図1において、ウインドシールドガラス24は、反射フィルム10と第2のガラス板28との間にヒートシール層38を設け、反射フィルム10と第1のガラス板30とを中間膜36で貼着しているが、これに制限はされない。すなわち、反射フィルム10と第1のガラス板30との間にヒートシール層を設け、反射フィルム10と第2のガラス板28との間に中間膜を設ける構成でもよい。
 また、ウインドシールドガラス24が中間膜36を有さない構成であり、反射フィルム10と第2のガラス板28との貼着、および反射フィルム10と第1のガラス板30との貼着に、ヒートシール層38を用いた構成でもよい。
In FIG. 1, the windshield glass 24 has a heat seal layer 38 provided between the reflective film 10 and the second glass plate 28, and the reflective film 10 and the first glass plate 30 are bonded with an intermediate film 36. wearing, but not limited to. That is, a heat seal layer may be provided between the reflective film 10 and the first glass plate 30 and an intermediate film may be provided between the reflective film 10 and the second glass plate 28 .
In addition, the windshield glass 24 is configured without the intermediate film 36, and the adhesion between the reflective film 10 and the second glass plate 28 and the adhesion between the reflective film 10 and the first glass plate 30 are A configuration using the heat seal layer 38 may be used.

(反射フィルムを含む中間膜)
 反射フィルムを含む合わせガラス用の中間膜は、反射フィルムを上述の中間膜の表面に貼合して形成することができる。または、反射フィルムを2枚の上述の中間膜に挟んで形成することもできる。2枚の中間膜は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよいが、同一であることが好ましい。
 反射フィルムと中間膜との貼合には、常用の貼合方法を用いることができるが、ラミネート処理を用いることが好ましい。ラミネート処理は、積層体(反射フィルム)と中間膜とが加工後に剥離してしまわないように、ある程度の加熱および加圧条件下にて実施することが好ましい。
 ラミネートを安定的に行なうために、中間膜の接着する側の膜面温度は、50~130℃が好ましく、70~100℃がより好ましい。
 ラミネート時には加圧することが好ましい。加圧条件には制限はないが、2.0kg/cm未満(196kPa未満)が好ましく、0.5~1.8kg/cm(49~176kPa)がより好ましく、0.5~1.5kg/cm(49~147kPa)がさらに好ましい。
(Intermediate film including reflective film)
An intermediate film for laminated glass containing a reflective film can be formed by bonding a reflective film to the surface of the intermediate film described above. Alternatively, the reflective film can be sandwiched between the two intermediate films described above. The two intermediate films may be the same or different, but are preferably the same.
A conventional bonding method can be used for bonding the reflective film and the intermediate film, but it is preferable to use a lamination treatment. The lamination process is preferably carried out under a certain degree of heat and pressure conditions so that the laminate (reflective film) and the intermediate film are not separated after processing.
In order to perform lamination stably, the film surface temperature of the adhesive side of the intermediate film is preferably 50 to 130.degree. C., more preferably 70 to 100.degree.
It is preferable to apply pressure during lamination. The pressurization conditions are not limited, but are preferably less than 2.0 kg/cm 2 (less than 196 kPa), more preferably 0.5 to 1.8 kg/cm 2 (49 to 176 kPa), and 0.5 to 1.5 kg. /cm 2 (49 to 147 kPa) is more preferable.

 また、反射フィルムが支持体(透明基材)を有する場合には、ラミネートと同時に、または、ラミネートの直後、または、ラミネートの直前に、支持体を剥離してもよい。すなわち、ラミネート後に得られる中間膜に貼着された反射フィルムは、支持体がなくてもよい。
 反射フィルムを含む中間膜の製造方法の一例は、
(1)第1の中間膜の表面に反射フィルムを貼合して第1の積層体を得る第1の工程、および、
(2)第1の積層体中の反射フィルムの第1の中間膜が貼合されている面とは反対の面に、第2の中間膜を貼合する第2の工程、を含む。
 例えば、第1の工程において、支持体と第1の中間膜とを対面しないで、反射フィルムと第1の中間膜とを貼合する。次いで、反射フィルムから支持体を剥離する。さらに、第2の工程において、第2の中間膜を、支持体を剥離した面に貼合する。これにより、支持体を有さない反射フィルムを含む中間膜を製造することができる。また、この反射フィルムを含む中間膜を用いることで、反射フィルムが支持体を有さない合わせガラスを容易に作製することができる。
 破損等なく、安定的に支持体を剥離するためには、反射フィルムから支持体を剥離する際の支持体の温度は、40℃以上が好ましく、40~60℃がより好ましい。
Moreover, when the reflective film has a support (transparent substrate), the support may be peeled off simultaneously with lamination, immediately after lamination, or immediately before lamination. That is, the reflective film attached to the intermediate film obtained after lamination may be free of a support.
An example of a method for producing an intermediate film containing a reflective film is
(1) A first step of bonding a reflective film to the surface of the first intermediate film to obtain a first laminate, and
(2) A second step of bonding a second intermediate film to the surface of the reflective film in the first laminate opposite to the surface to which the first intermediate film is bonded.
For example, in the first step, the reflective film and the first intermediate film are bonded without facing the support and the first intermediate film. The support is then peeled off from the reflective film. Furthermore, in the second step, a second intermediate film is attached to the surface from which the support has been peeled off. This makes it possible to produce an interlayer containing a reflective film that does not have a support. In addition, by using an intermediate film containing this reflective film, a laminated glass in which the reflective film does not have a support can be easily produced.
In order to stably peel the support without damage, the temperature of the support when peeling the support from the reflective film is preferably 40°C or higher, more preferably 40 to 60°C.

[4]ヒートシール層(接着剤層)
 ヒートシール層(接着剤層)38は、例えば塗布型の接着剤からなる層である。図2に示す例では、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aは、ヒートシール層38により第2のガラス板28に貼着される。なお、本発明に用いられるウインドシールドガラスにおいては、ヒートシール層38に代えて、中間膜によって、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aを第2のガラス板28に貼着してもよい。また、第1のガラス板30と直線偏光反射フィルム10Aとを貼着する中間膜36に対して、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aが小さい場合には、中間膜36によって、直線偏光反射フィルム10Aを第2のガラス板28に貼着してもよい。
[4] Heat seal layer (adhesive layer)
The heat seal layer (adhesive layer) 38 is a layer made of, for example, a coating type adhesive. In the example shown in FIG. 2, the linearly polarizing reflective film 10A is adhered to the second glass plate 28 with a heat seal layer 38. In the example shown in FIG. In the windshield glass used in the present invention, instead of the heat seal layer 38, the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A may be attached to the second glass plate 28 by an intermediate film. In addition, when the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A is smaller than the intermediate film 36 that bonds the first glass plate 30 and the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A, the intermediate film 36 separates the linearly polarized light reflecting film 10A from the second layer. may be attached to the glass plate 28 of the

 ヒートシール層38には、制限はなく、ウインドシールドガラス24として必要な透明性を確保でき、かつ、必用な貼着力で反射フィルム10とガラスとを貼着可能なものであれば、常用の各種の塗布型の接着剤からなるものが利用可能である。ヒートシール層38は、PVBなどの中間膜36と同じものを用いてもよい。これ以外に、ヒートシール層38には、アクリレート系接着剤等を用いることもできる。 There are no restrictions on the heat seal layer 38, and various commonly used materials can be used as long as they can ensure the transparency required for the windshield glass 24 and can adhere the reflective film 10 and the glass with the necessary adhesion force. are available. The same material as the intermediate film 36 such as PVB may be used for the heat seal layer 38 . In addition to this, the heat seal layer 38 may be made of an acrylate adhesive or the like.

 ヒートシール層38は、接着剤から形成されるものであってもよい。
 接着剤としては硬化方式の観点からホットメルトタイプ、熱硬化タイプ、光硬化タイプ、反応硬化タイプ、および、硬化の不要な感圧接着タイプがある。また、接着剤は、いずれのタイプでも、それぞれ素材としてアクリレート系、ウレタン系、ウレタンアクリレート系、エポキシ系、エポキシアクリレート系、ポリオレフィン系、変性オレフィン系、ポリプロピレン系、エチレンビニルアルコール系、塩化ビニル系、クロロプレンゴム系、シアノアクリレート系、ポリアミド系、ポリイミド系、ポリスチレン系、および、ポリビニルブチラール系等の化合物を使用することができる。
 作業性、生産性の観点から、硬化方式として光硬化タイプが好ましく、光学的な透明性、耐熱性の観点から、素材はアクリレート系、ウレタンアクリレート系、および、エポキシアクリレート系等を使用することが好ましい。
The heat seal layer 38 may be formed from an adhesive.
Adhesives include hot-melt type, heat-curing type, photo-curing type, reaction-curing type, and pressure-sensitive adhesive type that does not require curing from the viewpoint of curing methods. In addition, adhesives of any type are made of acrylate, urethane, urethane acrylate, epoxy, epoxy acrylate, polyolefin, modified olefin, polypropylene, ethylene vinyl alcohol, vinyl chloride, Compounds such as chloroprene rubber-based, cyanoacrylate-based, polyamide-based, polyimide-based, polystyrene-based, and polyvinyl butyral-based compounds can be used.
From the viewpoint of workability and productivity, a light-curing type is preferable as the curing method, and from the viewpoint of optical transparency and heat resistance, it is possible to use acrylate, urethane acrylate, epoxy acrylate, etc. as the material. preferable.

 ヒートシール層38は、高透明性接着剤転写テープ(OCAテープ)を用いて形成されたものであってもよい。高透明性接着剤転写テープとしては、画像表示装置用の市販品、特に画像表示装置の画像表示部表面用の市販品を用いればよい。市販品の例としては、パナック株式会社製の粘着シート(PD-S1等)、日栄化工株式会社のMHMシリーズの粘着シート等が挙げられる。 The heat seal layer 38 may be formed using a highly transparent adhesive transfer tape (OCA tape). As the highly transparent adhesive transfer tape, a commercially available product for image display devices, particularly a commercially available product for the surface of the image display portion of the image display device may be used. Examples of commercially available products include adhesive sheets (PD-S1, etc.) manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd., MHM series adhesive sheets manufactured by Nichiei Kako Co., Ltd., and the like.

 ヒートシール層38の厚さにも、制限はない。従って、ヒートシール層38の形成材料に応じて、十分な貼着力が得られる厚さを、適宜、設定すればよい。
 ここで、ヒートシール層38が厚すぎると、平面性を十分に保って、反射フィルム10を第2のガラス板28または第1のガラス板30に貼着できない場合がある。この点を考慮すると、ヒートシール層38の厚さは、0.1~800μmが好ましく、0.5~400μmがより好ましい。
The thickness of the heat seal layer 38 is also not limited. Therefore, the thickness that provides sufficient adhesive strength may be appropriately set according to the material forming the heat seal layer 38 .
Here, if the heat seal layer 38 is too thick, it may not be possible to adhere the reflective film 10 to the second glass plate 28 or the first glass plate 30 while maintaining sufficient flatness. Considering this point, the thickness of the heat seal layer 38 is preferably 0.1 to 800 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 400 μm.

 ヒートシール層38は、3700μm×4900μmの視野角における表面粗さSa1が40nm以下であり、180μm×240μmの視野角における表面粗さSa2が7nm以上であることが好ましい。 The heat seal layer 38 preferably has a surface roughness Sa1 of 40 nm or less at a viewing angle of 3700 μm×4900 μm and a surface roughness Sa2 of 7 nm or more at a viewing angle of 180 μm×240 μm.

<プロジェクター>
 「プロジェクター」は「光または画像を投映する装置」であり、「描画した画像を投射する装置」を含み、表示する画像を担持する投映光を出射するものである。本発明のHUDシステムにおいて、プロジェクターは、p偏光の投映画像光を出射するプロジェクターである。
 HUDシステムにおいて、プロジェクターは、ウインドシールドガラス中の反射フィルムに対して、表示する画像を担持するp偏光の投映光を斜めの入射角度で入射できるように配置されていればよい。
<Projector>
A "projector" is a "device for projecting light or an image", including a "device for projecting a rendered image", that emits projection light carrying an image to be displayed. In the HUD system of the present invention, the projector is a projector that emits p-polarized projection image light.
In a HUD system, the projector may be positioned so that the p-polarized projection light carrying the image to be displayed is incident at an oblique angle of incidence on the reflective film in the windshield glass.

 HUDシステムにおいて、プロジェクターは、描画デバイスを含み、小型の中間像スクリーンに描画された画像(実像)をコンバイナにより虚像として反射表示するものが好ましい。
 プロジェクターは、例えばp偏光の投映光を出射する場合、HUDシステムに用いられる常用のプロジェクターを利用できる。また、プロジェクターは、虚像の結像距離、すなわち、虚像の結像位置が可変であるものであるのが好ましい。
In the HUD system, the projector preferably includes a drawing device and reflects and displays an image (real image) drawn on a small intermediate image screen by a combiner as a virtual image.
For the projector, for example, when p-polarized projection light is emitted, a commonly used projector used for a HUD system can be used. Further, it is preferable that the projector has a variable imaging distance of the virtual image, ie, a variable imaging position of the virtual image.

 プロジェクターにおける虚像の結像距離の変更方法としては、例えば、画像の生成面(スクリーン)を移動する方法(特開2017-21302号公報参照)、光路長の異なる複数の光路を切り換えて使用する方法(WO2015/190157号参照)、ミラーの挿入および/または移動によって光路長を変更する方法、結像レンズとして組レンズを用いて焦点距離を変更する方法、プロジェクター22の移動による方法、虚像の結像距離が異なる複数台のプロジェクターを切り換えて使用する方法、および可変焦点レンズを用いる方法(WO2010/116912号参照)等が挙げられる。 Methods for changing the imaging distance of the virtual image in the projector include, for example, a method of moving the image generation surface (screen) (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-21302), and a method of switching and using a plurality of optical paths with different optical path lengths. (see WO2015/190157), a method of changing the optical path length by inserting and/or moving a mirror, a method of changing the focal length by using a combined lens as an imaging lens, a method of moving the projector 22, and forming a virtual image. Examples include a method of switching and using a plurality of projectors with different distances, a method of using a variable focus lens (see WO2010/116912), and the like.

 なお、プロジェクターは、連続的に虚像の結像距離が変更可能なものでも、2点あるいは3点以上の複数点で、虚像の結像距離を切り換え可能なものでもよい。
 ここで、プロジェクターによる投映光の虚像のうち、少なくとも2つの虚像は、結像距離が、1m以上、異なるのが好ましい。従って、プロジェクターが、連続的に虚像の結像距離が変更可能なものである場合には、虚像の結像距離を1m以上、変更可能であるのが好ましい。このようなプロジェクターを用いることにより、一般道における通常速度での走行と、高速道路での高速走行とのように運転者の視線の距離が大きく異なる場合にも好適に対応できる等の点で好ましい。
Note that the projector may be one in which the imaging distance of the virtual image can be changed continuously, or one in which the imaging distance of the virtual image can be switched between two or three or more points.
Here, it is preferable that at least two virtual images out of the virtual images of the light projected by the projector are different in imaging distance by 1 m or more. Therefore, if the projector can continuously change the imaging distance of the virtual image, it is preferable that the imaging distance of the virtual image can be changed by 1 m or more. By using such a projector, it is preferable in that it is possible to appropriately cope with cases where the distance of the driver's line of sight differs greatly, such as driving at normal speed on a general road and driving at high speed on a highway. .

(描画デバイス)
 描画デバイスは、それ自体が画像を表示するデバイスであってもよく、画像を描画できる光を発するデバイスであってもよい。
 描画デバイスでは、光源からの光が、光変調器、レーザー輝度変調手段、または描画のための光偏向手段等の描画方式で調整されていればよい。描画デバイスは、光源を含み、さらに、描画方式に応じて光変調器、レーザー輝度変調手段、または描画のための光偏向手段等を含むデバイスを意味する。
(drawing device)
A rendering device may itself be a device that displays an image, or it may be a device that emits light capable of rendering an image.
In the drawing device, the light from the light source may be adjusted by a drawing method such as an optical modulator, laser luminance modulation means, or light deflection means for drawing. A drawing device means a device that includes a light source and, depending on the drawing method, an optical modulator, a laser luminance modulation means, or an optical deflection means for drawing.

(光源)
 本発明のHUDシステムに用いられる光源は特に制限はなく、プロジェクター、描画デバイスおよびディスプレイ等で用いられる常用のレーザー光源を利用可能であり、半導体レーザーが好ましく用いられる。
 例えば、レーザー光源として半導体レーザーを用いる場合には、青色光のレーザー光の出射波長のピーク波長は450±10nm、緑色光のレーザー光の出射波長のピーク波長は緑色518±7nm、赤色光のレーザー光の出射波長のピーク波長は638±5nmが一般的である。
 青色光のレーザー光の出射波長のピーク波長と、前述の選択反射層におけるλとの差の絶対値は、通常、10nm以下であり、5nm以下が好ましい。
 同様に、緑色光のレーザー光の出射波長のピーク波長と、前述の選択反射層におけるλとの差の絶対値は、通常、7nm以下であり、4nm以下が好ましい。
 同様に、赤色光のレーザー光の出射波長のピーク波長と、前述の選択反射層におけるλとの差の絶対値は、通常、5nm以下であり、3nm以下が好ましい。
(light source)
The light source used in the HUD system of the present invention is not particularly limited, and commonly-used laser light sources used in projectors, drawing devices, displays, etc. can be used, and semiconductor lasers are preferably used.
For example, when a semiconductor laser is used as a laser light source, the peak emission wavelength of blue laser light is 450±10 nm, the peak emission wavelength of green laser light is 518±7 nm, and the peak wavelength of green laser light is 518±7 nm. The peak wavelength of emitted light is generally 638±5 nm.
The absolute value of the difference between the peak wavelength of the emission wavelength of the blue laser light and λ B in the selective reflection layer is usually 10 nm or less, preferably 5 nm or less.
Similarly, the absolute value of the difference between the peak wavelength of the emission wavelength of green laser light and λ G in the selective reflection layer is usually 7 nm or less, preferably 4 nm or less.
Similarly, the absolute value of the difference between the peak wavelength of the emission wavelength of the red laser light and λ R in the selective reflection layer is usually 5 nm or less, preferably 3 nm or less.

(描画方式)
 描画方式は、上記の青色光、緑色光及び赤色光の3色のレーザー光を発するレーザー光源に応じて選択することができ、例えば、レーザーを利用する走査方式等が挙げられる。
(drawing method)
The drawing method can be selected according to the laser light source that emits the three colors of blue, green, and red laser light, and examples thereof include a scanning method using a laser.

 走査方式は光線をスクリーン上で走査させ、目の残像を利用して造影する方式であり、例えば、特開平7-270711号公報、および、特開2013-228674号公報の記載が参照できる。レーザーを利用する走査方式では、輝度変調された、例えば、赤色光、緑色光、青色光の各色のレーザー光が合波光学系または集光レンズ等で1本の光線に束ねられ、光線が光偏向手段により走査されて後述する中間像スクリーンに描画されていればよい。
 走査方式において、例えば、赤色光、緑色光、青色光の各色のレーザー光の輝度変調は光源の強度変化として直接行ってもよく、外部変調器により行ってもよい。光偏向手段としては、ガルバノミラー、ガルバノミラーとポリゴンミラーの組み合わせ、および、MEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)等が挙げられ、このうちMEMSが好ましい。走査方法としては、ランダムスキャン方式、および、ラスタースキャン方式等が挙げられ、ラスタースキャン方式を用いることが好ましい。ラスタースキャン方式において、レーザー光を、例えば、水平方向は共振周波数で、垂直方向はのこぎり波で駆動することができる。走査方式は投射レンズが不要であるため、装置の小型化が容易である。
 なかでも、青色光、緑色光及び赤色光のレーザー光源を持つ光源モジュールから、2軸MEMSミラーにRGB光を照射し、MEMSミラーを高速で駆動してRGB反射光で中間像スクリーン上に画像を描画させるラスタースキャン方式が一般的である。
The scanning method is a method in which a light beam is scanned on a screen and an image is formed using an afterimage of the eye. In the scanning method using a laser, brightness-modulated laser beams of, for example, red, green, and blue colors are bundled into a single beam by a combining optical system, a condenser lens, or the like, and the beam is converted into light. It is sufficient that the image is scanned by the deflection means and drawn on an intermediate image screen, which will be described later.
In the scanning method, for example, the luminance modulation of each color laser light such as red light, green light, and blue light may be performed directly as intensity change of the light source, or may be performed by an external modulator. Examples of the light deflection means include a galvanomirror, a combination of a galvanomirror and a polygon mirror, and MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), among which MEMS is preferred. Scanning methods include a random scan method, a raster scan method, and the like, and it is preferable to use the raster scan method. In a raster scan scheme, the laser light can be driven, for example, with a resonant frequency in the horizontal direction and a sawtooth wave in the vertical direction. Since the scanning method does not require a projection lens, it is easy to reduce the size of the device.
Among them, a light source module having blue, green, and red laser light sources irradiates RGB light onto a biaxial MEMS mirror, and drives the MEMS mirror at high speed to form an image on an intermediate image screen with RGB reflected light. A raster scan method for drawing is common.

 描画デバイスからの出射光は、直線偏光であっても自然光(非偏光)であってもよい。
 レーザー光源を用いた描画デバイスは、本質的には出射光が直線偏光となる。出射光が直線偏光である描画デバイスであって出射光が複数の波長(色)の光を含むものである場合は、複数の波長の光の偏光方向(透過軸方向)は同一であることが好ましい。市販の描画デバイスは、出射光の赤、緑、青の光の波長域での偏光方向が均一ではないものがあることが知られている(特開2000-221449号公報参照)。具体的には、緑色光の偏光方向が赤色光の偏光方向および青色光の偏光方向と直交している例が知られている。
 なお、本発明のHUDシステムにおいては、プロジェクターが出射する投映光は、p偏光である。
Light emitted from the drawing device may be linearly polarized light or natural light (non-polarized light).
A drawing device using a laser light source essentially emits linearly polarized light. In the case of a drawing device whose emitted light is linearly polarized light and the emitted light includes light of a plurality of wavelengths (colors), the polarization directions (transmission axis directions) of the light of the plurality of wavelengths are preferably the same. It is known that some commercially available drawing devices do not have a uniform polarization direction in the wavelength regions of red, green, and blue emitted light (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-221449). Specifically, an example is known in which the polarization direction of green light is orthogonal to the polarization direction of red light and the polarization direction of blue light.
In addition, in the HUD system of the present invention, the projection light emitted from the projector is p-polarized light.

(中間像スクリーン)
 上述のように、描画デバイスは中間像スクリーンを使用するものであってもよい。「中間像スクリーン」は、画像が描画されるスクリーンである。すなわち、描画デバイスを出射した光がまだ画像として視認できるものではない場合等において、この光によって描画デバイスは中間像スクリーンに視認可能な画像を形成する。中間像スクリーンにおいて描画された画像は中間像スクリーンを透過する光によりコンバイナに投映されていてもよく、中間像スクリーンを反射してコンバイナに投映されていてもよい。
(intermediate image screen)
As mentioned above, the rendering device may use an intermediate image screen. An "intermediate image screen" is a screen on which an image is drawn. That is, when the light emitted from the rendering device is not yet visible as an image, the rendering device forms a visible image on the intermediate image screen with this light. The image rendered on the intermediate image screen may be projected onto the combiner by light transmitted through the intermediate image screen, or may be reflected onto the intermediate image screen and projected onto the combiner.

 中間像スクリーンの例としては、散乱膜、マイクロレンズアレイ、および、リアプロジェクション用のスクリーン等が挙げられる。中間像スクリーンとしてプラスチック材料を用いる場合等において、中間像スクリーンが複屈折性を有すると、中間像スクリーンに入射した偏光の偏光面および光強度が乱され、コンバイナ(反射フィルム)において、色ムラ等が生じやすくなるが、所定の位相差を有する位相差膜を用いることにより、この色ムラの問題を低減できる。
 中間像スクリーンとしては、入射光線を広げて透過させる機能を有するものが好ましい。投映像拡大表示が可能となるからである。このような中間像スクリーンとしては、例えば、マイクロレンズアレイで構成されるスクリーンが挙げられる。HUDシステムで用いられるマイクロアレイレンズについては、例えば、特開2012-226303号公報、特開2010-145745号公報、および、特表2007-523369号公報に記載がある。プロジェクターは描画デバイスで形成された投映光の光路を調整する反射鏡等を含んでいてもよい。
Examples of intermediate image screens include scattering films, microlens arrays, and screens for rear projection. In the case where a plastic material is used as the intermediate image screen, if the intermediate image screen has birefringence, the plane of polarization and light intensity of the polarized light incident on the intermediate image screen are disturbed, resulting in color unevenness, etc. in the combiner (reflection film). However, the problem of color unevenness can be reduced by using a retardation film having a predetermined retardation.
The intermediate image screen preferably has the function of spreading and transmitting the incident light. This is because the projected image can be enlarged and displayed. Such intermediate image screens include, for example, screens composed of microlens arrays. Microarray lenses used in HUD systems are described, for example, in JP-A-2012-226303, JP-A-2010-145745, and JP-A-2007-523369. The projector may include a reflector or the like that adjusts the optical path of the projection light formed by the drawing device.

 ウインドシールドガラスを反射フィルムとして用いたHUDシステムについては、特開平2-141720号公報、特開平10-96874号公報、特開2003-98470号公報、米国特許第5013134号明細書、および、特表2006-512622号公報等を参照することができる。 HUD systems using windshield glass as a reflective film are described in JP-A-2-141720, JP-A-10-96874, JP-A-2003-98470, US Pat. 2006-512622 and the like can be referred to.

[投映光(入射光)]
 入射光は、反射フィルムの法線に対し45°~70°の斜め入射角度で入射させることが好ましい。屈折率1.51程度のガラスと屈折率1の空気との界面のブリュースター角は約56°であり、上述の角度の範囲でp偏光を入射させることにより、投映像表示のための入射光の選択反射層に対して視認側のウインドシールドガラスの表面からの反射光が少なく、二重像の影響が小さい画像表示が可能である。
 上述の角度は50°~65°であることも好ましい。このとき、投映像の観察を投映光の入射側において、選択反射層の法線に対し、入射光とは反対側で45°~70°、好ましくは50°~65°の角度で行うことができる構成であればよい。
[Projection light (incident light)]
Incident light is preferably incident at an oblique incident angle of 45° to 70° with respect to the normal to the reflective film. The Brewster angle at the interface between glass with a refractive index of about 1.51 and air with a refractive index of 1 is about 56°. The amount of reflected light from the surface of the windshield glass on the viewing side is less than that of the selective reflection layer of (1), and image display with little influence of double images is possible.
It is also preferred that said angle is between 50° and 65°. At this time, the projected image can be observed on the incident side of the projected light at an angle of 45° to 70°, preferably 50° to 65°, on the side opposite to the incident light with respect to the normal line of the selective reflection layer. Any configuration can be used.

 入射光は、ウインドシールドガラスの上下左右等、いずれの方向から入射してもよく、視認方向と対応させて、決定すればよい。例えば、使用時の下方向から上述のような斜め入射角度で入射する構成が好ましい。
 また、ウインドシールドガラスの反射フィルムは、入射するp偏光を反射するように配置されている。
The incident light may be incident from any direction, such as the top, bottom, left, or right of the windshield glass, and may be determined according to the viewing direction. For example, a configuration in which light is incident from below at the time of use at an oblique incident angle as described above is preferable.
Also, the reflective film of the windshield glass is arranged to reflect incident p-polarized light.

 上述のように、本発明のHUDシステムにおける投映像表示の際の投映光は、入射面に平行な方向に振動するp偏光である。
 プロジェクターの出射光が直線偏光ではない場合は、直線偏光フィルム(偏光子)をプロジェクターの出射光側に設けることによりp偏光としていてもよく、プロジェクターからウインドシールドガラスまでの光路中において、直線偏光フィルム等を用いる常法によりp偏光としてもよい。この際には、直線偏光ではない投映光をp偏光にする部材も、本発明のHUDシステムにおけるプロジェクターを構成するものと見なす。
 上述のように、出射光の赤、緑、青の光の波長域での偏光方向が均一ではないプロジェクターについては、波長選択的に偏光方向を調整し、全ての色の波長域でp偏光として入射させる。
As described above, the projected light when displaying a projected image in the HUD system of the present invention is p-polarized light that oscillates in a direction parallel to the plane of incidence.
If the light emitted from the projector is not linearly polarized light, it may be p-polarized by providing a linear polarizing film (polarizer) on the side of the light emitted from the projector. p-polarized light may be obtained by a conventional method using, for example, In this case, a member that converts non-linearly polarized projection light into p-polarized light is also considered to constitute the projector in the HUD system of the present invention.
As described above, for projectors where the polarization direction in the wavelength regions of red, green, and blue emitted light is not uniform, the polarization direction is adjusted in a wavelength-selective manner, and all color wavelength regions are converted to p-polarized light. make it incident.

 上述したように、HUDシステム(プロジェクター)は、虚像結像位置を可変とする投映システムであってもよい。虚像結像位置を可変とすることにより、運転者はより快適に利便性高く虚像を視認することができる。
 虚像結像位置は、車両の運転者から虚像を視認できる位置であり、例えば、通常運転者から見てウインドシールドガラスの先、1000mm以上離れた位置である。
As described above, the HUD system (projector) may be a projection system in which the virtual image forming position is variable. By making the virtual image forming position variable, the driver can visually recognize the virtual image more comfortably and conveniently.
The virtual image formation position is a position where the driver of the vehicle can visually recognize the virtual image, for example, a position 1000 mm or more beyond the windshield glass as viewed from the driver.

 図1において、ウインドシールドガラス24の上下方向Yは、ウインドシールドガラス24が配置された車両等の天地方向に対応する方向であり、地面側を下側とし、反対側を上側として規定される方向である。なお、ウインドシールドガラス24は、車両等に配置された場合、構造、またはデザインの都合、傾斜して配置されることがあるが、この場合、上下方向Yは、ウインドシールドガラス24の表面に沿った方向になる。表面とは、車両の外面側である。 In FIG. 1, the vertical direction Y of the windshield glass 24 is the direction corresponding to the vertical direction of the vehicle or the like in which the windshield glass 24 is arranged, and is defined as the ground side being the lower side and the opposite side being the upper side. is. When the windshield glass 24 is installed in a vehicle or the like, the windshield glass 24 may be arranged at an angle due to the structure or design. direction. The surface is the exterior side of the vehicle.

 本発明は、基本的に以上のように構成されるものである。以上、本発明のHUDシステム及びその構成要素であるウインドシールドガラス、反射フィルム等について詳細に説明したが、本発明は上述の実施形態に限定されず、本発明の主旨を逸脱しない範囲において、種々の改良または変更をしてもよいのはもちろんである。 The present invention is basically configured as described above. Although the HUD system of the present invention and its component elements such as the windshield glass and the reflective film have been described in detail above, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention. may of course be improved or changed.

 以下に実施例に基づき本発明について更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。
 なお、以下の実施例において組成を表す「部」及び「%」は、特に断らない限り質量基準である。また、室温は「25℃」を意味する。
The present invention will be described in more detail below based on examples. The materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment details, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed to be limited by the specific examples shown below.
In the following examples, "parts" and "%" representing compositions are based on mass unless otherwise specified. Also, room temperature means "25°C".

<量子ドット含有重合性組成物及び選択反射層形成用塗布液の調製、誘電体多層膜の作製>
 (実施例1)
 [量子ドット含有重合性組成物の調製]
 下記成分を下記に示す組成比となるように混合し、孔径0.2μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターでろ過した後、30分間減圧乾燥し、量子ドット含有重合性組成物1を調製した。
 ・量子ドット1のトルエン分散液(発光ピーク波長:490nm) 10質量部
 ・ラウリルメタクリレート 80.8質量部
 ・トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート 18.2質量部
 ・光重合開始剤(イルガキュア819(商品名、BASF社製)) 1質量部
<Preparation of Quantum Dot-Containing Polymerizable Composition and Coating Liquid for Forming Selective Reflection Layer, Production of Dielectric Multilayer Film>
(Example 1)
[Preparation of quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition]
The following components were mixed so as to have the composition ratio shown below, filtered through a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm, and dried under reduced pressure for 30 minutes to prepare a quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1.
Toluene dispersion of quantum dots 1 (emission peak wavelength: 490 nm) 10 parts by mass Lauryl methacrylate 80.8 parts by mass Trimethylolpropane triacrylate 18.2 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 819 (trade name, BASF company)) 1 part by mass

 上記において、「量子ドット1のトルエン分散液」中の量子ドット1は、コアがCdSeで、シェルがCdSで構成されたコア/シェル型の量子ドット(平均粒子径:3.9nm、アスペクト比(長軸/短軸)=1)であり、量子ドット1のトルエン分散液全量に対する濃度は1質量%であった。 In the above, the quantum dots 1 in the “toluene dispersion of quantum dots 1” are core/shell-type quantum dots (average particle diameter: 3.9 nm, aspect ratio ( Long axis/short axis)=1), and the concentration of the quantum dots 1 with respect to the total amount of the toluene dispersion was 1% by mass.

 [コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液の調製]
 選択反射中心波長(入射角度が60°の光に対して、反射光の強度の極大値を与える波長)が下記表2に示す所望の波長となる各コレステリック液晶層(UV層、B層、G層、R層)を形成するコレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液に関して、下記成分を下記に示す組成比となるように混合し、狭帯域コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液を調製した。
 ・棒状液晶化合物101 55質量部
 ・棒状液晶化合物102 30質量部
 ・棒状液晶化合物201 13質量部
 ・棒状液晶化合物202 2質量部
 ・重合開始剤IRGACURE OXE01(商品名、BASF社製) 1.0質量部
 ・配向制御剤1(フッ素系水平配向剤1) 0.01質量部
 ・配向制御剤3(フッ素系水平配向剤3) 0.01質量部
 ・右旋回性キラル剤Paliocolor LC756(商品名、BASF社製)
    目標の選択反射中心波長に合わせて調整
 ・溶媒(メチルエチルケトン) 溶質濃度が20質量%となる量
[Preparation of Coating Liquid for Forming Cholesteric Liquid Crystal Layer]
Each cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer, B layer, G A coating solution for forming a narrow-band cholesteric liquid crystal layer was prepared by mixing the following components so as to have the composition ratio shown below.
Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 101 55 parts by mass Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 102 30 parts by mass Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 201 13 parts by mass Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 202 2 parts by mass Polymerization initiator IRGACURE OXE01 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) 1.0 mass Parts Alignment control agent 1 (fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 1) 0.01 parts by mass Alignment control agent 3 (fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 3) 0.01 mass parts Right-handed chiral agent Paliocolor LC756 (trade name, manufactured by BASF)
Adjust according to the target selective reflection central wavelength ・Solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) Amount that makes the solute concentration 20% by mass

 棒状液晶化合物101:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 101:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 棒状液晶化合物102:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
  Rod-shaped liquid crystal compound 102:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 棒状液晶化合物201及び202:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
  Rod-shaped liquid crystal compounds 201 and 202:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 配向制御剤1:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
  Orientation control agent 1:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 配向制御剤3:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Orientation control agent 3:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 [量子ドット含有コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液の調製]
 上記で調製したコレステリック液晶層(R層)形成用塗布液に、混合組成物中における量子ドットの濃度が1質量%となるようにして、上記で調製した量子ドット含有重合性組成物1を混合し、量子ドット含有コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液1を調製した。
[Preparation of coating solution for forming quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer]
The quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared above is mixed with the coating liquid for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) prepared above so that the concentration of the quantum dots in the mixed composition is 1% by mass. Then, a coating liquid 1 for forming a quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer was prepared.

 (実施例2及び実施例3)
 [コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液の調製]
 実施例1で調製した各コレステリック液晶層(UV層、B層、G層、R層)を形成するコレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液をそのまま用いた。
 従って、実施例2及び3に係るコレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液には、量子ドット含有重合性組成物1が添加されていない。
(Example 2 and Example 3)
[Preparation of Coating Liquid for Forming Cholesteric Liquid Crystal Layer]
The coating solution for forming each cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer, B layer, G layer, R layer) prepared in Example 1 was used as it was.
Therefore, the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 was not added to the cholesteric liquid crystal layer-forming coating liquids according to Examples 2 and 3.

 (実施例4)
 [量子ドット含有重合性組成物2の調製]
 実施例1における量子ドット含有重合性組成物1の調製において、「量子ドット1のトルエン分散液(発光ピーク波長:490nm)」に代えて、「量子ドット2のトルエン分散液(発光ピーク波長:590nm)」を使用した以外は、実施例1における量子ドット含有重合性組成物1の調製と同様にして、量子ドット含有重合性組成物2を調製した。
 上記において、「量子ドット2のトルエン分散液」中の量子ドット2は、コアがCdSeで、シェルがCdSで構成されたコア/シェル型の量子ドット(平均粒子径:6.1nm、アスペクト比(長軸/短軸)=1)であり、量子ドット2のトルエン分散液全量に対する濃度は1質量%であった。
(Example 4)
[Preparation of quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 2]
In the preparation of the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 in Example 1, instead of the "quantum dot 1 toluene dispersion (emission peak wavelength: 490 nm)", "quantum dot 2 toluene dispersion (emission peak wavelength: 590 nm )” was used to prepare a quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 2 in the same manner as the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 in Example 1.
In the above, the quantum dots 2 in the “toluene dispersion of quantum dots 2” are core/shell quantum dots (average particle diameter: 6.1 nm, aspect ratio ( Long axis/short axis)=1), and the concentration of the quantum dots 2 with respect to the total amount of the toluene dispersion was 1% by mass.

 [量子ドット含有コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液の調製]
 実施例1で調製したコレステリック液晶層(R層)形成用塗布液に、実施例1で調製した量子ドット含有重合性組成物1及び上記で調製した量子ドット含有重合性組成物2を混合し、量子ドット含有コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液2を調製した。
 なお、量子ドット含有コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液2中における量子ドットの濃度が、量子ドット1が1質量%、量子ドット2が1質量%となるようにして混合した。
[Preparation of coating solution for forming quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer]
The coating liquid for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) prepared in Example 1 was mixed with the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared in Example 1 and the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 2 prepared above, A coating liquid 2 for forming a quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer was prepared.
The quantum dots 1 and 2 were mixed so that the concentration of the quantum dots in the coating liquid 2 for forming the quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer was 1 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

 [コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液の調製]
 実施例1で調製した各コレステリック液晶層(UV層、B層、G層)を形成するコレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液をそのまま用いた。
[Preparation of Coating Liquid for Forming Cholesteric Liquid Crystal Layer]
The cholesteric liquid crystal layer-forming coating solution for forming each cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer, B layer, G layer) prepared in Example 1 was used as it was.

 (実施例5)
 [誘電体多層膜の作製]
 特表平9-506837号公報に記載された方法に基づき、以下のようにして、誘電体多層膜からなる直線偏光反射フィルムを作製した。
(Example 5)
[Fabrication of Dielectric Multilayer Film]
Based on the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-506837, a linearly polarized light reflecting film composed of a dielectric multilayer film was produced as follows.

 2,6-ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、及び、ナフタレート70モル%とテレフタレート30モル%とのコポリエステル(coPEN)を、ジオールとしてエチレングリコールを用いて、標準ポリエステル樹脂合成釜において合成した。
 得られたPEN及びcoPENの単層フィルムを押出成型し、約150℃、延伸比5:1で延伸し、約230℃で30秒間、熱処理した。この延伸熱処理の結果、PENフィルムの遅延軸(配向軸)に関する屈折率は約1.86、横断軸に関する屈折率は1.64となり、coPENフィルムは等方性であり、屈折率は約1.64となることを確認した。
2,6-polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) and a copolyester of 70 mole % naphthalate and 30 mole % terephthalate (coPEN) were synthesized in a standard polyester resin synthesis reactor using ethylene glycol as the diol.
The resulting monolayer films of PEN and coPEN were extruded, stretched at about 150°C at a draw ratio of 5:1, and heat treated at about 230°C for 30 seconds. As a result of this stretching heat treatment, the PEN film has a refractive index about 1.86 about the retardation axis (orientation axis) and a refractive index about 1.64 about the transverse axis, making the coPEN film isotropic and having a refractive index of about 1.86. Confirmed to be 64.

 次に、延伸比を調整することにより、PENフィルムの遅相軸に関する屈折率は約1.71、横断軸に関する屈折率は1.64となり、coPENフィルムは等方性であり、屈折率は約1.64となることを確認した。すなわち、光学異方性層であるPENフィルムの遅相軸方向の屈折率と、光学等方性層であるcoPENフィルムの屈折率との差Δnは0.07である。 Then, by adjusting the draw ratio, the PEN film has a refractive index about 1.71 for the slow axis and a refractive index about 1.64 for the transverse axis, and the coPEN film is isotropic, with a refractive index of about It was confirmed to be 1.64. That is, the difference Δn between the refractive index in the slow axis direction of the PEN film, which is the optically anisotropic layer, and the refractive index of the coPEN film, which is the optically isotropic layer, is 0.07.

 続いて、PENおよびcoPENを同時押し出しして得られる積層体を、延伸し、熱処理することにより、直線偏光反射フィルム(「反射フィルム」とも称す。)を作製した。この直線偏光反射フィルムの厚さは約28μmであり、下記表1のUV層の列に示す膜厚のPENとcoPENとを交互に44層ずつ有する直線偏光反射層(UV層)、下記表1の、B層の列に示す膜厚のPENとcoPENとを交互に44層ずつ有する直線偏光反射層(B層)、G層の列に示す膜厚のPENとcoPENとを交互に39層ずつ有する直線偏光反射層(G層)、及び、R層の列に示す膜厚のPENとcoPENとを交互に38層ずつ有する直線偏光反射層(R層)をこの順に有する。 Subsequently, a laminate obtained by coextrusion of PEN and coPEN was stretched and heat-treated to prepare a linearly polarized reflective film (also referred to as a "reflective film"). The thickness of this linearly polarized light reflective film is about 28 μm, and the linearly polarized light reflective layer (UV layer) having 44 layers of PEN and coPEN alternately having the film thickness shown in the column of UV layer in Table 1 below. A linearly polarized light reflecting layer (B layer) having 44 alternating layers of PEN and coPEN with the film thickness shown in the row of the B layer, and 39 alternating layers of PEN and coPEN with the film thickness shown in the row of the G layer. and a linearly polarized light reflecting layer (R layer) having 38 layers of PEN and coPEN alternately having the film thickness shown in the row of the R layer (R layer) in this order.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008

 (比較例)
 [コレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液の調製]
 実施例1で調製した各コレステリック液晶層(UV層、B層、G層、R層)を形成するコレステリック液晶層形成用塗布液をそのまま用いた。
(Comparative example)
[Preparation of Coating Liquid for Forming Cholesteric Liquid Crystal Layer]
The coating solution for forming each cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer, B layer, G layer, R layer) prepared in Example 1 was used as it was.

 実施例1~実施例5及び比較例においては、仮支持体上に、例えば膜厚3μm程度のUV層、B層、G層、R層(重合反応により硬化した層)を作製することによって、右円偏光反射層であり、選択反射中心波長が、例えば、下記表2に示す波長の各選択反射層を形成できることを確認した。 In Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples, a UV layer, a B layer, a G layer, and an R layer (layers cured by a polymerization reaction) having a thickness of, for example, about 3 μm are formed on the temporary support, It was confirmed that each selective reflection layer, which is a reflective layer for right-handed circularly polarized light and whose selective reflection center wavelength is, for example, the wavelengths shown in Table 2 below, can be formed.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009

<位相差層形成用塗布液の調製>
 下記成分を下記に示す組成比となるように混合し、位相差層形成用塗布液を調製した。
 ・混合物1 100質量部
 ・フッ素系水平配向剤1(配向制御剤1) 0.05質量部
 ・フッ素系水平配向剤2(配向制御剤2) 0.01質量部
 ・重合開始剤IRGACURE OXE01(商品名、BASF社製) 1.0質量部
 ・溶媒(メチルエチルケトン) 溶質濃度が20質量%となる量
<Preparation of coating solution for forming retardation layer>
A retardation layer-forming coating liquid was prepared by mixing the following components so as to have the composition ratio shown below.
・Mixture 1 100 parts by mass ・Fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 1 (alignment control agent 1) 0.05 mass parts ・Fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 2 (alignment control agent 2) 0.01 mass parts ・Polymerization initiator IRGACURE OXE01 (product Name, manufactured by BASF) 1.0 parts by mass ・Solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) Amount that makes the solute concentration 20% by mass

<偏光変換層形成用塗布液の調製>
 下記成分を下記に示す組成比となるように混合し、偏光変換層形成用塗布液を調製した。
 ・混合物1 100質量部
 ・フッ素系水平配向剤1(配向制御剤1) 0.05質量部
 ・フッ素系水平配向剤2(配向制御剤2) 0.02質量部
 ・右旋回性キラル剤Paliocolor LC756(商品名、BASF社製) 0.26質量部
 ・重合開始剤IRGACURE OXE01(商品名、BASF社製) 1.0質量部
 ・溶媒(メチルエチルケトン) 溶質濃度が20質量%となる量
<Preparation of Coating Liquid for Forming Polarization Conversion Layer>
A coating liquid for forming a polarization conversion layer was prepared by mixing the following components so as to have the composition ratio shown below.
・Mixture 1 100 parts by mass ・Fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 1 (alignment control agent 1) 0.05 mass parts ・Fluorine-based horizontal alignment agent 2 (alignment control agent 2) 0.02 mass parts ・Right-rotating chiral agent Paliocolor LC756 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) 0.26 parts by mass ・Polymerization initiator IRGACURE OXE01 (trade name, manufactured by BASF) 1.0 parts by mass ・Solvent (methyl ethyl ketone) Amount that makes the solute concentration 20% by mass

 混合物1:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Mixture 1:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 配向制御剤2:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
  Orientation control agent 2:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 上述の塗布液組成の右旋回性キラル剤LC756の処方量を調整して、コレステリック液晶層とした場合に、所望の選択反射中心波長λとなるように、偏光変換層形成用塗布液を調製した。入射角度が5°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λは、仮支持体上に、膜厚3μmの単一層のコレステリック液晶層を作製してFTIR(Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy、パーキンエルマー社製、商品名:Spectrum Two)の測定により決定した。
 また、コレステリック液晶層において、螺旋構造の膜厚dは『螺旋構造のピッチP×ピッチ数』で表される。螺旋構造のピッチPとは、螺旋配向された液晶化合物が360°回転する際の層の厚みを意味する。また、コレステリック液晶層では、入射角度が5°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λは『螺旋構造のピッチP×面内の平均屈折率n』と一致する(λ=P×n)。従って、螺旋構造のピッチPは『入射角度が5°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λ/面内の平均屈折率n』となる(P=λ/n)。このことから、コレステリック液晶層とした場合に、入射角度が5°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λが所望の波長となるように、偏光変換層形成用塗布液を調製した。後述する偏光変換層の形成では、この偏光変換層形成用塗布液を、所望の膜厚となるよう塗工し、偏光変換層を形成してピッチ数を決定した。
 表3に、調製した偏光変換層形成用塗布液の目標となる偏光変換層のピッチ数、膜厚、および、入射角度が5°の光に対する選択反射中心波長λ(中心波長λ)の組み合わせを示す。
A coating solution for forming a polarization conversion layer is prepared so that a cholesteric liquid crystal layer is formed by adjusting the prescription amount of the right-handed chiral agent LC756 in the coating solution composition described above so that the desired selective reflection center wavelength λ is obtained. bottom. The selective reflection central wavelength λ for light with an incident angle of 5° was measured by FTIR (Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy, manufactured by PerkinElmer, trade name: It was determined by measurement of Spectrum Two).
In addition, in the cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the film thickness d of the helical structure is represented by "the pitch P of the helical structure.times.the number of pitches". The pitch P of the helical structure means the thickness of the layer when the helically aligned liquid crystal compound rotates 360°. In the cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the selective reflection central wavelength λ for light with an incident angle of 5° coincides with "the pitch P of the helical structure×the in-plane average refractive index n" (λ=P×n). Therefore, the pitch P of the helical structure is "selective reflection center wavelength λ for light with an incident angle of 5°/in-plane average refractive index n" (P = λ/n). For this reason, in the case of a cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the coating solution for forming the polarization conversion layer was prepared so that the selective reflection center wavelength λ for light with an incident angle of 5° was a desired wavelength. In the formation of the polarization conversion layer, which will be described later, this coating solution for forming the polarization conversion layer was applied so as to have a desired film thickness, the polarization conversion layer was formed, and the number of pitches was determined.
Table 3 shows combinations of the target pitch number of the polarization conversion layer, film thickness, and selective reflection center wavelength λ (center wavelength λ) for light with an incident angle of 5° for the prepared coating solution for forming the polarization conversion layer. show.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012

<鹸化処理したセルロースアシレートフィルムの作製>
 国際公開第2014/112575号の実施例20に記載のセルロースアシレートフィルムの作製において、コア層セルロースアシレートドープとして国際公開第2014/112575号の段落[0277]に記載の紫外線吸収剤2質量部に代えて、セルロールアセテート100質量部(エステルオリゴマーAを含まない)に対して帝盛化工社製の紫外線吸収剤UV-531(商品名)を3質量部配合したコア層セルロースアシレートドープを用いた以外は同様にして、厚さ40μmのセルロースアシレートフィルムを作製した。
 作製したセルロースアシレートフィルムを、温度60℃の誘電式加熱ロールを通過させ、フィルム表面温度を40℃に昇温した。その後、フィルムの片面に下記に示す組成のアルカリ溶液を、バーコーターを用いて塗布量14mL/mとなるように塗布し、110℃に加熱したスチーム式遠赤外ヒーター(ノリタケカンパニーリミテド社製)の下に、10秒間滞留させた。
 次いで、同じくバーコーターを用いて、純水を3mL/mとなるように塗布した。
 次いで、ファウンテンコーターによる水洗とエアナイフによる水切りとを、3回繰り返した後に、70℃の乾燥ゾーンに5秒間滞留させて乾燥し、鹸化処理したセルロースアシレートフィルム(透明支持体)を作製した。
 鹸化処理したセルロースアシレートフィルムの面内位相差をAxoScan(Axometrics社製、商品名)で測定したところ、1nmであった。
<Preparation of Saponified Cellulose Acylate Film>
In the preparation of the cellulose acylate film described in Example 20 of WO2014/112575, 2 parts by mass of the ultraviolet absorber described in paragraph [0277] of WO2014/112575 was used as the core layer cellulose acylate dope. Instead, a core layer cellulose acylate dope obtained by blending 3 parts by mass of an ultraviolet absorber UV-531 (trade name) manufactured by Teisei Kako Co., Ltd. with 100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate (not including ester oligomer A). A cellulose acylate film having a thickness of 40 μm was produced in the same manner as above, except that it was used.
The produced cellulose acylate film was passed through a dielectric heating roll at a temperature of 60°C to raise the film surface temperature to 40°C. After that, an alkaline solution having the composition shown below was applied to one side of the film using a bar coater so that the coating amount was 14 mL/m 2 , and heated to 110 ° C. with a steam type far-infrared heater (manufactured by Noritake Co., Ltd.). ) for 10 seconds.
Then, using the same bar coater, pure water was applied so as to be 3 mL/m 2 .
Subsequently, washing with water using a fountain coater and draining with an air knife were repeated three times, and then the film was dried by staying in a drying zone at 70°C for 5 seconds to prepare a saponified cellulose acylate film (transparent support).
The in-plane retardation of the saponified cellulose acylate film was measured with AxoScan (manufactured by Axometrics, trade name) and found to be 1 nm.

――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
アルカリ溶液の組成
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・水酸化カリウム                    4.7質量部
・水                         15.7質量部
・イソプロパノール                  64.8質量部
・界面活性剤(C1633O(CH2CH2O)10H)        1.0質量部
・プロピレングリコール                14.9質量部
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of Alkaline Solution――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・Potassium hydroxide 4.7 parts by mass ・Water 15.7 parts by mass ・Isopropanol 64.8 parts by mass ・Surfactant (C16H33O(CH2CH2O)10H ) 1.0 parts by mass ・Propylene Glycol 14.9 parts by mass――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――

<配向膜の作製>
 鹸化処理したセルロースアシレートフィルム(透明支持体)の鹸化処理面に、下記に示す組成の配向膜形成用塗布液を、ワイヤーバーコーターで24mL/mとなるように塗布し、100℃の温風で120秒乾燥し、配向膜を形成した。
<Preparation of alignment film>
On the saponified surface of the saponified cellulose acylate film (transparent support), a coating solution for forming an alignment film having the composition shown below was applied with a wire bar coater so as to be 24 mL/m 2 , and heated at 100°C. It was dried with air for 120 seconds to form an alignment film.

――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
配向膜形成用塗布液の組成
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記に示す変性ポリビニルアルコール           28質量部
・クエン酸エステル(商品名:AS3、三共化学社製)   1.2質量部
・光開始剤(商品名:イルガキュア2959、BASF社製)
                           0.84質量部
・グルタルアルデヒド                  2.8質量部
・水                          699質量部
・メタノール                      226質量部
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Composition of coating solution for forming alignment film――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
- Modified polyvinyl alcohol shown below 28 parts by mass - Citric acid ester (trade name: AS3, manufactured by Sankyo Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1.2 parts by mass - Photoinitiator (trade name: Irgacure 2959, manufactured by BASF)
0.84 parts by mass Glutaraldehyde 2.8 parts by mass Water 699 parts by mass Methanol 226 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――――――――――― ―――――――

 (変性ポリビニルアルコール)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
  (denatured polyvinyl alcohol)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

<位相差層と選択反射層と偏光変換層との積層体の作製>
 (実施例1)
 配向膜を形成したセルロースアシレートフィルムを支持体(透明基材)として用いた。
 支持体のうち配向膜の面に、支持体の長辺方向を基準に時計回りに45°回転させた方向にラビング処理を施した。具体的には、レーヨン布を用い、圧力:0.1kgf(0.98N)、回転数:1000rpm(revolutions per minute)、搬送速度:10m/min、回数:1往復の条件で行った。
<Preparation of Laminate of Retardation Layer, Selective Reflection Layer, and Polarization Conversion Layer>
(Example 1)
A cellulose acylate film on which an orientation layer was formed was used as a support (transparent base).
The orientation film surface of the support was rubbed in a direction rotated clockwise by 45° with respect to the long side direction of the support. Specifically, rayon cloth was used, pressure: 0.1 kgf (0.98 N), number of revolutions: 1000 rpm (revolutions per minute), conveying speed: 10 m/min, number of reciprocations: 1.

 支持体上の配向膜のラビングした表面に、上記で調製した位相差層形成用塗布液を、ワイヤーバーを用いて塗布した後、乾燥させた。
 次いで、50℃のホットプレート上に置き、酸素濃度1000ppm以下の環境で、フュージョンUVシステムズ社製の無電極ランプ「Dバルブ」(60mW/cm)によって6秒間、紫外線を照射し、液晶相を固定した。これによりして、所望の正面位相差、すなわち、所望のレタデーションとなるように厚さを調整した位相差層を得た。
 作製した位相差層のレタデーションをAxoScan(Axometrics社製、商品名)で測定したところ、126nmであった。
The retardation layer-forming coating solution prepared above was applied to the rubbed surface of the alignment film on the support using a wire bar, and then dried.
Next, it is placed on a hot plate at 50° C. and irradiated with ultraviolet rays for 6 seconds by an electrodeless lamp “D bulb” (60 mW/cm 2 ) manufactured by Fusion UV Systems in an environment with an oxygen concentration of 1000 ppm or less to convert the liquid crystal phase. Fixed. As a result, a retardation layer having a thickness adjusted so as to provide a desired frontal retardation, that is, a desired retardation, was obtained.
When the retardation of the produced retardation layer was measured by AxoScan (manufactured by Axometrics, trade name), it was 126 nm.

 得られた位相差層の表面に、上記で調製したコレステリック液晶層(UV層)形成用塗布液を、乾燥後の乾膜の厚さが4.0μmになるように、ワイヤーバーを用いて室温にて塗布して、塗布層を得た。
 塗布層を室温で30秒間乾燥させた後、85℃の雰囲気で2分間加熱した。その後、酸素濃度1000ppm以下の環境で、60℃でフュージョン社製のDバルブ(60mW/cmのランプ)によって、出力60%で6~12秒間、紫外線を照射し、コレステリック液晶相を固定して、厚さ4.0μmのコレステリック液晶層(UV層)を得た。
 続いて、得られたコレステリック液晶層(UV層)の表面に対して、コレステリック液晶層(B層)形成用塗布液を用いて同様の工程を繰り返し、厚さ4.1μmのコレステリック液晶層(B層)を積層した。
 次いで、得られたコレステリック液晶層(B層)の表面に対して、コレステリック液晶層(G層)形成用塗布液を用いて同様の工程を繰り返し、厚さ3.9μmのコレステリック液晶層(G層)を積層した。
 次に、得られたコレステリック液晶層(G層)の表面に対して、上述の実施例1において調製された、量子ドット含有コレステリック液晶層(R層)形成用塗布液を用いて同様の工程を繰り返し、厚さ4.1μmのコレステリック液晶層(R層)を積層した。
 このようにして位相差層の上に、4層のコレステリック液晶層を備える選択反射層を得た。
The coating liquid for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer) prepared above was applied to the surface of the obtained retardation layer using a wire bar at room temperature so that the thickness of the dry film after drying was 4.0 μm. to obtain a coating layer.
After drying the coating layer at room temperature for 30 seconds, it was heated in an atmosphere of 85° C. for 2 minutes. After that, in an environment with an oxygen concentration of 1000 ppm or less, ultraviolet light is irradiated at 60° C. for 6 to 12 seconds with a D bulb (60 mW/cm 2 lamp) manufactured by Fusion Co., Ltd. at an output of 60% to fix the cholesteric liquid crystal phase. , a 4.0 μm thick cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer) was obtained.
Subsequently, the same process was repeated using a coating solution for forming a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (B layer) on the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (UV layer) to obtain a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (B layer) having a thickness of 4.1 μm. layer) were laminated.
Next, the same process was repeated using a coating liquid for forming a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) on the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (B layer) to obtain a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) having a thickness of 3.9 μm. ) was laminated.
Next, on the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer), the same process was performed using the coating solution for forming the quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) prepared in Example 1 above. A cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) having a thickness of 4.1 μm was repeatedly laminated.
Thus, a selective reflection layer having four cholesteric liquid crystal layers on the retardation layer was obtained.

 次に、得られたコレステリック液晶層(R層)の表面に、さらに表3に示した偏光変換層形成用塗布液を、表3に示す目標の膜厚となるように塗布して、偏光変換層を形成した。こうして、支持体上に、位相差層と選択反射層と偏光変換層とがこの順に積層されてなる積層体を得た。
 なお、実施例2、後述する実施例3~5及び比較例に係る積層体の作製の説明では、実施例1と同様の工程についてその説明を省略又は簡略化する。
Next, on the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer), the coating solution for forming the polarization conversion layer shown in Table 3 is further applied so as to have the target film thickness shown in Table 3. formed a layer. Thus, a laminate was obtained in which the retardation layer, the selective reflection layer, and the polarization conversion layer were laminated in this order on the support.
In addition, in the description of the production of laminates according to Example 2, Examples 3 to 5, and Comparative Examples described later, the description of the same steps as in Example 1 will be omitted or simplified.

 (実施例2)
 [蛍光色素層の作製]
 得られたコレステリック液晶層(R層)の表面に、実施例1において調製した量子ドット含有重合性組成物1をダイコーターにて塗布し、50μmの厚さの塗膜を形成した。次いで、100℃の加熱ゾーンを3分間通過させ、160W/cmの空冷メタルハライドランプ(アイグラフィックス(株)製)を用いて、紫外線を照射して硬化させた。これにより、量子ドットを含有する蛍光色素層をR層上に形成した。紫外線の照射量は2000mJ/cmであった。
(Example 2)
[Preparation of fluorescent dye layer]
The quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared in Example 1 was applied to the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) with a die coater to form a coating film having a thickness of 50 μm. Then, it was passed through a heating zone at 100° C. for 3 minutes, and cured by irradiating with ultraviolet rays using a 160 W/cm air-cooled metal halide lamp (manufactured by Eye Graphics Co., Ltd.). Thus, a fluorescent dye layer containing quantum dots was formed on the R layer. The dose of ultraviolet rays was 2000 mJ/cm 2 .

 次に、得られた蛍光色素層の表面に、さらに表3に示した偏光変換層形成用塗布液を、表3に示す目標の膜厚となるように塗布して、偏光変換層を形成した。こうして、支持体上に、位相差層と選択反射層と蛍光色素層と偏光変換層とがこの順に積層されてなる積層体を得た。 Next, the coating solution for forming a polarization conversion layer shown in Table 3 was applied to the surface of the obtained fluorescent dye layer so as to have the target film thickness shown in Table 3, thereby forming a polarization conversion layer. . Thus, a laminate was obtained in which the retardation layer, the selective reflection layer, the fluorescent dye layer, and the polarization conversion layer were laminated in this order on the support.

 (実施例3)
 得られたコレステリック液晶層(B層)の表面に、実施例2と同様にして、実施例1において調製した量子ドット含有重合性組成物1を用い、量子ドットを含有する蛍光色素層を形成した。次に、この蛍光色素層の表面にさらに、コレステリック液晶層(G層)形成用塗布液を用いて、実施例1と同様の工程を繰り返し、コレステリック液晶層(G層)を積層した。実施例3に係るコレステリック液晶層(UV層、B層、G層、R層)の膜厚は、それぞれ、3.0μm、3.5μm、4.0μm、4.5μmであった。
(Example 3)
On the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (B layer), in the same manner as in Example 2, using the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared in Example 1, a fluorescent dye layer containing quantum dots was formed. . Next, a coating solution for forming a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) was used to laminate a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) on the surface of this fluorescent dye layer by repeating the same steps as in Example 1. The film thicknesses of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers (UV layer, B layer, G layer and R layer) according to Example 3 were 3.0 μm, 3.5 μm, 4.0 μm and 4.5 μm, respectively.

 (実施例4)
 得られたコレステリック液晶層(G層)の表面にさらに、上述の実施例4において調製した、発光ピーク波長が異なる2種類の量子ドットを含有する、量子ドット含有コレステリック液晶層(R層)形成用塗布液を用いて、実施例1と同様の工程を繰り返し、コレステリック液晶層(R層)を積層した。実施例4に係るコレステリック液晶層(UV層、B層、G層、R層)の膜厚は、それぞれ、3.0μm、3.5μm、4.0μm、4.5μmであった。
(Example 4)
For forming a quantum dot-containing cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) containing two types of quantum dots having different emission peak wavelengths, prepared in Example 4 above, on the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer). Using the coating liquid, the same steps as in Example 1 were repeated to laminate a cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer). The film thicknesses of the cholesteric liquid crystal layers (UV layer, B layer, G layer, and R layer) according to Example 4 were 3.0 μm, 3.5 μm, 4.0 μm, and 4.5 μm, respectively.

 (実施例5)
 得られた直線偏光反射層(R層)の表面に対して、実施例2と同様にして、実施例1において調製した量子ドット含有重合性組成物1を用い、量子ドットを含有する蛍光色素層をR層上に形成した。
(Example 5)
In the same manner as in Example 2, the quantum dot-containing polymerizable composition 1 prepared in Example 1 was used on the surface of the resulting linearly polarized light reflective layer (R layer) to form a fluorescent dye layer containing quantum dots. was formed on the R layer.

 (比較例)
 得られたコレステリック液晶層(G層)の表面に、上述の比較例において調製した、量子ドットを含有しないコレステリック液晶層(R層)形成用塗布液を用いて、実施例1と同様の工程を繰り返し、コレステリック液晶層(R層)を積層した。
(Comparative example)
The same process as in Example 1 was performed on the surface of the obtained cholesteric liquid crystal layer (G layer) using the coating liquid for forming the cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) containing no quantum dots, which was prepared in the above-described comparative example. A cholesteric liquid crystal layer (R layer) was repeatedly laminated.

 下記の表4は、実施例1~5及び比較例に係る各層の選択反射中心波長と、蛍光色素についてまとめた表である。なお、実施例1~4及び比較例において、UV層、B層、G層及びR層の入射角度5°における選択反射中心波長は、順に、445nm、526nm、608nm及び748nmである。 Table 4 below is a table summarizing the selective reflection center wavelengths and fluorescent dyes of each layer according to Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Example. In Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Example, the selective reflection center wavelengths of the UV layer, B layer, G layer, and R layer at an incident angle of 5° are 445 nm, 526 nm, 608 nm, and 748 nm, respectively.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014

<ウインドシールドガラスの作製>
 (実施例1~実施例4及び比較例)
 上記で得られた積層体を有するウインドシールドガラスを以下のようにして作製した。
<Production of windshield glass>
(Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Example)
A windshield glass having the laminate obtained above was produced as follows.

 第1の板ガラスおよび第2の板ガラスとして、縦1000mm×横1500mm、厚さ2mmの曲面ガラス(可視光線透過率90%)を用意した。
 また、中間膜として、積水化学社製の厚さ0.76mmのPVB(ポリビニルブチラール)フィルムを用意した。
 また、ヒートシール層は、以下のようにして作製した。
As the first sheet glass and the second sheet glass, curved glass (visible light transmittance of 90%) having a length of 1000 mm, a width of 1500 mm, and a thickness of 2 mm was prepared.
A 0.76 mm-thick PVB (polyvinyl butyral) film manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd. was prepared as an intermediate film.
Moreover, the heat seal layer was produced as follows.

 [ヒートシール層の作製]
 下記の成分を混合し、ヒートシール層形成用塗布液を調製した。
 ・PVBシート片(積水化学社製、エスレックフィルム) 5.0質量部
 ・メタノール 90.25質量部
 ・ブタノール 4.75質量部
[Preparation of heat seal layer]
A coating solution for forming a heat seal layer was prepared by mixing the following components.
・PVB sheet piece (manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd., S-lec film) 5.0 parts by mass ・Methanol 90.25 parts by mass ・Butanol 4.75 parts by mass

 上記積層体に、ヒートシール層形成用塗布液を、ワイヤーバーを用いて塗布後、乾燥させて、50℃にて1分間加熱処理を行い、厚み1μmのヒートシール層を得た。 A heat seal layer forming coating liquid was applied to the laminate using a wire bar, dried, and heat-treated at 50°C for 1 minute to obtain a heat seal layer having a thickness of 1 µm.

 上記の積層体、第1の板ガラス、第2の板ガラス、中間膜、ヒートシール層が、下記表5に示す構成となるように積層し、この積層体を90℃、10kPa(0.1気圧)下で1時間保持した。次いで、オートクレーブ(栗原製作所製)にて115℃、1.3MPa(13気圧)で20分間加熱して気泡を除去し、ウインドシールドガラスを得た。 The laminate, the first sheet glass, the second sheet glass, the intermediate film, and the heat seal layer are laminated so as to have the configuration shown in Table 5 below, and the laminate is heated at 90 ° C. and 10 kPa (0.1 atm). held for 1 hour. Then, it was heated in an autoclave (manufactured by Kurihara Seisakusho) at 115° C. and 1.3 MPa (13 atmospheres) for 20 minutes to remove air bubbles, thereby obtaining a windshield glass.

 (実施例5)
 上述の方法により作製された選択反射層(誘電体多層膜)を2枚の中間膜で挟持した。この積層体を、誘電体多層膜における量子ドットを含有する蛍光色素層が第1の板ガラス側となるようにして、第1の板ガラスと第2の板ガラスとで挟持して下記表5に示す構成とし、実施例1~4と同様に処理して、ウインドシールドガラスを得た。
 上記のようにして作製した実施例1~5及び比較例のウインドシールドガラスについて、車両等に設置する場合に、第1の板ガラスが車外側、第2の板ガラスが車内側として使用する形態をイメージして、反射スペクトルの測定及び反射色味の評価を以下のようにして行った。
(Example 5)
The selective reflection layer (dielectric multilayer film) produced by the method described above was sandwiched between two intermediate films. This laminate is sandwiched between the first plate glass and the second plate glass so that the fluorescent dye layer containing the quantum dots in the dielectric multilayer film is on the first plate glass side. The structure shown in Table 5 below. and treated in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 4 to obtain windshield glass.
For the windshield glasses of Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Example produced as described above, when installed in a vehicle, etc., the first plate glass is used on the outside of the vehicle, and the second plate glass is used on the inside of the vehicle. Then, the reflection spectrum was measured and the reflection color was evaluated as follows.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

<選択反射層の反射スペクトルの測定>
 作製したウインドシールドガラスのうち、第2の板ガラス側の裏面に黒色PET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)フィルム(光吸収体)を貼り合わせた。
 分光光度計(日本分光株式会社製、V-670)を用いて、ウインドシールドガラスの第1の板ガラス側から、ウインドシールドガラス表面の法線方向に対し所望の角度の方向からP偏光又はS偏光をそれぞれ入射し、波長300~800nmの帯域におけるP偏光及びS偏光の反射スペクトルをそれぞれ測定した。測定したP偏光の反射スペクトルとS偏光の反射スペクトルの平均値(平均の反射スペクトル)を求めた。
 本発明において、選択反射中心波長(60°)、反射率(60°)及び半値幅(60°)については、ウインドシールドガラス表面の法線方向に対し60°の角度で光入射して測定した反射スペクトルに基づき算出し、選択反射中心波長(5°)については、ウインドシールドガラス表面の法線方向に対し5°の角度で光入射して測定した反射スペクトルに基づき算出した値を意味する。
<Measurement of reflection spectrum of selective reflection layer>
A black PET (polyethylene terephthalate) film (light absorber) was attached to the rear surface of the second plate glass of the produced windshield glass.
Using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, V-670), from the first plate glass side of the windshield glass, from the direction of the desired angle with respect to the normal direction of the windshield glass surface P polarized light or S polarized light were incident, and the reflection spectra of P-polarized light and S-polarized light in the wavelength band of 300 to 800 nm were measured. An average value (average reflection spectrum) of the measured P-polarized reflection spectrum and S-polarized reflection spectrum was obtained.
In the present invention, the selective reflection center wavelength (60°), reflectance (60°), and half width (60°) were measured by light incident at an angle of 60° with respect to the normal direction of the windshield glass surface. It is calculated based on the reflection spectrum, and the selective reflection central wavelength (5°) means a value calculated based on the reflection spectrum measured by light incident at an angle of 5° with respect to the normal direction of the windshield glass surface.

 なお、P偏光を入射した際の反射率とS偏光を入射した際の反射率との平均値は、無偏光(自然光)を入射した際の反射率と同義である。即ち、P偏光の反射スペクトルとS偏光の反射スペクトルの平均値は、自然光を入射した際の反射スペクトルと同義である。 The average value of the reflectance when P-polarized light is incident and the reflectance when S-polarized light is incident is synonymous with the reflectance when unpolarized light (natural light) is incident. That is, the average value of the P-polarized reflection spectrum and the S-polarized reflection spectrum is synonymous with the reflection spectrum when natural light is incident.

 算出したP偏光とS偏光の反射スペクトルの平均値から、波長400nm以上500nm未満の帯域、波長500nm以上600nm未満の帯域及び波長600nm~700nmの帯域における各選択反射中心波長λとその半値幅Δλを、前述の方法により、自然光反射率の最大値、自然光反射率の最大の極大値と最小の極小値との中間の反射率となる2つの波長に基づき、それぞれ算出した。また、各選択反射中心波長λにおける反射率は、算出したP偏光とS偏光の反射スペクトルの平均値において、選択反射中心波長λにおける反射率の値をとした。 From the calculated average values of the reflection spectra of P-polarized light and S-polarized light, each selective reflection center wavelength λ and its half width Δλ in the wavelength band of 400 nm or more and less than 500 nm, the wavelength band of 500 nm or more and less than 600 nm, and the wavelength band of 600 nm to 700 nm , were calculated by the method described above, based on the two wavelengths at which the maximum value of the natural light reflectance and the reflectance between the maximum maximum value and the minimum minimum value of the natural light reflectance were obtained. Further, the reflectance at each selective reflection center wavelength λ was the reflectance value at the selective reflection center wavelength λ in the calculated average value of the reflection spectra of P-polarized light and S-polarized light.

<反射色味の評価>
 第1の板ガラス側から第1の板ガラスの法線方向に対し60°の方向から自然光を入射し、第1の板ガラスの法線方向から分光光度計(日本分光株式会社製、V-670)を用いて反射率スペクトルを測定した。JIS(日本産業規格) R3106に従って、380~780nmでの10nm毎の波長において、反射率に視感度に応じた係数およびD65光源の発光スペクトルをそれぞれ乗じて反射率を計算し、そのスペクトルから反射色味のa*及びb*を算出した。
 また、自然光の入射角度を第1の板ガラスの法線方向に対し5°の方向に変更した場合についても同様に算出した。
 反射色味は、下記評価基準に当てはめ評価した。なお、下記表6において、反射色味の5°及び60°の欄に記載の評価は、それぞれ、第1の板ガラスの法線方向に対し5°又は60°の方向から自然光を入射した場合の評価に相当する。
 
 - 評価基準(反射色味) -
・AAA:|a*|≦2、かつ、|b*|≦3であり、白色を映した際にごく白く見える。
・AA:|a*|≦3、かつ、|b*|≦3(ただし、上記AAAに該当するものを除く)であり、白色を映した際に白く見える。
・A:|a*|≦5、かつ、|b*|≦5(ただし、上記AAA又は上記AAに該当するものを除く)であり、白色を映した際にごくわずかに赤味掛かって見える。
・B:|a*|≦7、かつ、|b*|≦7(ただし、上記AAA又は上記AA又は上記Aに該当するものを除く)であり、白色を映した際にわずかに色味掛かって見える。
 
 結果を表6に示す。本試験においては、評価「AAA」又は「AA」が合格レベルである。
<Evaluation of reflected color>
Natural light is incident from the direction of 60° to the normal direction of the first plate glass from the first plate glass side, and a spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, V-670) is measured from the normal direction of the first plate glass. was used to measure reflectance spectra. According to JIS (Japanese Industrial Standard) R3106, at wavelengths of 380 to 780 nm in increments of 10 nm, the reflectance is multiplied by a coefficient corresponding to the luminous efficiency and the emission spectrum of the D65 light source to calculate the reflectance, and the reflected color is calculated from the spectrum. Taste a* and b* were calculated.
Further, the same calculation was performed when the incident angle of natural light was changed to a direction of 5° with respect to the normal direction of the first plate glass.
Reflected color was evaluated by applying the following evaluation criteria. In Table 6 below, the evaluations described in the columns of 5° and 60° of the reflected color are obtained when natural light is incident from a direction of 5° or 60° with respect to the normal direction of the first plate glass, respectively. Equivalent to evaluation.

- Evaluation criteria (reflected color) -
AAA: |a*|≤2 and |b*|≤3, and looks very white when white is projected.
AA: |a*|≤3 and |b*|≤3 (excluding those corresponding to the above AAA), and looks white when white is projected.
・A: |a*|≤5 and |b*|≤5 (excluding those falling under the above AAA or above AA), and when white is projected, it looks very slightly reddish. .
・B: |a*|≤7 and |b*|≤7 (excluding those corresponding to the above AAA or the above AA or the above A), and when white is projected, there is a slight tint looks like

Table 6 shows the results. In this test, a rating of "AAA" or "AA" is a passing level.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016

 選択反射層を有するウインドシールドガラスであって、蛍光色素(量子ドット)を含有しないもの(比較例)では、光の入射角度5°における反射色味が合格レベル(反射色味の評価「AA」)であるものの、光の入射角度60°における反射色味が若干赤色掛かって見え(反射色味の評価「A」)、観察角度によっては外観色味の透明性に劣っていた。これに対し、上記の発光ピーク波長を有する蛍光色素(量子ドット)を選択反射層中に含有するウインドシールドガラス(実施例1及び4)及び上記の発光ピーク波長を有する蛍光色素(量子ドット)含有層を有するウインドシールドガラス(実施例2、3及び5)では、光の入射角度が5°及び60°のいずれの場合においても反射色味は色味掛かっておらず(反射色味の評価「AAA」~「AA」)、比較例に対して、5°及び60°のいずれの光の入射角度においても、外観色味の透明性に優れていた。
 以上の結果から、本発明の効果は明らかである。
In a windshield glass having a selective reflection layer and not containing a fluorescent dye (quantum dot) (comparative example), the reflected color at a light incident angle of 5° was at an acceptable level (evaluation of reflected color: "AA" ), the reflected color at a light incident angle of 60° appeared slightly reddish (evaluation of reflected color: “A”), and the appearance color was inferior in transparency depending on the viewing angle. On the other hand, the windshield glass (Examples 1 and 4) containing the fluorescent dye (quantum dot) having the above emission peak wavelength in the selective reflection layer and the fluorescent dye (quantum dot) containing the above emission peak wavelength In the case of the windshield glass having a layer (Examples 2, 3 and 5), the reflected color was not affected at both the light incident angles of 5° and 60° (evaluation of the reflected color " AAA” to “AA”), and compared to the comparative examples, the appearance color transparency was excellent at both the light incident angles of 5° and 60°.
From the above results, the effect of the present invention is clear.

 以上、本発明について詳細に説明したが、本発明は、本発明で規定すること以外は、上述の実施例には限定されず、本発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲において、各種の改良および変更を加えることができ、このような形態も本発明に包含されるものである。 Although the present invention has been described in detail above, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments except as defined in the present invention, and various improvements and modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention. can be added, and such forms are also included in the present invention.

 本発明をその実施態様とともに説明したが、我々は、特に指定しない限り、我々の発明を、説明のどの細部においても限定しようとするものではなく、添付の請求の範囲に示した発明の精神と範囲に反することなく幅広く解釈されるべきであると考える。 While we have described our invention in conjunction with its embodiments, we do not intend to limit our invention in any detail to the description, unless otherwise specified, but in accordance with the spirit of the invention as set forth in the appended claims. We believe that it should be interpreted broadly without violating scope.

 本願は、2021年11月5日に日本国で特許出願された特願2021-181369、及び2022年2月18日に日本国で特許出願された特願2022-023930に基づく優先権を主張するものであり、これらはここに参照してその内容を本明細書の記載の一部として取り込む。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-181369 filed in Japan on November 5, 2021 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-023930 filed in Japan on February 18, 2022. , the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference as part of the present description.

10 反射フィルム
 10A,10B 直線偏光反射フィルム
11 選択反射層
12 コレステリック液晶層
 12R 選択反射中心波長λを有するコレステリック液晶層
 12G 選択反射中心波長λを有するコレステリック液晶層
 12B 選択反射中心波長λを有するコレステリック液晶層
 13R 選択反射中心波長λを有する第1積層部
 13G 選択反射中心波長λを有する第2積層部
 13B 選択反射中心波長λを有する第3積層部
 13Ra、13Ga、13Ba 光学異方性層
 13Rb、13Gb、13Bb 光学等方性層
14 偏光変換層
16 位相差層
18 透明基材
20 ヘッドアップディスプレイシステム(HUDシステム)
22 プロジェクター
24、24A、24B ウインドシールドガラス
28 第2のガラス板
30 第1のガラス板
36 中間膜
38 接着剤層(ヒートシール層)
D 運転者
e1 光学異方性層の遅相軸方向の屈折率
o1 光学異方性層の遅相軸と直交する方向の屈折率
o2 光学等方性層の屈折率
Y 上下方向

 
10 reflective films 10A, 10B linear polarized reflective film 11 selective reflection layer 12 cholesteric liquid crystal layer 12R cholesteric liquid crystal layer having selective reflection central wavelength λR 12G cholesteric liquid crystal layer having selective reflection central wavelength λG 12B selective reflection central wavelength λB Cholesteric liquid crystal layer 13R First lamination part having selective reflection central wavelength λR 13G Second lamination part having selective reflection central wavelength λG 13B Third lamination part having selective reflection central wavelength λB 13Ra, 13Ga, 13Ba Optical differences Anisotropic layer 13Rb, 13Gb, 13Bb Optically isotropic layer 14 Polarization conversion layer 16 Retardation layer 18 Transparent substrate 20 Head-up display system (HUD system)
22 projectors 24, 24A, 24B windshield glass 28 second glass plate 30 first glass plate 36 intermediate film 38 adhesive layer (heat seal layer)
D Driver n e1 Refractive index in the direction of the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer n o1 Refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer n o2 Refractive index of the optically isotropic layer Y Vertical direction

Claims (14)

 入射角度が60°の光に対する選択反射中心波長が、下記(a)である選択反射層(I)と、下記(b)である選択反射層(II)と、下記(c)である選択反射層(III)とを少なくとも有し、
 前記選択反射層(I)~(III)の各選択反射中心波長のいずれに対しても5nm以上離れた発光ピークを可視光領域に有する蛍光色素を少なくとも1種含む、反射フィルム。
 (a)400nm以上500nm未満
 (b)500nm以上600nm未満
 (c)600nm以上700nm以下
The selective reflection center wavelength for light with an incident angle of 60° is a selective reflection layer (I) having the following (a), a selective reflection layer (II) having the following (b), and a selective reflection having the following (c). having at least a layer (III) and
A reflective film containing at least one fluorescent dye having an emission peak in the visible light region separated by 5 nm or more from any of the selective reflection center wavelengths of the selective reflection layers (I) to (III).
(a) 400 nm or more and less than 500 nm (b) 500 nm or more and less than 600 nm (c) 600 nm or more and 700 nm or less
 前記蛍光色素を含有し、かつ選択反射層として機能しない層(FL)を有する、請求項
1に記載の反射フィルム。
2. The reflective film according to claim 1, comprising a layer (FL) containing said fluorescent dye and not functioning as a selective reflection layer.
 前記層(FL)が、2つの選択反射層の間に配されていない、請求項2に記載の反射フィルム。 The reflective film according to claim 2, wherein the layer (FL) is not arranged between two selective reflection layers.  前記選択反射層(III)が前記蛍光色素を含有するか、または、
 前記前記選択反射層(III)の一方の側に前記選択反射層(III)以外の選択反射層を配し、他方の側に、前記蛍光色素を含有し且つ選択反射層として機能しない層(FL)を配する、請求項1に記載の反射フィルム。
The selective reflection layer (III) contains the fluorescent dye, or
A selective reflection layer other than the selective reflection layer (III) is arranged on one side of the selective reflection layer (III), and a layer (FL ), the reflective film of claim 1 .
 前記蛍光色素の少なくとも1種の発光ピーク波長が450nm以上550nm未満の範囲内にある、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の反射フィルム。 The reflective film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the emission peak wavelength of at least one of the fluorescent dyes is in the range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm.  前記蛍光色素を2種以上含み、少なくとも1種の蛍光色素の発光ピーク波長が450nm以上550nm未満の範囲外にある、請求項5に記載の反射フィルム。 6. The reflective film according to claim 5, comprising two or more of the fluorescent dyes, and at least one of the fluorescent dyes having an emission peak wavelength outside the range of 450 nm or more and less than 550 nm.  前記蛍光色素を2種以上含み、少なくとも1種の蛍光色素の発光ピーク波長が550nm以上650nm以下の範囲内にある、請求項5に記載の反射フィルム。 6. The reflective film according to claim 5, comprising two or more types of said fluorescent dyes, wherein at least one type of fluorescent dye has an emission peak wavelength in the range of 550 nm or more and 650 nm or less.  前記選択反射層(I)~(III)は、いずれも選択反射中心波長の半値幅が100nm以下であり、選択反射中心波長における自然光反射率がいずれも25%以上である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の反射フィルム。 Claims 1 to 7, wherein the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) each have a selective reflection central wavelength half width of 100 nm or less, and a natural light reflectance at the selective reflection central wavelength of 25% or more. The reflective film according to any one of .  偏光変換層を少なくとも1つ含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の反射フィルム。 The reflective film according to any one of claims 1 to 8, comprising at least one polarization conversion layer.  前記選択反射層(I)~(III)がコレステリック液晶からなる、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の反射フィルム。 The reflective film according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) are made of cholesteric liquid crystal.  前記選択反射層(I)~(III)が、光学異方性層と光学等方性層とを積層してなる、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の反射フィルム。 The reflective film according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the selective reflection layers (I) to (III) are formed by laminating an optically anisotropic layer and an optically isotropic layer.  第1ガラス板と、第2ガラス板と、前記第1ガラス板と前記第2ガラス板との間に配した請求項1~11のいずれか1項の記載の反射フィルムとを有する、ウインドシールドガラス。 A windshield having a first glass plate, a second glass plate, and the reflective film according to any one of claims 1 to 11 disposed between the first glass plate and the second glass plate. glass.  請求項12に記載のウインドシールドガラスと、
 前記ウインドシールドガラスにp偏光の投映画像光を照射するプロジェクターと
 を具備する、ヘッドアップディスプレイシステム。
a windshield glass according to claim 12;
A head-up display system comprising: a projector that irradiates the windshield glass with p-polarized projection image light.
 請求項13に記載のヘッドアップディスプレイシステムを備えた輸送機。

 
A transport equipped with a head-up display system according to claim 13.

PCT/JP2022/040749 2021-11-05 2022-10-31 Reflection film, windshield glass, head-up display system, and transport machine having said head-up display system Ceased WO2023080116A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-181369 2021-11-05
JP2021181369 2021-11-05
JP2022-023930 2022-02-18
JP2022023930 2022-02-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023080116A1 true WO2023080116A1 (en) 2023-05-11

Family

ID=86241108

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/040749 Ceased WO2023080116A1 (en) 2021-11-05 2022-10-31 Reflection film, windshield glass, head-up display system, and transport machine having said head-up display system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023080116A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024106459A1 (en) * 2022-11-17 2024-05-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminated film for projected-image display, laminated glass for projected-image display, and projected-image display system
TWI883773B (en) * 2023-12-12 2025-05-11 友達光電股份有限公司 Head-up display architecture and vehicle windshield structure
WO2025173666A1 (en) * 2024-02-14 2025-08-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Combiner and head-up display system

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009139940A (en) * 2007-11-16 2009-06-25 Panasonic Corp Image display device
JP2016153281A (en) * 2015-02-20 2016-08-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Windshield glass and head-up display system
WO2018084076A1 (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Windshield glass, head-up display system, and half-mirror film
WO2020184714A1 (en) * 2019-03-13 2020-09-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Projection image displaying member, windshield glass, and head-up display system
WO2021200655A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Reflective film, windshield glass, and head-up display system
WO2021200652A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Linearly polarized light reflection film, windshield glass, and head-up display system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009139940A (en) * 2007-11-16 2009-06-25 Panasonic Corp Image display device
JP2016153281A (en) * 2015-02-20 2016-08-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Windshield glass and head-up display system
WO2018084076A1 (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Windshield glass, head-up display system, and half-mirror film
WO2020184714A1 (en) * 2019-03-13 2020-09-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Projection image displaying member, windshield glass, and head-up display system
WO2021200655A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Reflective film, windshield glass, and head-up display system
WO2021200652A1 (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Linearly polarized light reflection film, windshield glass, and head-up display system

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024106459A1 (en) * 2022-11-17 2024-05-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminated film for projected-image display, laminated glass for projected-image display, and projected-image display system
TWI883773B (en) * 2023-12-12 2025-05-11 友達光電股份有限公司 Head-up display architecture and vehicle windshield structure
WO2025173666A1 (en) * 2024-02-14 2025-08-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Combiner and head-up display system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7177176B2 (en) Projected image display materials, windshield glass and head-up display systems
US11947109B2 (en) Projection image-displaying member, windshield glass, and head-up display system
JP7382392B2 (en) Projection display components, windshield glass, and head-up display systems
US11314087B2 (en) Projection image-displaying member, windshield glass, and head-up display system
WO2023080116A1 (en) Reflection film, windshield glass, head-up display system, and transport machine having said head-up display system
JP7454649B2 (en) Reflective films, windshield glass and head-up display systems
WO2023080115A1 (en) Virtual image display device, head-up display system, and transport machine
US12072597B2 (en) Reflection film, windshield glass, and head-up display system
US20240210687A1 (en) Head-up display system and transportation machine
JP7314294B2 (en) Projected image display materials, windshield glass and head-up display systems
EP4163262A1 (en) Reflective film, laminated glass production method, and laminated glass
JP7260449B2 (en) Projected image display materials, windshield glass and head-up display systems
WO2021200433A1 (en) Wind shield glass and head-up display system
JP2021056321A (en) Reflective member for projectors and head-up display projector
WO2024195716A1 (en) Reflective film, windshield glass, and head-up display system
JP2024127027A (en) Windshield glass and head-up display systems

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22889936

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22889936

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP